INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES INC
S-1/A, 1996-08-26
SKILLED NURSING CARE FACILITIES
Previous: MEDI JECT CORP /MN/, 424A, 1996-08-26
Next: GRADALL INDUSTRIES INC, S-1/A, 1996-08-26




   

   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 26, 1996
                                                    REGISTRATION NO. 333-05877

                        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                               AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1

                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                    UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

    

                     INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                <C>                            <C>
          Delaware                           8059                    52-1967027
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)    Identification No.)
</TABLE>

   

   Bernwood Centre, 24850 Old 41 Road, Suite 10, Bonita Springs, Florida 34135
                                 (941) 974-7200

    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of Registrant's principal executive offices)

                                 EDWARD J. KOMP

                               Bernwood Centre
                         24850 Old 41 Road, Suite 10
                        Bonita Springs, Florida 34135
                              Tel.: 941-974-7200

    (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
                           code, of agent for service)

                                 with copies to:

    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                               <C>                               <C>
  CARL E. KAPLAN, ESQ.             MARSHALL A. ELKINS, ESQ.            FREDERICK W. KANNER, ESQ.
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.      Integrated Health Services, Inc.         Dewey Ballantine
   666 Fifth Avenue                 10065 Red Run Boulevard          1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10103          Owings Mills, Maryland 21117      New York, New York 10019-6092
  Tel.: 212-318-3000                  Tel.: 410-998-8400                 Tel.: 212-259-8000
</TABLE>

   Approximate  date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

   If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933, check the following box: [ ]

   If this  Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ] ___________________

   

   If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. [ ] ______________________ 
    

   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

                                ----------------

   The  Registrant  hereby  amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a  further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  the  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration  Statement shall thereafter
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section
8(a), may determine.


<PAGE>

                       INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.

                              ---------------------
                              CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
                              ---------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FORM S-1 ITEM AND CAPTION                                                     PROSPECTUS CAPTIONS
- -------------------------                                                     -------------------

 1.      Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
         Front Cover Page of Prospectus.....................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus

         Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of         
 2.      Prospectus.........................................  Inside Front Cover Page and Outside Back Cover
                                                              Page of Prospectus; Additional Information

 3.      Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of       
         Earnings to Fixed Charges..........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors (Ratio of
                                                              Earnings to Fixed Charges Not Applicable)

 4.      Use of Proceeds....................................  Use of Proceeds

 5.      Determination of Offering Price....................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; 
                                                              Risk Factors; Underwriting

 6.      Dilution...........................................  Risk Factors; Dilution

 7.      Selling Security Holders...........................  Principal and Selling Stockholders

 8.      Plan of Distribution...............................  Outside and Inside Front Cover Pages of
                                                              Prospectus; Underwriting

 9.      Description of Securities to be Registered.........  Outside of Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
                                                              Description of Capital Stock; Underwriting

10.      Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.............  Not Applicable

11.      Information With Respect to the Registrant:

         (a)  Description of Business.......................  Prospectus Summary; Company History; Management's
                                                              Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
                                                              and Results of Operations; Business

         (b)  Description of Property.......................  Business-Properties

         (c)  Legal Proceedings.............................  Business-Legal Proceedings

         (d)  Market Price and Dividends on Registrant's
              Common Equity and Related Stockholder 
              Matters.......................................  Description of Capital Stock; Dividend Policy

         (e)  Financial Statements..........................  Financial Statements; Pro Forma Financial
                                                              Information

         (f)  Selected Financial Information................  Prospectus Summary; Selected Consolidated
                                                              Financial Data

         (g)  Supplementary Financial Information...........  Not Applicable


<PAGE>

FORM S-1 ITEM AND CAPTION                                                     PROSPECTUS CAPTIONS
- -------------------------                                                     -------------------

         <S>  <C>                                            <C>
         (h)  Management's Discussion and Analysis of         Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
              Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  Condition and Results of Operations

         (i)  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants
              on Accounting and Financial Disclosures.......  Not Applicable

         (j)  Directors and Executive Officers..............  Management

         (k)  Executive Compensation........................  Management-Executive Compensation

         (l)  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
              Owners and Management.........................  Principal and Selling Stockholders

         (m)  Certain Relationships and Related
              Transactions..................................  Prospectus Summary; Company History; 
                                                              Management -- Compensation Committee 
                                                              Interlocks and Insider Participation; Certain 
                                                              Transactions
12.      Disclosure of Commission Position on
         Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities.....  Not Applicable

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 26, 1996
    
PROSPECTUS
   
                                5,130,600 SHARES

                                     [LOGO]

                                  COMMON STOCK

   Of the 5,130,600 shares of Common Stock offered hereby,  2,435,700 shares are
being sold by Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc. ("ILC" or the "Company") and
2,694,900 shares are being sold by Integrated Health Services, Inc. ("IHS"), the
sole stockholder of the Company prior to this offering.  Upon completion of this
offering,  IHS and  its  directors  and  executive  officers  will  continue  to
beneficially own approximately  23.0% of the Company's  outstanding Common Stock
(approximately 20.7% if the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full). The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by IHS.

   Prior to this  offering  there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
will be between $13.00 and $15.00 per share. See  "Underwriting" for information
related to the  factors to be  considered  in  determining  the  initial  public
offering  price.  The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on The Nasdaq
Stock Market's National Market under the symbol "ILCC." 
    

   See "Risk  Factors"  beginning on page 6 for a discussion of certain  factors
that should be considered by prospective  purchasers of the Common Stock offered
hereby.

                               -----------------

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
             COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
               PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                                CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

  THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON OR ENDORSED
                 THE MERITS OF THE OFFERING. ANY REPRESENTATION
                          TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

================================================================================

                Price to     Underwriting     Proceeds to     Proceeds to
                Public       Discounts(1)     Company(2)      IHS

Per Share       $            $                $               $
Total (3)       $            $                $               $
================================================================================

(1)   The Company  and IHS have agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against
      certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Securities Act of
      1933. See "Underwriting."

(2)   Before deducting estimated expenses of $         payable by the Company.
   
(3)   The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
      to   769,590   additional   shares  of  Common   Stock   solely  to  cover
      over-allotments,  if any. See  "Underwriting." If such option is exercised
      in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Proceeds to
      Company will be $      , $           and $             , respectively. See
      "Underwriting."
    
                                ---------------

   The  shares of Common  Stock are being  offered by the  several  Underwriters
named  herein,  subject to prior sale,  when,  as and if  accepted by them,  and
subject to certain  conditions.  It is expected that certificates for the shares
of the Common Stock  offered  hereby will be available  for delivery on or about
__________ , 1996 at the offices of Smith Barney Inc., 333 West 34th Street, New
York, New York 10001.

                                ---------------
   SMITH BARNEY INC.

                              ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                    INCORPORATED
 
                                                 DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                                                     SECURITIES CORPORATION

     , 1996

<PAGE>


                              --------------------


   The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders   with  annual  reports
containing  financial  statements  audited by its independent public accountants
and quarterly reports containing unaudited financial information for each of the
first three quarters of each fiscal year.

   IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE  EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ  STOCK  MARKET OR  OTHERWISE.  SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.


<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   The  following  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by the more  detailed
information  and financial  statements,  including the notes thereto,  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Prospective  investors should carefully  consider
the information set forth under "Risk Factors."

                                   THE COMPANY

   

   The Company provides  assisted living and related services to the private pay
elderly market. Assisted living facilities combine housing, personalized support
and healthcare services in a cost-effective,  non-institutional setting designed
to address the individual needs of the elderly who need regular  assistance with
activities  of daily  living,  such as eating,  bathing,  dressing  and personal
hygiene,  but who do not require the level of  healthcare  provided in a skilled
nursing facility.  The Company  currently  operates 19 assisted living and other
senior  housing  facilities  containing  1,812 units in seven states.  The 1,812
units operated by the Company consist of 1,187 assisted living units  (including
172 units devoted to Alzheimer's  and dementia  care),  544  independent  living
units for persons who require occasional assistance with the activities of daily
living,  and 81 skilled  nursing  units.  The  Company is pursuing a strategy of
rapid growth through development and acquisition and intends to acquire, develop
or obtain agreements to manage approximately 60 to 75 assisted living facilities
per year in each of the  next  three  years.  As part of this  strategy,  ILC is
currently  developing  33  new  assisted  living  facilities,  of  which  24 are
scheduled  to open during  1997,  has entered  into an  agreement to acquire one
facility containing 258 units simultaneous with the closing of this offering and
is  evaluating  numerous  additional  acquisition  opportunities.  All of  ILC's
revenues from its owned and leased  facilities for 1995 and the first six months
of 1996 were derived from private-pay sources.
    

   The  Company's  objective  is to expand  its  operations  to become a leading
provider of high-quality,  affordable assisted living services.  Key elements of
the  Company's  strategy to achieve  this goal are to: (i) provide  high-quality
healthcare-oriented   services;   (ii)  grow  rapidly  through  development  and
acquisition   of  assisted   living   facilities;   (iii)  utilize  a  flexible,
cost-effective  approach for the development of new assisted living  facilities;
and (iv) target a broad segment of the private-pay population.

   The  assisted  living  industry is highly  fragmented  and  characterized  by
numerous  small   operators   whose  scope  of  services  vary  widely.   Annual
expenditures for assisted living services were estimated to be $10 to 12 billion
in 1995.  The Company  believes that factors  contributing  to the growth of the
assisted living industry include: (i) the aging of the U.S. population; (ii) the
increasing  affluence of the elderly and their  families;  (iii) the  decreasing
availability  of family care in the home;  (iv) consumer  preference for greater
independence and a less institutional  setting;  (v) the increasing  emphasis by
both federal and state governments and private insurers on containing  long-term
care costs;  and (vi) the reduced  availability of skilled nursing beds for less
medically intensive residents.  The Company believes that the foregoing factors,
combined with the  fragmented  nature of the industry and the  inexperience  and
lack of resources of many operators,  have created a significant opportunity for
ILC to become a leading  provider of  high-quality,  affordable  assisted living
services.

   

   The Company  believes  that its approach to the  development  of new assisted
living  facilities  differs  from  that of many  other  operators.  Unlike  many
assisted  living  operators,  the Company intends to rely primarily on a limited
number  of  third-party  developers,  rather  than  maintain  a  large  internal
development staff. ILC currently has relationships with three developers,  which
developers  are  responsible  for  29  of  the  33  facilities  currently  under
development  by the Company.  The Company has,  together with these  developers,
developed  three  flexible  and  expandable   prototype  building  designs.  The
flexibility  feature is expected  to allow the  facility's  assisted  living and
Alzheimer's bed allotment to be quickly and cost-effectively  reconfigured based
on changing market demand.  The  expandability  feature is expected to allow the
prototype buildings to be easily and cost-effectively expanded with little or no
disruption to current operations.  The Company believes its development approach
will offer many advantages, including better construction quality control, lower
architectural  and engineering  fees, bulk purchasing of materials and fixtures,
and faster development and construction schedules. 
    

                                       3



<PAGE>

                                 THE OFFERING

Common Stock being offered by:
   
 The Company..................    2,435,700 shares

 IHS..........................    2,694,900 shares

Common Stock to be outstanding 
 after the offering...........    6,333,600 shares(1)
    
Use of Proceeds...............    For  acquisition  and  development of assisted
                                  living  facilities,  for  repayment of certain
                                  indebtedness   due  to  IHS  and  for  general
                                  corporate purposes

Proposed Nasdaq National Market 
 symbol.......................    ILCC

- ----------------
   
(1)   Excludes (i) 855,500  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of
      outstanding  options and (ii)  94,540  additional  shares of Common  Stock
      reserved for issuance  pursuant to the Company's  stock option plans.  See
      "Management -- Stock Options."
    

                     SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                  -----------------------              -------------------------
                                                                     1995                             1996
                                                            ---------------------            ----------------------
                                          1993      1994     ACTUAL   PRO FORMA(1)  1995     ACTUAL   PRO FORMA(1)
                                        -------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- --------- -------------
<S>                                     <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>
Statement of Operations Data(2):
Net revenues .........................  $5,240   $11,645   $16,269    $27,452      $8,018   $11,295   $14,241
Facility operations...................   3,455     8,254    11,243     18,522       5,576     7,138     9,379
Facility rents........................     856     1,466     2,430      1,770       1,215     1,309     1,005
Corporate administrative and general .     315       726     1,005      3,895         499       678     1,948
Depreciation and amortization  .......      24       369       414      1,671         206       480       912
Loss on impairment of long-lived
assets(3).............................      --        --     5,126      5,126          --        --        --
                                        -------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- --------- -------------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes ..     590       830    (3,949)    (3,532)        522     1,690       997
Federal and state income taxes  ......     230       311      (629)      (468)        201       651       384
                                        -------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- --------- -------------
Net earnings (loss) ..................  $  360   $   519   $(3,320)   $(3,064)     $  321   $ 1,039   $   613
                                        ======== ========= ========== ============ ======== ========= =============
Earnings (loss) per common share .....  $ 0.09   $  0.13   $ (0.85)   $ (0.63)     $ 0.08   $  0.27   $  0.13
                                        ======== ========= ========== ============ ======== ========= =============
Weighted average shares
 outstanding(4).......................   3,898     3,898     3,898      4,835       3,898     3,898     4,835
                                        ======== ========= ========== ============ ======== ========= =============
</TABLE>

                                             JUNE 30, 1996
                                  ------------------------------------
                                                            PRO FORMA
                                  ACTUAL   PRO FORMA(5)  AS ADJUSTED(6)
                                  ------   ------------  --------------

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents  ....  $   120     $   120        $14,920
Total assets...................   55,465      67,745         82,545
Note payable to parent company     3,363       3,363             --
Stockholder's equity...........   40,331      52,531         70,694
   
- -----------------
(1)   The pro forma statement of operations data for the year ended December 31,
      1995 and the six  months  ended  June 30,  1996  were  prepared  as if the
      Company's  interest  in the  following  facilities  had been  acquired  on
      January 1, 1995: Vintage Healthcare Center  ("Vintage"),  which was leased
      by the Company commencing January 29, 1996; Terrace Gardens Healthcare and
      Retirement  Center  ("Terrace  Gardens"),  which the Company has agreed to
      acquire  simultaneous  with the  closing of this  offering;  Homestead  of
      Garden City ("Garden  City"),  which the Company leased  effective July 1,
      1996; and Carrington Pointe, which the Company acquired effective December
      31,  1995.  Effective  June 1, 1996,  the  Company  received  as a capital
      contribution  condominium  interests  in the  assisted  living and related
      portions of the Vintage,  Treemont Retirement  Community  ("Treemont") and
      West Palm  Beach  Retirement  ("West  Palm  Beach")  facilities  which the
      Company  had  previously  leased  from  IHS.  Accordingly,  the pro  forma
      statement of operations data is adjusted to decrease rent expense 
    
                                        4
<PAGE>
   
      associated with these  facilities and to increase  depreciation  resulting
      from the receipt of a condominium  interest in these  facilities.  The pro
      forma  statement  of  operations  data is also  adjusted  to (i)  increase
      facility rents to reflect an increase in rent for the Company's Shores and
      Cheyenne Place Retirement  ("Cheyenne Place") facilities effective June 1,
      1996 and (ii) increase  corporate  administrative  and general expenses to
      reflect management's  estimate of the additional corporate  administrative
      and general expense that would have been incurred during the period if the
      Company had operated on a stand-alone basis. No pro forma adjustments have
      been made to reflect the  operations of the Homestead of Wichita  facility
      ("Homestead Wichita"),  which the Company leased commencing July 17, 1996,
      or the Cabot Pointe  facility,  which the Company  acquired in August 1996
      and  intends  to  sell  and  lease  back  pursuant  to  a   sale/leaseback
      transaction  which the Company  anticipates  will close in September 1996,
      because  such  facilities  were not in  operation  at June 30,  1996.  See
      "Company  History," "Use of Proceeds," "Pro Forma  Financial  Information"
      and "Business -- Properties." 
    
(2)   The Company has grown substantially through acquisitions, which materially
      affects the  comparability  of the financial  data reflected  herein.  See
      "Company History" and "Certain Transactions."

(3)   In 1995, the Company implemented  Financial  Accounting  Standards Board's
      Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121 in  connection  with
      IHS'  implementation  thereof.  Through evaluation of the recent financial
      performance and a recent  appraisal of one of its facilities,  the Company
      estimated the fair value of this facility and determined that the carrying
      value of certain long-lived  assets,  including goodwill and buildings and
      improvements,  exceeded  their fair value.  The excess  carrying value was
      written off and is included in the statement of  operations  for 1995 as a
      loss on impairment of long-lived assets. See "Management's  Discussion and
      Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
   
(4)   The pro forma weighted  average shares  outstanding is presented as if the
      Company sold 937,020  shares of Common Stock,  representing  the number of
      shares  which  would be  required to be sold by the Company at the assumed
      initial  public  offering  price of  $14.00  per share  (net of  estimated
      underwriting discounts) in order for the Company to pay the purchase price
      for the Terrace Gardens facility. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
(5)   The pro forma  balance  sheet data as of June 30, 1996 was  prepared as if
      the  acquisition  of the Terrace  Gardens  facility,  which is expected to
      close simultaneous with the closing of this offering, had been consummated
      as of June 30, 1996.  No pro forma  adjustments  have been made to reflect
      the  acquisition of leasehold  interests in the Cabot Pointe,  Garden City
      and Homestead  Wichita  facilities  because such acquisitions will have no
      effect on the Company's  balance  sheet.  See "Company  History,"  "Use of
      Proceeds," "Pro Forma Financial Information" and "Business -- Properties."
   
(6)   Adjusted to reflect (i) the transaction reflected in note 5 above and (ii)
      the sale of 2,435,700 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby
      at an assumed  initial  public  offering price of $14.00 per share and the
      application  of the  estimated net proceeds  therefrom as described  under
      "Use of Proceeds." 
    
               RELATIONSHIPS WITH INTEGRATED HEALTH SERVICES, INC.

   The Company is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Integrated Health Services, Inc.
Upon completion of this offering,  IHS and its directors and executive  officers
will  continue  to  beneficially  own  approximately   23.0%  of  the  Company's
outstanding Common Stock (approximately 20.7% if the Underwriters exercise their
over-allotment   option  in  full),  and  IHS  will  be  the  Company's  largest
stockholder.  As a result of its  ownership  interest  upon  completion  of this
offering,  IHS  could  have a  significant  influence  over,  and may be able to
control,  the vote on all  matters  submitted  to  stockholders,  including  the
election of directors and the approval of extraordinary transactions. Currently,
two of the six members of the  Company's  Board of Directors  are  directors and
executive  officers of IHS.  Prior to this  offering,  IHS provided  capital and
healthcare and administrative  services to the Company.  Following completion of
this offering certain of these  arrangements and services will be terminated and
others will be modified.  See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on IHS," "-- Potential
Conflicts of Interest with IHS" and "Certain Transactions."

                               ------------------
   
   Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus (i) assumes no
exercise of the Underwriters'  option to purchase from the Company up to 769,590
additional  shares of Common  Stock to cover  over-allotments,  if any, and (ii)
gives effect to the  issuance of 4,960,900  shares of Common Stock as a dividend
to effect a  49,610-for-1  stock split of the Common  Stock on June 10, 1996 and
IHS' subsequent  surrender of 1,063,100 shares of Common Stock to the Company in
August 1996. As used herein,  unless the context requires  otherwise,  the terms
"Company"  and  "ILC"  include  Integrated  Living  Communities,  Inc.  and  its
subsidiaries  and  predecessors  and the term "IHS" includes  Integrated  Health
Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries other than the Company.
    
                                        5


<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

   Prospective  purchasers  of the Common Stock offered  hereby should  consider
carefully the factors set forth below, as well as other information contained in
this  Prospectus,  before making a decision to purchase the Common Stock offered
hereby.  This  Prospectus  contains,  in  addition  to  historical  information,
forward-looking  statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  The Company's
actual results could differ  materially.  Factors that could cause or contribute
to such  differences  include,  but are not limited to, those discussed below as
well as those discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus.

RECENT ORGANIZATION; HISTORY OF LOSSES; ANTICIPATED OPERATING LOSSES

   
   The  Company  was  organized  in  November  1995 to own,  operate and develop
assisted living facilities and has a limited operating  history.  The Company is
currently  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  IHS,  which  operated  14 of  the 19
facilities  currently  operated  by  the  Company  until  such  operations  were
transferred to the Company following its formation.  For the year ended December
31,  1995 and the six months  ended June 30,  1996,  the  Company had net income
(loss) of  $(3,320,000)  and  $1,039,000,  respectively.  On a pro forma  basis,
giving  effect to the  acquisition  of the Terrace  Gardens  facility,  which is
expected to close simultaneous with this offering (the "Proposed  Acquisition"),
the  acquisition  of a leasehold  interest in two  facilities in July 1996,  the
acquisition  of the Cabot  Pointe  facility  in August  1996 and the  subsequent
sale/leaseback  of such facility,  which the Company  anticipates  will close in
September  1996,  the  acquisition  of the  Carrington  Pointe  facility and the
contribution by IHS to the Company's capital of the condominium interests in the
Treemont,  Vintage and West Palm Beach  facilities as if such  transactions  had
occurred  on January 1, 1995,  as well as the  related  adjustments  to facility
rents,  depreciation and corporate  administrative and general expense,  the net
income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June
30, 1996 would have been $(3,064,000) and $613,000, respectively. See "Pro Forma
Financial Information."

   The  Company's  growth  strategy   focuses  on  the  rapid   acquisition  and
development of assisted living facilities. The Company currently expects to open
24 newly developed assisted living facilities in 1997, all of which are expected
to incur start-up losses for at least eight months after commencing  operations.
The Company  estimates  that it will take  approximately  six to 12 months for a
newly  developed  assisted  living  facility  to achieve a  stabilized  level of
occupancy (i.e., an occupancy level in excess of 90%). As a result,  the Company
expects to incur losses at least through the end of 1997.  The Company may incur
additional operating losses thereafter if it fails to achieve expected occupancy
rates at newly  acquired or developed  facilities or if expenses  related to the
development,  acquisition or operation of newly acquired or developed facilities
exceed  expectations.  There  can  be no  assurance  as to  when  the  Company's
operations  will  become  profitable,  if  at  all.  The  inability  to  achieve
profitability at a newly acquired or developed  facility on a timely basis could
have  an  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  operating  results  and
financial condition and the market price of the Common Stock. The success of the
Company's  future  operations is dependent to a large extent on expansion of the
Company's  operational base. There can be no assurance that the Company will not
experience  unforeseen  expenses,  difficulties,  complications and delays which
could  result  in  greater  than  anticipated   operating  losses  or  otherwise
materially  adversely  affect the Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Results of Operations,"  "--Liquidity and
Capital Resources" and "Business -- Business Strategy." 
    

DIFFICULTIES OF MANAGING RAPID GROWTH

   The  Company  expects the number of  facilities  it  operates  will  increase
substantially  as it pursues its rapid growth  strategy.  The Company's  success
will depend in large part on identifying  suitable  development  and acquisition
opportunities,   and  its  ability  to  pursue  such   opportunities,   complete
developments,  consummate  acquisitions,  create demand for its  facilities  and
effectively  operate its assisted living  facilities.  The Company  competes for
acquisition and expansion  opportunities with companies which have significantly
greater  financial  and  management  resources  than the Company.  The Company's
growth will place a significant burden on the Company's management and operating
personnel  and its  financial  resources.  The  Company's  ability to manage its
growth  effectively  will  require it to continue  to improve  its  operational,
financial

                                        6

<PAGE>

and management information systems and to continue to attract,  train, motivate,
manage and retain key employees. There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to  implement  its rapid  growth  strategy  or that such  strategy  will
ultimately be profitable. If the Company is unable to implement its rapid growth
strategy or to manage its growth  effectively,  its business,  operating results
and financial  condition could be adversely  affected.  See "--  Difficulties of
Integrating  Acquisitions,"  "--  Limited  Development  Experience;  Development
Delays  and  Cost  Overruns,"  "--  Need for  Substantial  Additional  Capital,"
"--Dependence  on Senior  Management  and Skilled  Personnel,"  "--Competition,"
"Business -- Business  Strategy"  and  "Management  -- Directors  and  Executive
Officers."

DIFFICULTIES OF INTEGRATING ACQUISITIONS

   The  Company's   growth  strategy  depends   significantly   upon  the  rapid
acquisition  (through  purchase,  lease or  management  agreements)  of existing
assisted  living  facilities  and  other  properties  that  it  believes  it can
efficiently reposition as assisted living facilities.  The Company's strategy of
acquiring, developing or attaining agreements to manage 60 to 75 assisted living
facilities  per  year in each of the  next  three  years  is  likely  to place a
significant strain on the Company's management and financial  resources.  If the
Company is unsuccessful  in operating newly acquired  facilities and integrating
them into the Company's existing operations,  the Company's business,  operating
results and financial  condition  could be adversely  affected.  There can be no
assurance that the Company's  acquisition  of assisted  living  facilities  will
occur at the rate currently expected by the Company or that future  acquisitions
will be completed in a timely  manner,  if at all. The success of the  Company's
acquisitions  will be  determined by numerous  factors,  including the Company's
ability  to  identify  suitable  acquisition  candidates,  competition  for such
acquisitions,  the purchase price,  the financial  performance of the facilities
after  acquisition  and the ability of the Company to integrate  effectively the
operations of acquired  facilities.  Acquisitions  of  facilities  are typically
subject to a number of closing conditions,  including those regarding the status
of  title  to  real  property  included  in  the  acquisition,  the  results  of
environmental  investigations performed on the Company's behalf, the transfer of
applicable licenses or permits and the availability of appropriate financing. In
addition,  the Company may under certain circumstances  acquire  skilled-nursing
facilities  that for various  reasons it does not reposition as assisted  living
facilities or integrate into a continuing care retirement  community.  There can
be no assurance  that the Company will  successfully  dispose of or operate such
skilled-nursing  facilities.  Furthermore,  the  acquisition of skilled  nursing
facilities by the Company may exacerbate potential conflicts of interest between
the Company and IHS,  and could  expose  directors of the Company to claims that
duties to one or both  companies  have not been met.  Any failure by the Company
with  respect to the  repositioning,  integration  or  operation of any acquired
facilities  may  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,
operating  results  and  financial  condition.  See  "--Potential  Conflicts  of
Interest with IHS,"  "--Difficulties  of Managing  Rapid  Growth,"  "Business --
Business Strategy" and "Certain Transactions."

LIMITED DEVELOPMENT EXPERIENCE; DEVELOPMENT DELAYS AND COST OVERRUNS

   
   The Company currently expects to open  approximately 25 to 35 newly developed
assisted living facilities per year over the next three years, and currently has
33 assisted  living  facilities  in various  early  stages of  development.  The
Company has very limited experience in developing new assisted living facilities
and its ability to achieve  this  objective  will be dependent to a great extent
upon the experience and abilities of the  third-party  developers with which the
Company has established  relationships.  To date, the Company has not opened any
newly  developed  assisted living  facilities,  and there can be no assurance it
will be successful in doing so. There can be no assurance  that the Company will
not suffer  delays in its  development  program,  which could slow the Company's
growth.  Achieving  the  Company's  plan to open  25 to 35 new  assisted  living
facilities  in each of the next three years is  dependent  on numerous  factors,
many of which the Company is unable to control or significantly influence, which
could adversely affect the Company's growth.  These factors include, but are not
limited to: (i) locating  sites for new  facilities  at acceptable  costs;  (ii)
obtaining proper zoning use permits,  development  plan approval,  authorization
and  licensing  from  governmental  units in a timely  manner;  (iii)  obtaining
adequate   financing  under  acceptable   terms;  (iv)  relying  on  third-party
architects  and  contractors  and  the  availability  and  costs  of  labor  and
construction  materials,  as well as weather; and (v) obtaining qualified staff.
Development of assisted living facilities can be delayed or precluded by various
zoning,  healthcare licensing and other applicable governmental  regulations and
restric-
    

                                        7


<PAGE>
   
tions. ILC may also incur construction costs that exceed original estimates, may
experience  competition in the search for suitable  development sites and may be
unable to arrange  financing  for  development.  The Company  intends to rely on
third-party developers to construct new assisted living facilities. There can be
no assurance that the Company will not experience  difficulties  in working with
developers,  project managers,  general contractors and  subcontractors,  any of
which difficulties could result in increased  construction costs and delays. The
Company  estimates  that the  development  cost of most of its  assisted  living
facilities will generally range from approximately  $68,000 to $75,000 per unit,
depending on local  variations in land and construction  costs,  with an overall
average  development  cost  of  approximately  $72,000  per  unit.  The  Company
estimates  that it will require  approximately  six months from the date of land
acquisition to develop its 40 unit facilities and approximately nine months from
the date of land acquisition to develop its 80 unit facilities. However, project
development is subject to a number of contingencies  over which the Company will
have little  control and that may adversely  affect  project cost and completion
time,  including  shortages of, or the inability to obtain,  labor or materials,
the inability of the general contractor or subcontractors to perform under their
contracts, strikes, adverse weather conditions and changes in applicable laws or
regulations  or in the  method of  applying  such laws and  regulations.  If the
Company's  development  schedule is delayed,  the Company's business,  operating
results and financial  condition could be adversely affected.  In addition,  the
Company  estimates that it will take  approximately six to 12 months for a newly
developed  assisted living  facility to achieve a stabilized  level of occupancy
(i.e.,  an  occupancy  level in excess of 90%) and that each new  facility  will
incur start-up losses for at least eight months after commencing operations. See
"--  Recent  Organization;  History of Losses;  Anticipated  Operating  Losses,"
"--Difficulties  of Managing Rapid Growth,"  "--Dependence on Senior  Management
and Skilled  Personnel,"  "Business -- Business  Strategy,"  "--Development  and
Acquisition" and "--Properties -- Development." 
    

NEED FOR SUBSTANTIAL ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

   To achieve its growth objectives, the Company will need to obtain substantial
additional  financial  resources  to  fund  its  development,  construction  and
acquisition  activities  and  anticipated  operating  losses.  Accordingly,  the
Company's  future  growth  will  depend  on its  ability  to  obtain  additional
financing  on  acceptable  terms.  The Company  does not expect any of its newly
developed assisted living facilities to generate positive cash flow for at least
eight months  after  commencing  operations.  As a result,  the Company  expects
negative  cash  flow for at least  the next  several  years as it  continues  to
develop and acquire assisted living  facilities.  There can be no assurance that
any newly  developed  facility  will  achieve a  stabilized  occupancy  rate and
resident mix that meets the Company's  expectations  or generates  positive cash
flow. The Company currently estimates that the net proceeds to be received by it
in this offering,  together with financing  commitments and  sale/leaseback  and
mortgage financing that it anticipates will be available,  will be sufficient to
fund its  acquisition  and  development  program and its  anticipated  operating
losses for at least the next 12 months. There can be no assurance, however, that
the Company will not be required to seek additional capital earlier. There are a
number of  circumstances  beyond the  Company's  control  that may result in the
Company's  financial  resources being  inadequate to meet its needs. The Company
expects from time to time to seek  additional  funds  through  public or private
financing, including equity financing. If additional funds are raised by issuing
equity securities, the Company's stockholders may experience dilution.  Further,
such equity  securities  may have rights,  preferences  or privileges  senior to
those of the Common  Stock.  To the extent the Company  finances its  activities
through debt or sale/leaseback  arrangements,  the Company may become subject to
certain  financial and other  covenants which may restrict its ability to pursue
its rapid growth strategy and to pay dividends on the Common Stock. There can be
no assurance  that adequate  equity,  debt or  sale/leaseback  financing will be
available as needed or on terms  acceptable to the Company.  A lack of available
funds may require the Company to delay,  scale back or eliminate  all or some of
its  development  and  acquisition  projects  and could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
See "--Recent  Organization;  History of Losses;  Anticipated Operating Losses,"
"--Substantial  Anticipated  Debt and  Lease  Obligations,"  "Use of  Proceeds,"
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations  -- Liquidity  and Capital  Resources"  and  "Description  of Capital
Stock."

                                        8



<PAGE>

SUBSTANTIAL ANTICIPATED DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS

   
   The  Company  intends to  finance  the  development  and  acquisition  of its
assisted  living  facilities  through  mortgage   financing,   operating  leases
(including  sale/leaseback  financing)  and lines of  credit.  As a result,  the
Company  expects to incur  substantial  indebtedness  and debt related  payments
(including  payments  on  operating  leases) as the  Company  pursues its growth
strategy.  The Company is  presently a party to long-term  operating  leases for
four of its residential  facilities and anticipates that it will lease the Cabot
Pointe  facility  commencing in September  1996.  These leases  require  minimum
annual  lease  payments  aggregating  approximately  $2.4  million in 1996,  and
generally  provide for annual rent increases.  The Company  currently expects to
finance 24 of its assisted living facilities currently under development through
sale/leaseback  transactions  or mortgage  financing,  although  the Company may
lease  certain  of these  facilities  from the  developer.  The  remaining  nine
facilities  currently  under  development  are  expected  to be leased  from the
developer  which owns the  facilities.  As a result,  it is  anticipated  that a
substantial  portion of the Company's  cash flow will be devoted to debt service
and lease  payments.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will  generate
sufficient cash flow from operations to cover required  interest,  principal and
lease payments. If the Company were unable to meet interest,  principal or lease
payments,  or satisfy financial  covenants relating to, among other things, cash
flow and debt coverage  ratios,  it could be required to seek  renegotiation  of
such payments or obtain  additional  equity or debt  financing.  There can be no
assurance  that any such efforts would be successful or timely or that the terms
of any such  financing or  refinancing  would be acceptable to the Company.  Any
payment or other default could cause the lender to foreclose upon the facilities
securing such  indebtedness or, in the case of an operating lease,  could result
in termination of the lease, with a consequent loss of income and asset value to
the   Company.   Furthermore,   to  the  extent  the   Company's   mortgage  and
sale/leaseback  agreements  contain  cross-default  and  cross-collateralization
provisions,  a default by the  Company on one of its payment  obligations  could
adversely affect a significant number of the Company's properties. The Company's
leverage may also adversely affect the Company's  ability to respond to changing
business and economic  conditions or continue its  development  and  acquisition
program.  See  "--Need  for  Substantial   Additional  Capital,"   "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --
Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Business -- Properties."

UNCERTAINTY OF THE PROPOSED ACQUISITION(); DIFFICULTIES OF INTEGRATING THE
PROPOSED ACQUISITION

   The Company has entered  into an  agreement  to acquire one  assisted  living
facility for an aggregate  purchase price of $12.2  million.  The closing of the
Terrace  Gardens  acquisition  is  subject  to  certain  customary   conditions,
including  conditions  regarding  the  status  of title to real  property  being
acquired, the results of environmental investigations performed on the Company's
behalf and the transfer of applicable licenses and permits. Although the Company
expects  the  proposed  acquisition  of  the  Terrace  Gardens  facility  to  be
consummated  simultaneous  with the  closing of this  offering,  there can be no
assurance  that the  conditions to closing will be satisfied in a timely manner,
if at all. Any delay or failure to consummate the acquisition of Terrace Gardens
could have an adverse effect on the Company's  operating results.  Additionally,
there can be no assurance that the Company's  anticipated  sale and leaseback of
the Cabot Pointe  facility will be consummated in September 1996 as scheduled or
at all. The Terrace  Gardens  acquisition,  together with the  acquisition  of a
leasehold  interest in two  facilities in July 1996 and the  acquisition  of the
Cabot  Pointe  facility in August 1996,  will result in a 23.5%  increase in the
number of facilities,  and a 21.1% increase in the number of units,  operated by
the Company at June 30, 1996.  Such an increase in the Company's  operations may
strain the Company's available resources, and there can be no assurance that the
Company will  successfully  assume  operational  control over the newly acquired
facilities or integrate  them with the  Company's  existing  operations.  If the
Company  is  unsuccessful  in  operating  the  newly  acquired   facilities  and
integrating them into the Company's existing operations, the Company's business,
operating  results and  financial  condition  could be adversely  affected.  See
"--Difficulties  of  Managing  Rapid  Growth,"  "--Difficulties  of  Integrating
Acquisitions,"  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of  Operations  -- Liquidity  and Capital  Resources"  and  "Business --
Properties -- Proposed Acquisition." 
    

DEPENDENCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND SKILLED PERSONNEL

   The Company depends,  and will continue to depend,  on the services of Robert
N. Elkins, M.D., its Chairman of the Board, Edward Komp, its President and Chief
Executive Officer and other key man-

                                        9


<PAGE>

agement  staff.  The loss of the services of Dr. Elkins or Mr. Komp could have a
material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  operating  results  and
financial  condition.  Dr.  Elkins is Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive
Officer of IHS. As a result,  he will not be devoting  his full time and efforts
to the Company.  See  "--Potential  Conflicts of Interest with IHS." The Company
also depends on its ability to attract and retain management  personnel who will
be  responsible  for  the  day-to-day  operations  of  each  of its  residential
facilities. The Company's ability to attract and retain management personnel for
its  facilities  will be critical to the success of the  Company's  rapid growth
strategy,  which contemplates  acquiring,  developing or acquiring agreements to
manage 60 to 75 new  assisted  living  facilities  per year for each of the next
three years.  If the Company is unable to hire  qualified  management to operate
its assisted living facilities,  the Company's  business,  operating results and
financial condition could be adversely affected. See "Management."

STAFFING AND LABOR COSTS

   The Company  competes  with various  healthcare  providers,  including  other
assisted living providers, with respect to attracting and retaining qualified or
skilled  personnel.  The Company  also  depends on the  available  labor pool of
low-wage  employees.  A shortage of nurses or other trained personnel or general
inflationary  pressures may require the Company to enhance its wage and benefits
package in order to compete.  There can be no assurance that the Company's labor
costs  will  not  increase  or,  if  they  do,  that  they  can  be  matched  by
corresponding  increases in revenues.  Any significant failure by the Company to
attract and retain qualified  employees,  to control its labor costs or to match
increases in its labor expenses with  corresponding  increases in revenues could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  operating results and
financial condition. See "Business -- Employees."

DEPENDENCE ON ATTRACTING SENIORS WITH SUFFICIENT RESOURCES TO PAY

   The  Company  currently,  and for the  foreseeable  future,  expects  to rely
primarily on its residents'  ability to pay the Company's fees from their own or
familial  financial  resources.  Generally  only  seniors  with income or assets
meeting or exceeding  the  comparable  median in the region where the  Company's
assisted  living  facilities  are located are  expected to be able to afford the
Company's  fees.  Inflation or other  circumstances  that  adversely  affect the
ability  of  seniors  to pay for the  Company's  services  could have an adverse
effect on the  Company.  If the  Company  encounters  difficulty  in  attracting
seniors with adequate resources to pay for its services, its business, operating
results and financial  condition could be adversely  affected.  See "Business --
Services."

SUBSTANTIAL PORTION OF THE OFFERING TO BENEFIT IHS

   
   IHS will receive  approximately  $35.1  million  (assuming an initial  public
offering price of $14.00 per share and after  deducting  estimated  underwriting
discounts)  for the  shares of Common  Stock to be sold by it in this  offering,
which  shares  were  received  by IHS  from  the  Company  in  January  1996  in
consideration  of IHS'  transfer to the Company of 14 of the 19 assisted  living
facilities currently operated by the Company. In addition,  the Company will use
a portion of the proceeds of this  offering to repay all amounts the Company has
borrowed  from IHS,  which at August  15,  1996  aggregated  $6.7  million.  See
"--Potential  Conflicts  of Interest  with IHS,"  "Company  History" and "Use of
Proceeds." 
    

DEPENDENCE ON IHS

   The Company was formed in November 1995 as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of IHS
to operate the assisted living and other senior housing facilities owned, leased
or managed by IHS. To date,  IHS has  provided all  required  financial,  legal,
accounting, human resources and information systems services to the Company, and
has  satisfied all the Company's  capital  requirements  in excess of internally
generated funds. Subsequent to the closing of this offering, the Company will be
responsible for obtaining its own external  sources of financing and for its own
financial, legal, accounting,  human resources and information systems services.
The Company  believes that the cost of these  services  following  this offering
will  exceed  substantially  the  expense for these  services  allocated  to the
Company by IHS. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
obtaining  these  services.  IHS has agreed to provide  certain  accounting  and
infor-

                                       10
<PAGE>

mation systems  services to the Company until it has implemented its own MIS and
accounting  systems,  which the  Company  anticipates  will  occur in the fourth
quarter  of  1996.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition  and Results of  Operations,"  "Business --  Operations"  and "Certain
Transactions."

   The Company currently subleases The Shores and Cheyenne Place facilities from
IHS.  IHS  leases  these  facilities,  as  well  as 41  other  facilities,  from
Litchfield  Asset  Management  Corp.  ("LAM").  IHS is required to meet  certain
financial tests under its agreement with LAM and, to the extent IHS is unable to
meet such tests, LAM has the right to terminate IHS' lease of the 43 facilities,
which  would  result  in the  termination  of the  subleases.  The loss of these
facilities,  which accounted for approximately  39.0% and 29.0% of the Company's
revenues,  and  approximately  39.6% and 14.8% of the Company's  earnings before
loss from  impairment of long-lived  assets in the year ended  December 31, 1995
and the six months  ended  June 30,  1996,  respectively,  could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  results of operations and financial
condition. There can be no assurance that IHS will be able to meet such tests.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST WITH IHS

   
   Robert  N.  Elkins,  M.D.,  the  Chairman  of the Board of the  Company,  and
Lawrence P. Cirka, a director of the Company,  are the Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive  Officer and President,  Chief Operating Officer and a director,
respectively,  of IHS and,  as a  result,  may have  conflicts  of  interest  in
addressing  business  opportunities  and  strategies  with  respect to which the
Company's and IHS'  interests  differ.  The Company and IHS have not adopted any
formal  procedures  designed to assure that conflicts of interest will not occur
or to resolve any such  conflicts.  Dr.  Elkins is also a director and principal
stockholder of Community Care of America, Inc. ("CCA"), which operates long-term
care and  assisted  living  facilities,  and is a director of  Capstone  Capital
Corporation,  a real estate  investment  trust from which the Company expects to
receive financing.  IHS will continue to operate Alzheimer's units in certain of
its skilled nursing facilities, including the skilled nursing facilities located
in the  condominiums  in  which  the  Company's  Treemont  and West  Palm  Beach
facilities  are located.  The Company is prohibited  from including a segregated
and secured  Alzheimer's ward in its portion of these facilities.  In geographic
areas where the Company and either IHS or CCA  operates a facility,  ILC will be
competing with these  companies for residents for its  facilities.  In addition,
upon  completion of this offering IHS, Dr. Elkins and Mr. Cirka will continue to
beneficially own in aggregate  approximately 23.0% of the Company's  outstanding
Common  Stock   (approximately   20.7%  if  the  Underwriters'   exercise  their
over-allotment   option  in  full),  and  IHS  will  be  the  Company's  largest
stockholder.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of  Operations  -- Liquidity  and Capital  Resources,"  "Business --
Properties,"  "Certain  Transactions" and "Principal and Selling  Stockholders."
    

DISCRETIONARY USE OF PROCEEDS

   
   The Company will use  approximately  $12.2  million of the net proceeds  from
this  offering to finance the  purchase of the Terrace  Gardens  facility  and a
portion  of the  net  proceeds  to  repay  outstanding  loans  from  IHS,  which
aggregated  $6.7  million at August 15, 1996.  The  Company  expects to  use the
remaining net proceeds (approximately $11.5 million,  assuming an initial public
offering  price  of  $14.00  per  share  (approximately  $14.2  million  if  the
sale/leaseback transaction for the Cabot Pointe facility is consummated prior to
the  closing of this  offering))  to fund the  development  and  acquisition  of
additional  assisted  living  facilities  and for  general  corporate  purposes,
including  working capital.  The Company will have broad discretion in using the
unallocated net proceeds of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
    

POSSIBLE ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES

   Under various federal,  state and local  environmental  laws,  ordinances and
regulations,  a current or previous  owner or operator of real  property  may be
held  liable for the costs of removal or  remediation  of certain  hazardous  or
toxic substances,  including, without limitation,  asbestos-containing materials
or petroleum, that could be located on, in or under such property. Such laws and
regulations often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of,
or was responsible for, the presence of the hazardous or toxic

                                       11

<PAGE>

substances. The costs of any required remediation or removal of these substances
could  be  substantial  and the  liability  of an owner  or  operator  as to any
property is generally  not limited  under such laws and  regulations,  and could
exceed  the  value of the  property  and the  aggregate  assets  of the owner or
operator.  The  presence  of these  substances  or  failure  to  remediate  such
substances  properly may also  adversely  affect the owner's  ability to sell or
rent the property, to borrow using the property as collateral or, in the case of
facilities  currently  being  developed,  to occupy and use the property.  Under
these laws and regulations,  an owner, operator or any entity which arranges for
the  disposal of  hazardous  or toxic  substances,  such as  asbestos-containing
materials,  at a disposal  site may also be liable for the costs of any required
remediation  or removal of the  hazardous  or toxic  substances  at the disposal
site.  In  connection  with the  ownership or operation of its  properties,  the
Company  could be liable  for  these  costs,  as well as  certain  other  costs,
including governmental fines and injuries to persons or properties. As a result,
the  presence,  with or without the Company's  knowledge,  of hazardous or toxic
substances at any property held, operated or developed by the Company could have
an adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  operating  results and financial
condition.  Further,  the Company cannot predict the nature,  scope or effect of
legislation or regulatory  requirements that could be imposed or how existing or
future laws or regulations  will be administered or interpreted  with respect to
activities  to which  they have not  previously  applied.  Compliance  with more
stringent laws or regulations,  as well as more vigorous enforcement policies of
regulatory agencies,  could require substantial  expenditures by the Company and
could adversely affect the results of operations of the Company.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

   Healthcare  is heavily  regulated at the federal,  state and local levels and
represents  an area of extensive  and frequent  regulatory  change.  A number of
legislative and regulatory  initiatives  relating to long-term care are proposed
or under study at both the federal and state levels that, if enacted or adopted,
could have an adverse  effect on the Company's  business and operating  results.
The Company  cannot predict  whether and to what extent any such  legislative or
regulatory  initiatives will be enacted or adopted,  and therefore cannot assess
what  effect any  current  or future  initiatives  would  have on the  Company's
business  and   operating   results.   Changes  in   applicable   laws  and  new
interpretations  of  existing  laws  can  significantly   affect  the  Company's
operations,  as well  as its  revenues  (particularly  those  from  governmental
sources) and expenses.  The Company's  facilities are subject to varying degrees
of  regulation  and  licensing  by local and state  health  and  social  service
agencies and other  regulatory  authorities  specific to their  location.  While
regulations and licensing  requirements  often vary  significantly from state to
state, they typically address, among other things: personnel education, training
and  records;   facility  services,   including  administration  of  medication,
assistance with  self-administration of medication and limited nursing services;
physical  plant   specifications;   furnishing  of  resident  units;   food  and
housekeeping  services;  emergency  evacuation  plans;  and resident  rights and
responsibilities.  In several states assisted  living  facilities also require a
certificate of need before the facility can be opened. In most states,  assisted
living  facilities also are subject to state or local building codes, fire codes
and food service licensure or certification requirements.  Like other healthcare
facilities,  assisted  living  facilities  are  subject  to  periodic  survey or
inspection by  governmental  authorities.  The Company's  success will depend in
part on its ability to satisfy such  regulations and requirements and to acquire
and maintain any  required  licenses.  The  Company's  operations  could also be
adversely  affected  by, among other  things,  regulatory  developments  such as
mandatory  increases in the scope and quality of care to be offered to residents
and revisions in licensing and certification standards. In addition, the Company
is subject to certain federal and state laws that regulate  relationships  among
providers of healthcare  services.  These laws include the Medicare and Medicaid
anti-kickback  provisions of the Social Security Act, which prohibit the payment
or receipt  of any  remuneration  by anyone in return  for,  or to  induce,  the
referral  of patients  for items or  services  that are paid for, in whole or in
part,  by Medicare or Medicaid.  A violation of these  provisions  may result in
civil or criminal  penalties for individuals or entities  and/or  exclusion from
participation in the Medicare and Medicaid  programs.  Federal,  state and local
governments occasionally conduct unannounced investigations,  audits and reviews
to determine  whether  violations of  applicable  rules and  regulations  exist.
Devoting  management and staff time and legal resources to such  investigations,
as well as any material  violation by the Company that is discovered in any such
investigation,  audit or review,  could have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business,  operating results and financial condition. See "Business --
Business Strategy" and "--Governmental Regulation."

                                       12



<PAGE>

   The  Company  and its  activities  are  subject to zoning and other state and
local government regulations. Zoning variances or use permits are often required
for construction.  Severely restrictive  regulations could impair the ability of
the Company to open additional  residences at desired  locations or could result
in costly delays, which could adversely affect the Company's growth strategy and
results.  See "--Limited  Development  Experience;  Development  Delays and Cost
Overruns," "Business -- Business Strategy" and "--Development and Acquisition."

   
   Certain  states  provide  for  Medicaid  reimbursement  for  assisted  living
services  pursuant  to  Medicaid  Waiver  Programs   permitted  by  the  Federal
government. In the event the Company elects to provide services in states with a
Medicaid  Waiver  Program,  the Company may then elect to become  certified as a
Medicaid  provider in such states.  As a provider of services under the Medicaid
Waiver Program,  the Company will be subject to all of the  requirements of such
program,  including the fraud and abuse laws,  violations of which may result in
civil and criminal  penalties and exclusion  from further  participation  in the
Medicaid Waiver Program. The Company intends to comply with all applicable laws,
including  the fraud and abuse laws;  however,  there can be no  assurance  that
administrative  or judicial  interpretation of existing laws or regulations will
not in the future  have a material  adverse  impact on the  Company's  business,
results of operations  or financial  condition.  See  "Business --  Governmental
Regulation." 
    

   Under the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act of 1990,  all  places of public
accommodation  are  required to meet  certain  federal  requirements  related to
access and use by disabled persons.  A number of additional  federal,  state and
local laws exist which also may require  modifications  to existing  and planned
properties to create access to the  properties  by disabled  persons.  While the
Company  believes that its  properties  are  substantially  in  compliance  with
present  requirements  or are exempt  therefrom,  if required  changes involve a
greater expenditure than anticipated or must be made on a more accelerated basis
than  anticipated,  additional  costs would be incurred by the Company.  Further
legislation may impose additional burdens or restrictions with respect to access
by disabled persons, the costs of compliance with which could be substantial.

COMPETITION

   The healthcare  industry is highly  competitive  and the Company expects that
the assisted  living segment in particular  will become more  competitive in the
future.  In general,  regulatory and other barriers to competitive  entry in the
assisted  living  industry  are  presently  not  substantial.  The Company  will
continue  to  face  competition  from  numerous  local,  regional  and  national
providers of assisted  living and long-term  care. The Company will compete with
skilled  nursing  facilities and acute care hospitals  primarily on the bases of
cost, quality of care, array of services provided and physician  referrals.  The
Company will also compete with companies providing  home-based  healthcare,  and
even  family  members,  based  on  those  factors  as  well  as the  reputation,
geographic  location,  physical appearance of facilities and family preferences.
Some of the  Company's  competitors  operate  on a  not-for-profit  basis  or as
charitable  organizations,  while others have, or may obtain,  greater financial
resources than those of the Company.  However,  the Company anticipates that its
most significant  competition will come from other assisted living and long-term
care  facilities  within the same  geographic  area as the Company's  facilities
because management's  experience indicates that senior citizens frequently elect
to move into facilities near their homes.

   In implementing its growth strategy,  the Company expects to face competition
in its efforts to develop and acquire  assisted living  facilities.  Some of the
Company's present and potential  competitors are significantly  larger and have,
or may  obtain,  greater  financial  resources  than  those  of the  Company.  A
significant number of industry competitors have recently raised financing in the
public markets,  providing them with cash to develop and acquire assisted living
facilities and making it easier for them to use their equity and debt securities
as consideration for acquisitions.  Consequently, there can be no assurance that
the Company will not encounter  increased  competition  in the future that could
limit its ability to attract residents or expand its business and therefore have
a material  adverse  effect on its  business,  operating  results and  financial
condition.  Further,  if the  development  of  new  assisted  living  facilities
outpaces demand for those  facilities in the markets in which the Company has or
is developing facilities,  such markets may become saturated. Such an oversupply
of  facilities  could  cause the  Company  to  experience  decreased  occupancy,
depressed margins and lower profitability. See "Business -- Competition."

                                       13

<PAGE>

POTENTIAL ADVERSE IMPACT OF GOVERNMENTAL REIMBURSEMENT PROGRAMS

   Currently,  the federal government does not provide any reimbursement for the
type of assisted  living services  offered by the Company,  although the federal
government does provide  reimbursement  for the services provided in the skilled
nursing beds located in the Company's  continuing care  retirement  communities.
Although  some  states  have  reimbursement  programs  in  place,  the  level of
reimbursement  is  generally  insufficient  to cover the costs of the  Company's
assisted living services. Currently all of the Company's revenue is from private
pay sources except that one of its managed facilities, which includes 60 skilled
nursing  units,  received  approximately  23% of its  revenues in the year ended
December 31, 1995 from federal and state  reimbursement  programs.  Depending in
part on the results of the Company's  acquisition and development  program,  net
revenues from  governmental  reimbursement  programs could increase from time to
time.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company or the  facilities  which it
manages will continue to meet the requirements for participating in governmental
reimbursement  programs.  Furthermore,  governmental  reimbursement programs are
subject to statutory  and  regulatory  changes,  retroactive  rate  settlements,
administrative  rulings and  governmental  funding  restrictions,  some of which
could have a material adverse effect on the future rate of payment to facilities
operated by the Company. A substantial dependence on governmental  reimbursement
programs,  changes in the funding  levels of such programs or the failure of the
Company's  operations to qualify for  governmental  reimbursement  could have an
adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  operating  results  and  financial
condition.   See   "--Governmental   Regulation,"   "Business  --   Governmental
Regulation" and "--Operations -- Service Revenue Sources."

GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION

   
   A  significant  number  of the 53  properties  currently  operated,  managed,
proposed to be acquired or under development are located in California and Texas
(14 and 12 facilities,  respectively).  The market value of these properties and
the income  generated from properties  managed or leased by the Company could be
negatively  affected by changes in local and regional economic conditions and by
acts  of  nature.  See  "Business  --  Properties."  In  addition,  the  Company
anticipates  that a  substantial  portion of its  business and  operations  will
ultimately be  concentrated  in several  states in the southern,  midwestern and
western  portion of the United  States,  and that  economic  conditions  in such
states may adversely  affect the Company's  business,  results of operations and
financial condition.
    

LIABILITY AND INSURANCE

   The  Company's  business  entails an inherent  risk of  liability.  In recent
years, participants in the long-term care industry,  including the Company, have
become  subject to an  increasing  number of lawsuits  alleging  malpractice  or
related legal theories, many of which involve large claims and significant legal
costs.  The  Company  expects  that from time to time it will be subject to such
suits as a result of the nature of its business. The Company currently maintains
insurance policies in amounts and with such coverage and deductibles as it deems
appropriate,  based  on  the  nature  and  risks  of  its  business,  historical
experience  and industry  standards.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that
claims in excess of the  Company's  insurance  coverage or claims not covered by
the Company's  insurance coverage will not arise. A successful claim against the
Company not covered by, or in excess of, the  Company's  insurance  could have a
material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  operating  results  and  financial
condition.  Claims  against the Company,  regardless  of their merit or eventual
outcome,  may also have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  ability to
attract residents or expand its business and would require  management to devote
time to  matters  unrelated  to the  operation  of the  Company's  business.  In
addition,  the Company's insurance policies must be renewed annually,  and there
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain liability  insurance
coverage  in the  future  or,  if  available,  that  such  coverage  will  be on
acceptable terms.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; REGISTRATION RIGHTS

   
   Sales of  substantial  amounts of shares of Common Stock in the public market
after  this  offering  or the  perception  that such  sales  could  occur  could
adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock and the Company's  ability
to raise  equity.  Upon  completion  of this  offering,  the  Company  will have
6,333,600  shares  of  Common  Stock   outstanding   (7,103,190  shares  if  the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in 
    

                                       14


<PAGE>
   
full).  Of these  shares,  the  5,130,600  shares sold in this  offering will be
freely tradable  without  restriction or limitation  under the Securities Act of
1933,  as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  except for any shares  purchased by
"affiliates"  of the  Company,  as such term is defined in Rule 144  promulgated
under the Securities Act. The remaining  1,203,000 shares,  all of which will be
owned by IHS, are  "restricted  securities"  within the meaning of Rule 144. The
Company,  its directors  and officers and IHS have agreed with the  Underwriters
pursuant to "lock-up"  agreements not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares
of Common Stock,  any options or warrants to purchase  shares of Common Stock or
any securities  convertible  into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of
Common  Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this  Prospectus  other
than, in the case of the Company, in certain limited circumstances,  without the
prior  written  consent of Smith Barney Inc.  Smith Barney Inc. may, in its sole
discretion  and at any time without prior notice,  release all or any portion of
the shares of Common Stock  subject to the  "lock-up"  agreements.  Beginning in
November  1997,  all of the shares which will be held by IHS upon  completion of
this  offering may be sold subject to the volume and other  limitations  of Rule
144. The Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") has proposed an
amendment to Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act which,  if adopted as currently
proposed, would permit the sale of such 1,203,000 shares of Common Stock held by
IHS upon expiration of the 180-day  "lock-up"  period referred to above,  rather
than beginning in January 1998,  subject to the volume and other  limitations of
Rule 144.  All shares of Common  Stock held by IHS will be eligible  for sale to
certain  qualified  institutional  buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act. Furthermore, the Company intends to register soon after the date
of this Prospectus 950,040 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant
to the  Company's  stock option  plans and  agreements,  under which  options to
purchase 855,500 shares of Common Stock are currently  outstanding.  The Company
has granted IHS "piggyback" and demand "shelf"  registration rights with respect
to the shares held by IHS upon  completion of this  offering.  If the Company is
required  to  include in a  Company-initiated  registration  shares  held by IHS
pursuant to the exercise of its "piggyback"  registration rights, such sales may
have an adverse  effect on the Company's  ability to raise needed  capital.  See
"Management -- Stock  Options,"  "Description  of Capital Stock --  Registration
Rights" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale." 
    

NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

   Prior to this offering,  there has been no public market for the Common Stock
and there can be no assurance  that an active  trading market will develop or be
sustained  after this offering.  The initial public offering price of the Common
Stock  will  be  determined  by  negotiation  among  the  Company,  IHS  and the
Underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which the Common Stock
will  trade  after  completion  of  this  offering.  For  factors  that  will be
considered in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting."
After completion of this offering, the market price of the Common Stock could be
subject to significant  fluctuations  in response to various factors and events,
including the liquidity of the market for the shares of Common Stock, variations
in the Company's operating results,  changes in earnings estimates by securities
analysts,  publicity  regarding the assisted  living industry or the Company and
new  statutes  or  regulations  or changes  in the  interpretation  of  existing
statutes or  regulations  affecting  the  healthcare  industry in general or the
assisted living industry in particular.  In addition, the stock market in recent
years has experienced  broad price and volume  fluctuations that often have been
unrelated to the operating  performance  of particular  companies.  These market
fluctuations  also may adversely affect the market price of the shares of Common
Stock.  In the past,  following  periods of  volatility in the market price of a
company's  securities,   securities  class  action  litigation  has  often  been
initiated  against such company.  Such  litigation  could result in  substantial
costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources,  which could have
a material  adverse effect upon the Company's  business,  operating  results and
financial condition.

CONTROL BY CERTAIN PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   Following  completion  of this  offering,  IHS and  the  Company's  executive
officers and directors as a group will beneficially own  approximately  27.8% of
the outstanding  Common Stock.  Currently,  IHS' Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive  Officer and President and Chief Operating  Officer are two of the six
members of the  Company's  Board of  Directors,  and IHS'  Chairman of the Board
serves  as  Chairman  of the  Board of the  Company.  As a  result,  IHS and the
Company's executive officers and

                                       15


<PAGE>

directors as a group could have a significant influence over, and may be able to
control,  the  outcome  of all  matters  submitted  to a vote  of the  Company's
stockholders,  including  the election of directors  and  significant  corporate
transactions.  See  "--Potential  Conflicts of Interest with IHS" and "Principal
and Selling Stockholders."

EFFECT OF CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

   The Company's Restated  Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws,  as well as
Delaware corporate law, contain certain provisions that could have the effect of
making it more difficult for a third party to acquire,  or  discouraging a third
party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company. These provisions could
limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for
shares of Common Stock.  Certain of these provisions allow the Company to issue,
without  stockholder  approval,  preferred  stock having voting rights senior to
those of the Common Stock.  Other provisions impose various procedural and other
requirements  that  could  make it more  difficult  for  stockholders  to effect
certain  corporate  actions.  In addition,  the Company's  Board of Directors is
divided  into three  classes,  each of which  serves for a staggered  three-year
term,  which may make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of the
Board of Directors. As a Delaware corporation, the Company is subject to Section
203 of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law which,  in general,  prevents an
"interested  stockholder"  (defined  generally as a person owning 15% or more of
the  corporation's  outstanding  voting  stock)  from  engaging  in a  "business
combination"  (as defined) for three years following the date such person became
an  interested   stockholder  unless  certain  conditions  are  satisfied.   See
"Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred Stock," "-- Certain Provisions of the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws" and "--Delaware Anti-Takeover
Law."

IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

   
   The existing  stockholder of the Company  acquired its shares of Common Stock
at an average cost  substantially  below the initial  public  offering price set
forth on the cover  page of this  Prospectus.  Therefore,  purchasers  of Common
Stock in this  offering will  experience  immediate  and  substantial  dilution,
which, at the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, will be
$2.84 per share. See "Dilution." 
    

NO DIVIDENDS

   The Company  anticipates that future earnings will be retained by the Company
for  the  development  of  its  business.  Accordingly,  the  Company  does  not
anticipate  paying cash dividends on its Common Stock in the forseeable  future.
See "Dividend Policy."

                                       16


<PAGE>

                                 COMPANY HISTORY

GENERAL

   
   The Company was formed in November 1995 as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of IHS
to operate the assisted living and other senior housing facilities owned, leased
and managed by IHS.  Following the Company's  formation,  IHS transferred to the
Company  as a capital  contribution  its  ownership  interest  in the  Waterside
Retirement  Estates  ("Waterside") and The Homestead  facilities,  sublet to the
Company The Shores and Cheyenne Place facilities,  and leased to the Company the
assisted living and related  portions of the Treemont  Retirement  Community and
West Palm Beach  Retirement  facilities.  IHS also  transferred  to the  Company
agreements  to manage  nine  facilities  (one of which was  cancelled  by mutual
agreement in July 1996). The Company's  principal  executive offices are located
at Bernwood Centre, 24850 Old 41 Road, Suite 10, Bonita Springs,  Florida 34135,
and its telephone number is 941-974-7200.
    

ACQUISITION HISTORY

   In January 1989, IHS acquired a leasehold  interest in the Dallas at Treemont
facility,   a  skilled  nursing  facility  with  a  231  unit  assisted  living,
Alzheimer's  and adult day care  facility,  and IHS  subsequently  purchased the
Dallas at  Treemont  facility  in June 1994.  The  Company  leased the  assisted
living,  Alzheimer's and adult day care portions of this facility from IHS until
June 1, 1996, when the Company and IHS entered into a condominium  agreement for
the Dallas at Treemont facility.  In connection with the condominium  agreement,
the Company received as a capital contribution from IHS the condominium interest
in the assisted living, Alzheimer's and adult day care portion of the facility.

   In December 1993,  IHS acquired  Central Park Lodges,  Inc.,  which owned the
West Palm Beach skilled  nursing and assisted  living facility and a partnership
interest in the Waterside facility, a continuing care retirement community;  IHS
subsequently  acquired the remaining  partnership  interests in  Waterside.  The
Company received the Waterside  facility from IHS as a capital  contribution and
leased the  assisted  living  portion of the West Palm Beach  facility  from IHS
until  June 1,  1996,  when  the  Company  and IHS  entered  into a  condominium
agreement for the West Palm Beach  facility.  In connection with the condominium
agreement,  the  Company  received  as  a  capital  contribution  from  IHS  the
condominium interest in the assisted living portion of the facility.

   In March 1994,  IHS acquired The  Homestead,  a 50 unit  assisted  living and
adult day care facility for a total cost of approximately $1.3 million, adjusted
for certain accrued liabilities,  prepayments and deposits assumed by IHS. Prior
to the purchase IHS had managed the facility  under a management  agreement with
the prior  owner.  The  Company  received  this  facility  from IHS as a capital
contribution.

   In August 1994, IHS entered into separate  facility  operating leases for the
260 unit Shores and 95 unit Cheyenne Place  facilities.  IHS has subleased these
assisted  living  facilities,  including  the related  equipment,  furniture and
fixtures,  to the Company.  These facilities are part of 43 facilities leased by
IHS from  LAM.  IHS is  required  to meet  certain  financial  tests  under  its
agreement with LAM and, to the extent IHS is unable to meet such tests,  LAM has
the right to terminate  IHS' lease of the 43  facilities,  which would result in
the  termination  of the  subleases.  There can be no assurance that IHS will be
able to meet such tests. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on IHS."

   In December 1995, IHS acquired  Carrington Pointe, a 172 unit congregate care
and assisted  living  facility.  Prior to the  acquisition,  IHS had managed the
facility  under a  management  agreement  with the prior  owner.  Following  the
acquisition,  IHS  transferred  ownership  of the  facility  to the Company as a
capital contribution.

   In January 1996, IHS acquired  Vintage Health Care Center,  a skilled nursing
and assisted and  independent  living  facility which it had previously  managed
from April 1995. The Company leased the assisted and independent living portions
of the  facility  from IHS until June 1, 1996,  when the Company and IHS entered
into  a  condominium   agreement  for  the  facility.  In  connection  with  the
condominium  agreement,  the Company received as a capital contribution from IHS
the condominium interest in the assisted living portion of the facility.

                                       17


<PAGE>
   
   In July 1996 the Company  acquired a leasehold  interest in the  Homestead of
Garden  City  and  Homestead  Wichita  facilities  from one of its  third  party
developers.  In August 1996 the Company  acquired the Cabot Pointe  facility for
$2.7 million with funds  borrowed  from IHS. The Company  currently  anticipates
that it will sell the  facility  to, and lease back this  facility  from, a real
estate  investment  trust in September 1996. The proceeds of the  sale/leaseback
transaction  will  be  used to  repay  amounts  borrowed  from  IHS to fund  the
acquisition. In addition, the Company has entered into a definitive agreement to
acquire the Terrace Gardens facility,  which acquisition the Company anticipates
will be consummated simultaneous with the closing of this offering. There can be
no assurance the  sale/leaseback  transaction or the  acquisition of the Terrace
Gardens  facility  will  occur  as  scheduled,  if  at  all.  See  "Business  --
Properties." 
    

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

   
   The net  proceeds to the  Company  from the sale of the  2,435,700  shares of
Common Stock offered hereby, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00
per share and after  deducting  estimated  underwriting  discounts  and offering
expenses, are estimated to be $30.4 million ($40.4 million if the over-allotment
option  granted by the Company to the  Underwriters  is exercised in full).  The
Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by IHS.

   The Company intends to use approximately $12.2 million of the net proceeds to
purchase the Terrace Gardens facility and a portion of the net proceeds to repay
outstanding  loans from IHS, which  aggregated  $6.7 million at August 15, 1996.
The remainder of the net proceeds,  approximately  $11.5 million  (approximately
$14.2 million if the sale/leaseback transaction for the Cabot Pointe facility is
consummated  prior to the  closing  of this  offering),  will be used to finance
development  and acquisition of additional  assisted  living  facilities and for
working  capital and general  corporate  purposes.  Pending  such uses,  the net
proceeds  will be  invested in  short-term,  interest-bearing  investment  grade
securities. See "Business -- Strategy." 
    

   The outstanding indebtedness to be repaid was borrowed from IHS pursuant to a
$75 million  revolving  credit  facility to finance  the  Company's  development
activities.  Borrowings  under the facility bear interest at the rate of 14% per
annum  and are  due at the  earlier  of (i) the  closing  of an  initial  public
offering by ILC or (ii) June 30, 1998. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

   
   Although  an  integral  part of the  Company's  business  strategy  is growth
through  acquisitions  and the Company is currently in discussions  with several
acquisition  candidates,  the  Company  has  not  entered  into  any  definitive
agreements  respecting any  acquisitions  except as set forth under "Business --
Properties -- Proposed Acquisition." 
    

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

   The Company  anticipates that future earnings will be retained by the Company
for  the  development  of  its  business.  Accordingly,  the  Company  does  not
anticipate paying cash dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable  future.
The  payment  of future  dividends  is  within  the  discretion  of the Board of
Directors  and will  depend  upon,  among other  things,  the  Company's  future
earnings,  if any, its capital requirements,  financial condition,  the terms of
the Company's debt  instruments  and lease  agreements  then in effect and other
relevant  factors.  Under  a cash  management  facility  provided  by  IHS,  the
operating cash balances of the Company's  facilities were generally  transferred
to a centralized account and applied to reduce additional  paid-in-capital.  See
"Risk Factors -- No  Dividends"  and Note 1 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

                                       18



<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

   
   The following  table sets forth the  capitalization  of the Company (i) as of
June 30,  1996,  (ii) on a pro forma basis as of such date to give effect to the
acquisition of the Terrace  Gardens  facility and the issuance of 937,020 shares
of Common Stock, representing the number of shares which would be required to be
sold by the Company at the assumed  initial public  offering price of $14.00 per
share (net of estimated underwriting  discounts) in order for the Company to pay
the purchase price for the Terrace Gardens facility, as if such transactions had
occurred  on June 30,  1996,  and (iii) on a pro forma  basis as of such date as
adjusted to reflect the sale of the 2,435,700  shares of Common Stock offered by
the Company  hereby at an assumed  initial  public  offering price of $14.00 per
share and the  application of the estimated net proceeds  therefrom as described
under  "Use of  Proceeds."  The  table  should be read in  conjunction  with the
Financial  Statements and notes thereto appearing  elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                JUNE 30, 1996

                                                     -----------------------------------
                                                                             PRO FORMA
                                                       ACTUAL   PRO FORMA   AS ADJUSTED
                                                     --------- ----------- -------------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                  <C>       <C>         <C>
Note payable to parent company.....................  $ 3,363   $ 3,363     $    --
Stockholders' equity:

  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares
   authorized; none issued and outstanding.........      --        --          --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares 
   authorized;  3,897,900 shares
   issued and outstanding  actual; 4,834,920 shares 
   issued and outstanding pro forma; 6,333,600 
   shares issued and outstanding pro forma as 
   adjusted(1).....................................       39        48          63
  Additional paid-in capital.......................   42,348    54,539      72,687
  Accumulated deficit .............................   (2,056)   (2,056)     (2,056)
                                                     --------- ----------- -------------
    Total stockholders' equity.....................   40,331    52,531      70,694
                                                     --------- ----------- -------------
Total capitalization...............................  $43,694   $55,894     $70,694

                                                     ========= =========== =============

   
- ------------
(1)   Excludes (i) 855,500  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of
      outstanding  options and (ii)  94,540  additional  shares of Common  Stock
      reserved for issuance  pursuant to the Company's  stock option plans.  See
      "Management -- Stock Options."
    

</TABLE>

                                       19


<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

   

   At  June  30,  1996,   the  net  tangible  book  value  of  the  Company  was
approximately  $40,331,060,  or $10.35 per share.  Net  tangible  book value per
share represents the total tangible assets of the Company,  reduced by its total
liabilities,  and divided by the number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding.
Dilution per share  represents the difference  between the price per share to be
paid by investors in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per
share of Common Stock immediately after the offering. After giving effect to the
sale of the 2,435,700  shares of Common Stock offered by the Company  hereby (at
an  assumed  initial  public  offering  price  of  $14.00  per  share)  and  the
application of the estimated net proceeds  therefrom as described  under "Use of
Proceeds," the pro forma net tangible book value of the Common Stock at June 30,
1996  would have been  $70,694,000,  or $11.16 per  share.  This  represents  an
immediate  increase in the pro forma net tangible  book value of $0.81 per share
to  existing  stockholders  and an  immediate  dilution  of $2.84  per  share to
purchasers in this offering, as illustrated in the following table. 
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                           <C>      <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............................           $14.00
  Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 1996.....................  $10.35
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to

   this offering ...........................................................    0.81
                                                                              --------
Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

 (1)........................................................................            11.16
                                                                                       ---------
Dilution per share to new investors (2).....................................           $ 2.84
                                                                                       =========

(1)   After  deduction of estimated  underwriting  discounts and expenses of the
      offering to be paid by the Company.
   
(2)   Assumes  no  exercise  of  outstanding  options.  As of the  date  of this
      Prospectus,  there are outstanding  options to purchase  855,500 shares of
      Common  Stock,  all of which have an  exercise  price equal to the initial
      public  offering price as set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus.
      See "Management -- Stock Options."

</TABLE>

   The  following  table sets forth as of June 30,  1996 the number of shares of
Common Stock purchased from the Company,  the total  consideration  paid and the
average price per share paid by IHS and by new investors  purchasing shares from
the Company in this offering,  at an assumed  initial  public  offering price of
$14.00 per share. 
    


                                                                   
                     SHARES PURCHASED     TOTAL CONSIDERATION      AVERAGE
                  --------------------- -----------------------   PRICE PER
                     NUMBER    PERCENT      AMOUNT     PERCENT      SHARE
                  ----------- --------- ------------- ---------  ------------

IHS (1).........  3,897,900    61.5%    $42,387,000    55.4%    $10.87
New investors  .  2,435,700    38.5      34,099,800    44.6     $14.00
                  ----------- --------- ------------- --------- ------------
  Total.........  6,333,600   100.0%    $76,486,800   100.0%
                  =========== ========= ============= =========

   
- -----------------
(1)   Sales by IHS in this  offering will reduce the number of shares held by it
      to 1,203,000  shares or 19.0% (16.9% if the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
      option is exercised in full) of the total Common Stock  outstanding  after
      this  offering,  and  will  increase  the  number  of  shares  held by new
      investors  to  5,130,600  or 81.0% of the total number of shares of Common
      Stock   outstanding  after  this  offering  (83.1%  if  the  Underwriters'
      over-allotment   option  is  exercised  in  full).   Total   consideration
      represents the net book value of the facilities  contributed as capital to
      the  Company by IHS less the cash  distributions  received by IHS from the
      Company. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders." 
    

   The foregoing table assumes no exercise of outstanding stock options or
warrants. See "Management -- Stock Options."

                                       20



<PAGE>

                         PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   The accompanying  unaudited pro forma financial statements have been prepared
based on the audited consolidated financial statements of ILC for the year ended
December 31, 1995 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of ILC for
the  six  months  ended  June  30,  1996,  as well  as the  following  financial
statements:

         1) The audited financial  statements of Terrace Gardens Health Care and
            Retirement  Center ("Terrace  Gardens") as of and for the year ended
            December 31, 1995, and the unaudited financial statements of Terrace
            Gardens as of and for the six months ended June 30, 1996.

         2) The  audited  financial  statements  of Vintage  Health  Care Center
            Retirement  Division  ("Vintage")  as of  and  for  the  year  ended
            December 31, 1995,  and the unaudited  twenty-nine  day period ended
            January 29, 1996.

         3) The audited financial  statements of Carrington Pointe as of and for
            the year ended December 31, 1995.

         4) The audited  financial  statements of Homestead of Garden City, L.C.
            ("Garden City") as of and for the period from inception (November 1,
            1995) to December 31, 1995, and the unaudited  financial  statements
            of Garden City as of and for the six months ended June 30, 1996.

   
   The pro  forma  balance  sheet as of June 30,  1996  was  prepared  as if the
acquisition  of the  Terrace  Gardens  facility,  which  is  expected  to  close
simultaneous  with the  closing of this  offering,  and the  issuance of 937,020
shares of Common  Stock,  representing  the  number  of  shares  which  would be
required to be sold by the Company at the assumed  initial public offering price
of $14.00 per share (net of estimated  underwriting  discounts) in order for the
Company to pay the  purchase  price for the Terrace  Gardens  facility  had been
consummated  as of June 30,  1996.  No pro forma  adjustments  have been made to
reflect the acquisition of leasehold  interests in the Garden City and Homestead
Wichita  facilities and the acquisition and  anticipated  sale/leaseback  of the
Cabot  Pointe  facility  because  such  acquisitions  will have no effect on the
Company's balance sheet. See "Company  History," "Use of Proceeds" and "Business
- -- Properties."

   The pro forma  statements of operations  for the year ended December 31, 1995
and the six  months  ended  June 30,  1996  were  prepared  as if the  Company's
interest  in the  following  facilities  had been  acquired  on January 1, 1995:
Vintage,  which was leased by the Company  commencing  January 29, 1996; Terrace
Gardens,  which the Company has agreed to acquire  simultaneous with the closing
of this offering;  Garden City, which was leased by the Company  commencing July
1, 1996; and Carrington  Pointe,  which the Company acquired  effective December
31, 1995. No pro forma  adjustments  have been made to reflect the operations of
the Homestead Wichita facility,  which was leased by the Company commencing July
17, 1996,  or the Cabot Pointe  facility,  which the Company  acquired in August
1996  and  intends  to sell  and  leaseback  in  September  1996,  because  such
facilities  were not in operation at June 30, 1996.  Effective June 1, 1996, the
Company received as a capital contribution condominium interests in the assisted
living  and  related  portions  of the  Vintage,  Treemont  and West Palm  Beach
facilities which the Company had previously leased.  Accordingly,  the pro forma
financial statements are adjusted to decrease rent expense associated with these
facilities  and to  increase  depreciation  resulting  from the  ownership  of a
condominium  interest in these facilities.  Effective June 1, 1996, the rent for
The Shores and Cheyenne Place facilities,  which the Company subleases from IHS,
was  increased,  and the pro forma  statements  of  operations  are  adjusted to
reflect this increase in rent. Finally, the pro forma statements are adjusted to
reflect the estimated additional  corporate  administrative and general expenses
that would have been incurred if ILC had operated as a stand-alone  company. See
"Company History," "Use of Proceeds" and "Business -- Properties." 
    

   To date IHS has provided all required  financial,  legal,  accounting,  human
resources and information systems services to the Company, and has satisfied all
the Company's capital  requirements in excess of internally generated funds. IHS
has charged the  Company a flat fee of 6% of total  revenue for these  services,
except that with respect to the Waterside  facility  prior to October 1995,  IHS
and the minority owner of the facility each charged the Company a fee of 4.5% of
monthly service fee revenue for these services.  The Company  estimates that the
cost  of  obtaining   these   services   from  third  parties  would  have  been
significantly  higher  than the fees  charged by IHS.  IHS has agreed to provide
certain  administrative  services  to the  Company  after  the  closing  of this
offering until the Company has implemented  its own MIS and accounting  systems,
which the  Company  anticipates  will occur in the fourth  quarter of 1996.  See
"Business -- Operations" and "Certain Transactions."

                                       21


<PAGE>

   The unaudited pro forma combined financial information set forth below is not
necessarily  indicative  of the  Company's  combined  financial  position or the
results of operations that actually would have occurred if the  transactions had
been consummated on the dates shown. In addition,  they are not intended to be a
projection  of results  of  operations  that may be  obtained  in the  Company's
future. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information should be read in
conjunction  therewith  and in  conjunction  with the financial  statements  and
related notes thereto included elsewhere in the Prospectus.

                     INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
                      UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
                                JUNE 30, 1996
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              ILC         TERRACE GARDENS         
                                                            -------   ----------------------    PRO FORMA
                                                             ACTUAL   ACTUAL   ADJUSTMENTS(A)  CONSOLIDATED

<S>                                                        <C>       <C>       <C>             <C>
Assets

 Cash and cash equivalents...............................  $   120   $  457    $  (457)        $   120
 Accounts receivable.....................................      355      387       (387)            355
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets...............      407       79        (79)            407
                                                           --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
  Total current assets...................................      882      923       (923)            882
                                                           --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
 Assets limited as to use................................      705       --                        705
 Property, plant and equipment, net......................   50,626    7,895      4,385          62,906
 Other assets............................................    3,252      133       (133)          3,252
                                                           --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
                                                           $55,465   $8,951    $ 3,329         $67,745
                                                           ========= ========= =============== ===============

Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity

 Accounts payable .......................................  $   828   $  176    $  (176)        $   828
 Accrued expenses........................................    1,309      711       (631)          1,389
 Current portion of long-term debt.......................       --      324       (324)             --
                                                           --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
  Total current liabilities..............................    2,137    1,211     (1,131)          2,217
                                                           --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
 Note payable to parent company..........................    3,363       --                      3,363

 Refundable deposits.....................................    5,398       --                      5,398

 Deferred income taxes...................................      324       --                        324

 Unearned entrance fees..................................    3,912       --                      3,912
 Long-term debt less current portion.....................       --    7,927     (7,927)             --
                                                           --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
  Total liabilities......................................   15,134    9,138     (9,058)         15,214
                                                           --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
 Stockholder's equity:
 Common  stock,  $.01 par  value.  Authorized  100,000,000  
  shares; issued and outstanding 3,897,900 shares issued and  
  outstanding  actual and  4,834,920 shares issued and

  outstanding pro forma..................................       39       --         9              48
 Additional paid-in capital..............................   42,348       --     12,191          54,539
 Retained earnings (deficit).............................   (2,056)    (187)       187          (2,056)
                                                           --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
  Net stockholder's equity...............................   40,331     (187)    12,387          52,531
                                                           --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
                                                           $55,465   $8,951    $ 3,329         $67,745
                                                           ========= ========= =============== ===============

</TABLE>

                                       22


<PAGE>
   

                       INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               ILC          TERRACE GARDENS       VINTAGE         CARRINGTON POINTE     GARDEN CITY
                                  ADJUST-             ADJUST-            ADJUST-            ADJUST-            ADJUST-    PRO FORMA
                         ACTUAL   MENTS     ACTUAL    MENTS     ACTUAL    MENTS    ACTUAL    MENTS    ACTUAL    MENTS   CONSOLIDATED
                         ------   -----     ------    -----     ------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----   ------------

<S>                      <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>
REVENUES:
 MONTHLY SERVICE AND
  ENTRANCE FEES........  $15,123              $5,642              $1,598             $3,486             $ 31             $ 25,880
 MANAGEMENT SERVICES
  AND OTHER............    1,146                 301                  23                102               --                1,572
                         --------             --------            --------           --------           -----            --------
  TOTAL REVENUES.......   16,269               5,943               1,621              3,588               31               27,452
                         --------             --------            --------           --------           ------           --------
EXPENSES:
 FACILITY OPERATIONS...   11,243               4,068               1,208              1,937               66               18,522
 FACILITY RENTS........    2,430  $  (708)(B)     --                  --                 --               --    $ 48 (G)    1,770
 CORPORATE
  ADMINISTRATIVE AND
  GENERAL .............    1,005    2,008 (C)    546                  81                249                6                3,895
 DEPRECIATION AND
  AMORTIZATION.........      414      593 (B)    345   $ (47)(D)     200   $(113)(B)    425   $(146)(F)   14     (14)(G)    1,671
 LOSS ON IMPAIRMENT OF
  LONG-LIVED ASSETS....    5,126                  --                  --                 --               --               5,126
 INTEREST..............       --                 739    (739)(D)     429    (429)(E)     --               16     (16)(G)      --
                         -------- ----------- -------- ---------- -------- --------- -------- --------- ------ -------   ---------
  TOTAL EXPENSES.......   20,218    1,893      5,698    (786)      1,918    (542)     2,611    (146)     102      18      30,984
                         -------- ----------- -------- ---------- -------- --------- -------- --------- ------ -------   ---------
 EARNINGS (LOSS) BEFORE
  INCOME TAXES.........   (3,949) $(1,893)    $  245   $ 786      $ (297)  $ 542     $  977   $ 146     $(71)   $(18)     (3,532)
                                  =========== ======== ========== ======== ========= ======== ========= ====== =======
 FEDERAL AND STATE
  INCOME TAXES ........     (629)                                                                                           (468)(H)
                         --------                                                                                        -----------
 NET LOSS..............  $(3,320)                                                                                        $(3,064)
                         ========                                                                                        ===========
 NET EARNINGS PER
  COMMON SHARE.........  $  (.85)                                                                                        $  (.63)
                         ========                                                                                        ===========
 WEIGHTED AVERAGE
  SHARES OUTSTANDING...    3,898                                                                                           4,835
                         ========                                                                                         ==========
</TABLE>

   

                     INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
                 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                        SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  
                                            ILC          TERRACE GARDENS       VINTAGE            GARDEN CITY
                                               ADJUST-             ADJUST-            ADJUST-            ADJUST-    PRO FORMA
                                       ACTUAL   MENTS     ACTUAL    MENTS     ACTUAL    MENTS    ACTUAL    MENTS   CONSOLIDATED
                                      ------   -----     ------    -----     ------    -----    ------    -----   ------------

<S>                                   <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
Revenues:
 Monthly service and entrance fees..  $10,568               $2,467              $139                $181                $13,355
 Management services and other......      727                  157                 2                  --                    886
                                      ---------             --------            --------            --------            -------
  Total revenues....................   11,295                2,624               141                 181                 14,241
                                      ---------             --------            --------            --------            -------
Expenses:
 Facility operations................    7,138                1,966               104                 171                  9,379
 Facility rents.....................    1,309   $(448)(b)       --                --                  --     $144 (g)     1,005
 Corporate administrative and
  general...........................      678   1,004 (c)      245               --                   21                  1,948
 Depreciation and amortization......      480     276 (b)      173   $ (24)(d)    17     $(10)(b)     43      (43)(g)       912
 Interest...........................       --                  339    (339)(d)    36      (36)(e)     56      (56)(g)       --
                                      --------- ----------- -------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------
  Total expenses....................    9,605     832        2,723    (363)      157      (46)       291       45       13,244
                                      --------- ----------- -------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------
Earnings (loss) before income
 taxes..............................   1,690    $(832)      $  (99)  $ 363      $(16)    $ 46        $(110)   $(45)        997
                                                =========== ======== ========== ======== ========== ======== ========== 
Federal and state income taxes .....     651                                                                               384 (h)
                                      ---------                                                                         -------
Net earnings .......................  $1,039                                                                            $  613
                                      =========                                                                         ========
Net earnings per common share ......  $  .27                                                                            $  .13
                                      =========                                                                         ========
Weighted average shares
 outstanding........................   3,898                                                                             4,835
                                      =========                                                                         ========
</TABLE>

                                       23


<PAGE>

              NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

   

(a)   To reflect the purchase price of, and estimated  transaction costs related
      to, the  acquisition of the Terrace  Gardens  facility and the issuance of
      937,020  shares of Common Stock,  representing  the number of shares which
      would be required to be sold by the Company at the assumed  initial public
      offering  price  of  $14.00  per  share  (net  of  estimated  underwriting
      discounts)  in order for the  Company  to pay the  purchase  price for the
      Terrace  Gardens  facility,  and to eliminate  the assets and  liabilities
      retained  by  the  seller.   See   "Business  --  Properties  --  Proposed
      Acquisition." 
    
(b)   To  reflect  depreciation  and  amortization  on the new cost  bases;  the
      reduction of rent resulting from the capital  contribution  of condominium
      interests in the Treemont,  West Palm Beach and Vintage facilities by IHS;
      and  the  increase  in rent  related  to The  Shores  and  Cheyenne  Place
      facilities.  The  Company  assumed  a 40 year  life  for  the  condominium
      interests.

(c)   To reflect  management's  estimate that  corporate pro forma  consolidated
      administrative  and general  expenses  would have been  $3,895,000 for the
      year ended  December 31, 1995 and $1,948,000 for the six months ended June
      30,  1996  if the  Company  had  operated  without  the  benefit  of  IHS'
      management services.  This adjustment is based on Company budgets and does
      not include any  additional  corporate  expenses  which may be incurred in
      implementing the Company's future growth strategy.

(d)   To reflect the impact of the  Company's new basis in the assets of Terrace
      Gardens and the elimination of amortization of deferred financing fees and
      interest  expense on debt not assumed.  The Company assumed a 40 year life
      for building and improvements and a 10 year life for equipment.

(e)   To reflect elimination of Vintage's interest expense on debt not assumed.

(f)   To  reflect  the  impact  of the  Company's  new  basis in the  assets  of
      Carrington  Pointe.  The Company  assumed a 40 year life for  building and
      improvements and a 10 year life for equipment.
   
(g)   To reflect the impact of the lease agreement for the Garden City facility.
    
(h)   To  adjust   consolidated  income  tax  expense  for  the  effect  of  the
      adjustments above.

                                       24


<PAGE>

                       SELECTED CONSOLDATED FINANCIAL DATA

   
   The following  selected  consolidated  financial data as of December 31, 1994
and 1995, and for each of the years in the three-year  period ended December 31,
1995 are derived from  consolidated  financial  statements  of the Company which
have been  audited  by KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,  independent  certified  public
accountants,   which  appear   elsewhere  in  this   Prospectus.   The  selected
consolidated  financial data as of December 31, 1991, 1992 and 1993, and for the
years  ended  December  31,  1991  and  1992  are  derived  from  the  unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements  of the Company.  The selected  consolidated
financial  data as of June 30,  1996 and for the six months  ended June 30, 1995
and 1996 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the
Company.  In the opinion of management,  such unaudited  consolidated  financial
statements  contain all  adjustments  (which  consist  only of normal  recurring
adjustments)  necessary to present fairly the financial  position and results of
operations  of the  Company  as of such  dates and for such  periods.  Operating
results  for the  six-month  period  ended  June 30,  1996  are not  necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected for any other  interim  period or
for the full year. This selected  consolidated  financial data should be read in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated  Financial  Statements and Notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     JUNE 30,
                                                     -----------------------                     --------

                                        1991      1992      1993      1994        1995       1995      1996
                                        ----      ----      ----      ----        ----       ----      ----
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>
Statement of Operations Data:(1)
Revenues:
 Monthly service and entrance fees..  $4,893    $4,681    $5,010    $10,906    $15,123     $7,471    $10,568
 Management services and other......      72        48       230        739      1,146        547        727
                                      --------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------
  Total revenue.....................   4,965     4,729     5,240     11,645     16,269      8,018     11,295
                                      --------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------
Expenses:

 Facility operations................   2,987     3,020     3,455      8,254     11,243      5,576      7,138
 Facility rents.....................     797       821       856      1,466      2,430      1,215      1,309
 Corporate administrative and
  general...........................     298       284       315        726      1,005        499        678
 Depreciation and amortization......     --        --         24        369        414        206        480
 Loss on impairment of long-lived
  assets(2).........................     --        --        --         --       5,126        --         --
                                      --------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------
  Total expenses....................   4,082     4,125     4,650     10,815     20,218      7,496      9,605
                                      --------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------
Earnings (loss) before income

 taxes..............................     883       604       590        830     (3,949)       522      1,690
Federal and state income taxes .....     228       230       230        311       (629)       201        651
                                      --------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------- --------- ----------
Net earnings (loss).................  $  655    $  374    $  360    $   519    $(3,320)    $  321    $ 1,039
                                      ========= ========= ========= ========== =========== ========= ==========
Earnings (loss) per common share ...  $ 0.17    $ 0.10    $ 0.09    $  0.13    $ (0.85)    $ 0.08    $  0.27
                                      ========= ========= ========= ========== =========== ========= ==========
Weighted average shares

 outstanding........................   3,898     3,898     3,898      3,898      3,898      3,898      3,898
                                      ========= ========= ========= ========== =========== ========= ==========

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 DECEMBER 31,                   JUNE 30,
                                                 ------------                   --------
                                  1991     1992      1993      1994       1995    1996
                                  ----     ----      ----      ----       ----    ----
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                             <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents ....  $   --  $   --  $     1   $   787   $   413   $   120
Working capital (deficit) ....      27      26      (36)      208      (315)   (1,256)
Total assets..................      27      26   15,834    18,300    25,774    55,465
Note payable to parent
company.......................      --      --       --        --        --      3,363
Stockholder's equity..........      27      26    7,286     8,718     14,773    40,331


(1)   The Company has grown substantially through acquisitions, which materially
      affects the comparability of the financial data reflected herein.

(2)   In 1995, the Company implemented  Financial  Accounting  Standards Board's
      Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121 in  connection  with
      IHS'  implementation  thereof.  Through evaluation of the recent financial
      performance and a recent  appraisal of one of its facilities,  the Company
      estimated the fair value of this facility and determined that the carrying
      value of certain long-lived  assets,  including goodwill and buildings and
      improvements,  exceeded  their fair value.  The excess  carrying value was
      written off and is included in the statement of  operations  for 1995 as a
      loss from impairment of long-lived  assets.  See "Management's  Discussion
      and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

</TABLE>

                                       25


<PAGE>

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   The following  discussion  and analysis  should be read in  conjunction  with
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and the Consolidated Financial Statements
and related Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. This Prospectus
contains, in addition to historical information, forward-looking statements that
involve  risks and  uncertainties.  The  Company's  actual  results could differ
materially.  Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include,
but are not  limited  to,  those  discussed  in "Risk  Factors" as well as those
discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus.

OVERVIEW

   
   The Company  currently  operates 19 assisted  living and other senior housing
facilities  containing 1,812 units in seven states.  The 1,812 units operated by
the Company consist of 1,187 assisted living units  (including 172 units devoted
to Alzheimer's and dementia care), 544 independent  living units for persons who
require occasional assistance with the activities of daily living and 81 skilled
nursing  units.  The  Company is  pursuing a strategy  of rapid  growth  through
development  and  acquisition,   and  intends  to  acquire,  develop  or  obtain
agreements to manage  approximately 60 to 75 assisted living facilities per year
in each of the next three  years.  As part of this  strategy,  ILC is  currently
developing  33 assisted  living  facilities,  of which 24 are  scheduled to open
during 1997,  has entered  into an agreement to acquire one facility  containing
258 units  simultaneous  with the  closing of this  offering  and is  evaluating
numerous additional  acquisition  opportunities.  All of ILC's revenues from its
owned  and  leased  facilities  in 1995 and the  first  six  months of 1996 were
derived from private pay sources. The Company's historical results of operations
are not necessarily  indicative of the Company's  future  financial  performance
because of the Company's prior operation as a wholly-owned subsidiary of IHS and
its  strategy to  significantly  expand its  operating  base over the next three
years.

    
   To achieve its growth objectives,  the Company will need to obtain sufficient
financial  resources  to fund  its  development,  construction  and  acquisition
activities and anticipated operating losses.  Accordingly,  the Company's future
growth will depend on its ability to obtain  additional  financing on acceptable
terms.  The Company  expects  negative  cash flow for at least the next  several
years as it  continues  to  develop  and  acquire  assisted  living  facilities,
primarily  as a result of the  development  and opening of 25 to 35 new assisted
living  facilities  in each of the next three  years.  There can be no assurance
that any newly developed  facility will achieve a stabilized  occupancy rate and
resident mix that meets the Company's  expectations  or generates  positive cash
flow. The Company currently estimates that the net proceeds to be received by it
in this offering,  together with financing  commitments and  sale/leaseback  and
mortgage financing that it anticipates will be available,  will be sufficient to
fund its  acquisition  and  development  program and its  anticipated  operating
losses for at least the next 12 months. There can be no assurance, however, that
the Company will not be required to seek additional  capital earlier.  See "Risk
Factors  -- Need for  Substantial  Additional  Capital"  and "--  Liquidity  and
Capital Resources."

   
   The  Company  intends to  finance  the  development  and  acquisition  of its
assisted  living  facilities  through  mortgage   financing,   operating  leases
(including  sale/leaseback  financing)  and lines of  credit.  As a result,  the
Company  expects to incur  substantial  indebtedness  and debt related  payments
(including  payments  on  operating  leases) as the  Company  pursues its growth
strategy.  Consequently,  the Company  anticipates that a substantial portion of
the  Company's  cash flow will be devoted to debt  service  and lease  payments.
There can be no assurance  that the Company will generate  sufficient  cash flow
from operations to cover required  interest,  principal and lease payments.  The
Company's leverage may also adversely affect the Company's ability to respond to
changing  business  and economic  conditions  or continue  its  development  and
acquisition program. See "Risk Factors -- Substantial Anticipated Debt and Lease
Obligations." 
    

   The Company derives its revenues from two primary sources:  (i) resident fees
for the delivery of assisted living  services and (ii)  management  services and
other income,  primarily for  management of facilities  owned by third  parties.
Historically,  most of the  Company's  operating  revenue has come from resident
fees,  which in 1995 and the  first  half of 1996  comprised  93.0%  and  93.6%,
respectively,  of total  revenues.  Resident fees  typically are paid monthly by
residents,  their families or other responsible  parties.  Resident fees include
revenue derived from basic care, entrance fees,  healthcare services provided by
the Company, Alzheimer's care and other sources. Entrance fees are one-time fees
generally payable by a

                                       26


<PAGE>

resident  upon  admission.  Residents  who  require  personal  care in excess of
services  provided under the basic care program pay additional fees.  Management
services and other  income,  which in 1995 and the first half of 1996  accounted
for the remaining 7.0% and 6.4%, respectively, of revenues, consists principally
of management  fees.  Management fees are generally in the range of four to five
percent of a managed  facility's  total  operating  revenues.  Resident fees and
management fees are recognized as revenues when services are provided.

   The Company classifies its operating expenses into the following  categories:
(i) facility operating expenses,  which include labor, food, marketing and other
direct facility expenses;  (ii) facility  development and pre-opening  expenses,
which include  non-capitalized  development  expenses and pre-opening  labor and
marketing expenses;  (iii) corporate  administrative and general expenses, which
primarily  includes  headquarters and regional staff expenses and other overhead
costs;  and (iv)  depreciation and  amortization.  In anticipation of its growth
plans, the Company intends to increase  significantly  its corporate  management
and staff in the 12 months following this offering.
   
   From its inception in November 1995 through the present, the Company has been
operated as a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Integrated  Health  Services,  Inc. To
date IHS has provided all required financial, legal, accounting, human resources
and  information  systems  services to the Company,  and has  satisfied  all the
Company's capital  requirements in excess of internally generated funds. IHS has
charged the Company a flat fee of 6% of total revenue for these services, except
that with respect to the Waterside  facility  prior to October 1995, IHS and the
minority owner of the facility each charged ILC a fee of 4.5% of monthly service
fee revenue for these services. The Company estimates that the cost of obtaining
these services from third parties would have been significantly  higher than the
fee charged by IHS. IHS has agreed to provide certain administrative services to
the Company after the closing of this offering until the Company has implemented
its own MIS and accounting systems,  which the Company anticipates will occur in
the  fourth  quarter  of  1996.  In  addition,  IHS  provides  certain  building
maintenance,  housekeeping,  emergency  call and resident  meal  services to the
Company's  Treemont,  Vintage and West Palm Beach  facilities.  See "Business --
Operations" and "Certain Transactions."

   The Company believes that for the foreseeable  future the greatest portion of
its  revenue  growth  will  be  from  the  development  and  acquisition  of new
facilities. The Company generated 100% of its revenues from its owned and leased
facilities  from  private  pay  sources  during 1995 and the first six months of
1996.  However,  depending in part on the results of future  acquisitions,  this
percentage  could decrease from time to time. The Company believes that, for the
foreseeable  future,  the level of governmental  reimbursement  for its services
that will be available to its residents who receive such  reimbursement  will be
insufficient  to cover the costs of  delivering  the level of  service  that the
Company  currently  provides.  As a result,  the Company  currently  and for the
foreseeable  future expects to rely  primarily on its residents'  ability to pay
the Company's  charges from their own familial  financial  resources.  See "Risk
Factors -- Dependence on Attracting  Seniors with Sufficient  Resources to Pay."
    

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   The following table presents selected financial data as a percentage of total
revenues for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                          -----------------------  -------------------------
                                          1993     1994     1995      1995     1996
                                          ----     ----     ----      ----     ----

<S>                                      <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Monthly service and entrance fees .....   95.6%    93.7%    93.0%      93.2%    93.6%
Management services and other..........    4.4      6.3      7.0        6.8      6.4
                                         -------- -------- ---------- -------- --------
 Total revenues........................  100.0    100.0    100.0      100.0    100.0
                                         -------- -------- ---------- -------- --------
Facility operations....................   66.0     70.8     69.1       69.5     63.2
Facility rents.........................   16.3     12.6     14.9       15.2     11.6
Corporate administrative and general ..    6.0      6.2      6.2        6.2      6.0
Depreciation and amortization .........    0.4      3.2      2.6        2.6      4.2
Loss on impairment of long-lived
 assets................................     --       --     31.5         --       --
                                         -------- -------- ---------- -------- --------
 Total expenses........................   88.7     92.8    124.3       93.5     85.0
                                         -------- -------- ---------- -------- --------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes ...   11.3      7.2    (24.3)       6.5     15.0
Federal and state income taxes.........    4.4      2.7     (3.9)       2.5      5.8
                                         -------- -------- ---------- -------- --------
Net earnings (loss)....................    6.9%     4.5%   (20.4)%      4.0%     9.2%
                                         ======== ======== ========== ======== ========
</TABLE>
                                       27
<PAGE>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995

   Revenues  increased  from  $8.0  million  in 1995 to $11.3  million  in 1996,
representing  a 40.9%  increase.  Substantially  all of the increase in revenues
resulted from the acquisition of the Carrington  Pointe facility on December 31,
1995 and the  leasing of the  Vintage  facility  on January  29,  1996.  Average
occupancy of the  Company's  owned and leased  facilities  during the six months
ended June 30, 1996 was 94.4% as compared to 88.1%  during the six months  ended
June 30, 1995.  Management services and other revenue increased from $547,000 in
1995 to $727,000 in 1996,  representing a 32.9%  increase,  primarily due to the
addition of four managed  facilities  subsequent  to June 30, 1995 and increased
other revenue at its existing owned and leased facilities.

   Facility  operations  expense  increased  from $5.6  million  in 1995 to $7.1
million  in  1996,  representing  a  28.0%  increase.  Substantially  all of the
increase  resulted  from the  addition  of the  Carrington  Pointe  and  Vintage
facilities.  Facility  operations  expense as a percentage of revenues decreased
from 69.5% in 1995 to 63.2% in 1996 due to the higher  margins of the Carrington
Pointe  facility,  as  well as  improved  operating  results  at  facilities  in
operation in both periods.

   Facility  rents  increased from $1.2 million in 1995 to $1.3 million in 1996,
representing an 7.7% increase.  Substantially  all of the increase resulted from
the leasing of the Vintage  facility  commencing  January  29,  1996,  partially
offset by a reduction in rent as a result of the  contribution to the Company of
condominium interests in the Treemont, Vintage and West Palm Beach facilities on
June 1, 1996.  Facility rents as a percentage of revenue decreased from 15.2% in
1995 to 11.6% in 1996 due to the higher  revenue base of the  Carrington  Pointe
facility, which is an owned facility.

   Corporate  administrative and general expense increased from $499,000 in 1995
to $678,000 in 1996, an increase of 35.9%.  Substantially all of the increase is
due to the addition of the Carrington Pointe and Vintage  facilities.  Corporate
administrative  and general  expense as a percentage of revenue  decreased  from
6.2% in 1995 to 6.0% in 1996. The Company's facilities were charged a management
fee of 6% of total  revenues  by IHS,  except  that prior to October  1995,  the
Company's  Waterside  facility was charged a  management  fee of 4.5% of monthly
service fee revenue by each of IHS and the minority  partner (whose interest was
subsequently  acquired by IHS in October  1995).  The reason for the decrease in
corporate  administrative  and general  expense as a percentage of revenues from
1995 to 1996 is that in 1996 the  Company  paid a fee of 6.0% of total  revenues
with  respect to the  Waterside  facility  compared  to a fee of 9.0% of monthly
service  revenues  in the  comparable  period  in  1995.  See Note 7 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

   Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  increased  from $206,000 in 1995 to
$480,000 in 1996,  representing  a 133.1%  increase.  Of the $274,000  increase,
$140,000  resulted  from the  addition  of the  Carrington  Pointe  facility  on
December 31, 1995,  $70,000  resulted from a write-off of software  costs in the
first quarter of 1996,  $57,000  resulted from  depreciation  of the condominium
interests in the Treemont,  Vintage and West Palm Beach facilities acquired June
1, 1996 and the remaining $7,000 resulted from depreciation of routine additions
of $35,000  partially  offset by a $28,000  reduction in depreciation  resulting
from the write-down of excess carrying value related to the Waterside  facility.
Depreciation and amortization  expense as a percentage of revenue increased from
2.6% in 1995 to 4.2% in 1996 due to the above mentioned reasons.

   Earnings  before income taxes  increased  $1,168,000 from $522,000 in 1995 to
$1,690,000 in 1996,  representing a 223.4%  increase.  This was primarily due to
the acquisition of the Carrington  Pointe and Vintage  facilities  subsequent to
June 30, 1995, as well as improved  operating results at facilities in operation
in both periods.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

   Revenues  increased  from  $11.6  million  in 1994 to $16.3  million in 1995,
representing  a 39.7%  increase.  Substantially  all of the increase in revenues
resulted from the lease of The Shores and Cheyenne Place  facilities  commencing
August 31,  1994 and the  addition of The  Homestead  facility on April 1, 1994.
Average  occupancy of the Company's owned and leased  facilities during the year
ended  December  31, 1995 was 90.9% as  compared to 79.7%  during the year ended
December 31, 1994. Management

                                       28



<PAGE>

services and other  revenue  increased  from $739,000 in 1994 to $1.1 million in
1995,  representing  a 55.1%  increase,  primarily  due to the addition of three
managed facilities in 1995 and increased other revenue at its existing owned and
leased facilities.

   Facility  operations  expense  increased  from $8.3  million in 1994 to $11.2
million  in  1995,  representing  a  36.2%  increase.  Substantially  all of the
increase  in  facility  operations  expense  resulted  from the  addition of the
Cheyenne Place,  The Homestead and The Shores  facilities.  Facility  operations
expense as a percentage of revenue  decreased  from 70.8% of revenues in 1994 to
69.1% of revenues in 1995 due to the improved  operating  results in 1995 of the
two facilities leased and the one facility acquired in 1994.

   Facility  rents  increased from $1.5 million in 1994 to $2.4 million in 1995,
representing a 65.8% increase.  The increase in rent expense primarily  resulted
from the two leases  entered into in 1994.  Facility  rents as a  percentage  of
revenues  increased  from 12.6% in 1994 to 14.9% in 1995 due to the lease of The
Shores and Cheyenne Place facilities in 1994.

   Corporate  administrative and general expense increased from $725,000 in 1994
to $1.0 million in 1995, representing a 38.6% increase. Substantially all of the
increase in  corporate  administrative  and general  expense  resulted  from the
addition  of the  Cheyenne  Place,  The  Homestead  and The  Shores  facilities.
Corporate  administrative  and  general  expenses  as a  percentage  of revenues
remained constant in both periods at 6.2% of revenues.

   Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  increased  from $369,000 in 1994 to
$414,000 in 1995,  representing a 12.4%  increase.  The increase in depreciation
and amortization  expense primarily  resulted from the addition of The Homestead
facility and routine capital  additions at other  facilities.  Depreciation  and
amortization  decreased as a percentage  of revenue from 3.2% to 2.6% due to the
increase in revenue from the two facilities leased in 1994.

   Loss on Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets.  In 1995,  the Company  implemented
Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board's  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards  No.  121 in  connection  with IHS'  implementation  thereof.  Through
evaluation of the recent  financial  performance  and a recent  appraisal of its
Waterside  facility,  the Company  estimated the fair value of this facility and
determined  that the  carrying  value of certain  long-lived  assets,  including
goodwill and buildings and  improvements,  exceeded their fair value. The excess
carrying value of $5,126,000 was written off and is included in the statement of
operations  for 1995 as a loss on impairment of long-lived  assets.  See Notes 1
and 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

   Earnings  (loss) before income taxes  decreased  from earnings of $830,000 in
1994 to loss of $3,949,000 in 1995,  representing a decrease of 575.7%. This was
primarily due to improved  operating  results at facilities in operation in both
periods and  facilities  acquired  subsequent to December 31, 1994 offset by the
loss on impairment of long-lived assets.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993

   
   Revenues  increased  from  $5.2  million  in 1993 to $11.6  million  in 1994,
representing  a  122.2%  increase.  The  increase  primarily  resulted  from the
addition of the Waterside and West Palm Beach facilities on December 1, 1993 and
The Homestead  facility on April 1, 1994,  and the leasing of the Cheyenne Place
and The Shores  facilities  on August 31,  1994.  Management  services and other
revenue  increased  from  $231,000 in 1993 to $739,000 in 1994,  representing  a
220.4%  increase,  primarily due to one additional  managed facility in 1994 and
increased other revenue at its existing owned and leased facilities. 
    

   Facility  operations  expense  increased  from $3.5  million  in 1993 to $8.3
million in 1994, representing a 138.9% increase. The increase primarily resulted
from the addition of the Cheyenne Place,  The Homestead,  The Shores,  Waterside
and West Palm Beach facilities.  Facility  operations expense as a percentage of
revenues  increased  from  66.0% in 1993 to  70.8% in 1994 due to the  increased
operating expenses incurred to integrate the five new facilities.

   Facility  rents  increased  from  $856,000  in 1993 to $1.5  million in 1994,
representing  an increase of 71.3%.  The increase  primarily  resulted  from the
lease of the Cheyenne Place and The Shores facilities in 1994. Facility rents as
a percentage of total  revenues  decreased  from 16.3% in 1993 to 12.6% in 1994,
primarily as a result of the addition of The Homestead and Waterside facilities,
which are owned facilities.

                                       29


<PAGE>

   Corporate  administrative and general expense increased from $315,000 in 1993
to $725,000 in 1994,  representing an increase of 130.7%. The increase primarily
resulted from the addition of the Cheyenne  Place,  The  Homestead,  The Shores,
Waterside and West Palm Beach facilities.  Corporate  administrative and general
expense as a percentage of revenue  increased from 6.0% in 1993 to 6.2% in 1994.
The increase  primarily  resulted from Waterside,  which had a higher management
fee than the other facilities,  being an owned facility for all of 1994 but only
one month of 1993.

   Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  increased  from  $24,000 in 1993 to
$369,000 in 1994,  representing  a 1,466.8%  increase.  The  increase  primarily
resulted  from the  addition  of The  Homestead,  Waterside  and West Palm Beach
facilities.  Depreciation  and  amortization  expense as a percentage of revenue
increased from 0.4% to 3.2% due to the addition of these three new facilities.

   Earnings  before income taxes  increased from $590,000 in 1993 to $830,000 in
1994,  representing  a 40.6%  increase.  This was  primarily  due to  additional
pre-tax income generated at facilities acquired subsequent to December 31, 1993.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

   To date the Company has financed its  operations  through cash  contributions
and loans from IHS and cash from operations.

   At June 30, 1996, the Company had a working  capital  deficit of $1.3 million
compared to a deficit of $315,000 at December 31, 1995.

   
   The Company has  obtained a  commitment  (the  "Financing  Commitment")  from
Health Care Property Investors,  Inc. ("HCPI"),  a real estate investment trust,
to make  available to ILC up to $100 million to develop,  construct  and acquire
facilities.  No less than $40 million is to be  invested in existing  facilities
("Existing   Facilities")   through   purchase   and  lease  or   sale/leaseback
transactions.  Remaining  funds  (up to $60  million)  may  be  invested  in new
development  projects  ("New  Facilities").  The Company  will  develop each New
Facility pursuant to a separate  development  agreement with HCPI and will lease
each New  Facility  and  financed  Existing  Facility  from HCPI  pursuant  to a
separate lease agreement.  Each  acquisition,  development,  lease and ancillary
agreement   executed   pursuant  to  the  Financing   Commitment   will  contain
representations   and  warranties,   indemnities,   affirmative   covenants  and
conditions  precedent  customary for real estate investment trust  transactions.
HCPI's funding of New Facilities is contingent upon the Company's  completion of
an initial public  offering  which results in the Company  having  stockholders'
equity of not less than $55 million. A $200,000 deposit (the "Expense Deposit"),
to ensure the payment of HCPI's expenses in the event transactions  contemplated
pursuant  to the  Financing  Commitment  are not  completed,  was paid  upon the
Company's  execution  of the  Financing  Commitment.  The  Financing  Commitment
expires on June 30, 1997.

   Each development agreement executed pursuant to the Financing Commitment will
require the Company,  as  developer,  to arrange,  coordinate  and carry out all
services  necessary to develop each New Facility.  The Maximum Cost (as defined)
based on an appraisal of Fair Market Value (as defined) and a development budget
for each  facility  will be  approved by HCPI and  included  in the  development
agreement.  Total Construction Cost (as defined) will equal land cost plus total
actual  construction  costs,  one percent of Maximum Cost  (accrued as a cost by
HCPI),  all legal costs and fees  (including  in-house legal costs)  incurred in
connection with the project, a construction  administration fee to be accrued as
a cost by HCPI equal to $1,550 per month (subject to reduction) and an allowance
for HCPI's cost of money at 1.5% over the Bank of New York prime rate.  The cost
of overruns, if any, including HCPI's carrying cost on overruns,  are to be paid
by the Company.  HCPI will not be required to pay a Total  Construction  Cost in
excess of Maximum  Cost.  The Company will  guarantee  the  completion  of a New
Facility  within 12 months and will  guarantee to make all payments in excess of
Maximum  Cost to  complete  the  facility.  The Company may include in the Total
Construction Cost the amount of any actual  development fee paid to an unrelated
developer,  up to a maximum of 5% of Maximum  Cost.  IHS has agreed to  guaranty
certain of the Company's  obligations to HCPI in connection with the development
of facilities,  except that IHS is not required to guaranty such  obligations as
long as the Company maintains stockholders' equity or net worth in excess of $55
million  and the  Common  Stock is  publicly  traded  on a  national  securities
exchange or the Nasdaq National Market. 
    

                                       30


<PAGE>

   HCPI will pay fair  market  value,  based on an  appraisal,  to  purchase  an
Existing  Facility.  All leases will be "triple net" (i.e.,  where the lessee is
obligated  to pay, in  addition to rent,  all taxes,  repairs and  insurance  in
respect of the  facility) and HCPI will have the right to a higher lease rate on
facilities  located in states that tax real estate investment trust income.  The
primary term for each lease will be 15 years with two 10 year renewal options at
fair market value lease rates. All leases covering facilities financed under the
Financing Commitment must be renewed together as a group and not individually.

   
   The base lease rate for Existing Facility leases executed under the Financing
Commitment  will equal 325 basis  points  above the 10-year  Treasury  Note rate
published  in The  Wall  Street  Journal  three  business  days  prior  to lease
commencement.  The base rent  under such  leases  will equal the base lease rate
multiplied by the Existing  Facility purchase price. The base lease rate for New
Facility leases will equal 350 basis points above the 10-year Treasury Note rate
published  in The  Wall  Street  Journal  three  business  days  prior  to lease
commencement.  The base rent under New Facility leases will equal the base lease
rate  multiplied  by the  lesser of Total  Construction  Cost or  Maximum  Cost.
Beginning  in the second year of the lease,  annual rent will be increased by an
amount equal to the annual change in the consumer price index  multiplied by the
prior year's total rent. In no event will the rent increase be less than the sum
of (a) the  additional  rent paid for the  previous  year  plus (b) one  hundred
percent of the facility's  Gross Revenues (as defined) in excess of Base Revenue
(as defined), up to but not exceeding an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the
prior year's total rent. In no event will the rent increase  represent more than
a 5% increase  over the prior year's  total rent.  In addition to the payment of
rent and the  Expense  Deposit,  the  Company is required to provide an annually
renewed  letter of credit for each financed  facility  equal to six months total
lease payments to secure acquisition, development and lease obligations (subject
to reduction to four months upon  completion of an initial public offering which
results  in the  Company  having  stockholders'  equity  of not  less  than  $55
million).  All leases under the Financing Commitment will be cross-defaulted and
cross-collateralized and all leases between HCPI and a subsidiary of the Company
will be  guaranteed  by the Company.  The Company will be obligated to reimburse
HCPI for certain  costs and expenses  incurred in connection  with  transactions
completed pursuant to the Financing  Commitment.  In addition,  a non-refundable
commitment fee, equal to one percent (1%) of the purchase price of each Existing
Facility,  will be due and  payable at the  closing of the  acquisition  of each
Existing Facility. 
    

   The Company has also obtained a non-binding  term sheet from Capstone Capital
Corporation  ("Capstone")  relating to the  availability of up to $40 million in
financing through sale/leaseback transactions. An expense deposit of $100,000 is
payable by the Company  within one business day of the execution of a commitment
agreement  and a fee  equal to 1% of total  building  cost is  payable  upon the
initial draw on the commitment relating to each facility purchased. As proposed,
leases  executed  with  Capstone will have an initial term of 12 to 15 years and
three separate five year extension options. All leases funded under the proposed
commitment,  however,  will  have the  same  initial  term  and no lease  may be
extended  unless all leases  under the  commitment  are  extended.  Subject to a
minimum rate of 10%,  the initial  lease rate will be 350 basis points in excess
of the yield on U.S. Treasury bills with similar  maturities/terms.  Lease rates
during the first year of each  extended  period  will be based upon fair  market
rental values.  Lease rates will be adjusted annually (except for the first year
of each  renewal  period)  in an  amount  equal to the  positive  change  in the
consumer  price index;  provided,  however,  in no event will the change be less
than 2% or more than 5% of the previous year's lease payment.

   All leases under the proposed Capstone commitment will be cross-defaulted and
all leases  between  Capstone and a subsidiary of the Company will be guaranteed
by  the  Company.  Each  facility  lease  will  contain  minimum  rent  coverage
requirements and will require the Company to maintain a minimum net worth of $55
million  and  minimum  rent and  interest  coverage  ratios.  Each lease will be
"triple-net" and will grant the Company a right of first refusal to purchase the
facility  from  Capstone.  The Company  will  reimburse  Capstone  for all costs
incurred in connection with transactions completed under the proposed commitment
and up to  $2,000  per  year for  independent  third-party  inspections  of each
facility.  Capstone's  commitment  is subject to completion of an offering of at
least 2 million shares of Common Stock by the Company  resulting in net proceeds
to the  Company  of at least $25  million.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Company will receive a financing  commitment  from  Capstone on these terms,  on
different terms or at all. Dr. Elkins, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of
the Company, is a director of Capstone.

                                       31


<PAGE>

   Following  this  offering,  the  Company  will be  dependent  on  third-party
financing for its acquisition and development program.  Except for the financing
commitments   discussed  above,  the  Company  has  no  other  arrangements  for
financing.   There  can  be  no  assurance  that  financing  for  the  Company's
acquisition  and  development  program  will  be  available  to the  Company  on
acceptable  terms  or at all.  Moreover,  to the  extent  the  Company  acquires
facilities  that do not generate  positive cash flow (after rent expense  and/or
interest),  the Company may be required to seek  additional  capital for working
capital  and  liquidity  purposes.  See "Risk  Factors  -- Need for  Substantial
Additional Capital."

   The Company presently  anticipates that it will make capital  expenditures of
approximately  $3  million  in 1996  relating  to its  existing  facilities.  In
addition,  the Company will use approximately  $12.2 million of the net proceeds
of this offering to acquire the Terrace Gardens facility  simultaneous  with the
closing of this offering, and anticipates that it will make capital expenditures
of  approximately  $500,000 with respect to the Cabot Pointe and Terrace Gardens
facilities.  The  Company  anticipates  that it will  spend  approximately  $9.0
million in 1996 to purchase  land for the  development  of new  assisted  living
facilities.  The Company has provided two of its third-party developers lines of
credit aggregating $2.0 million. See "Business -- Properties."

   
   IHS  has  made  available  to the  Company  a $75  million  revolving  credit
facility.  Borrowings  under the facility  bear  interest at the rate of 14% per
annum.  All  outstanding  borrowings,  together  with  all  accrued  but  unpaid
interest,  are  due at the  earlier  of (i) the  closing  of an  initial  public
offering by ILC or (ii) June 30,  1998.  At June 30,  1996 and August 15,  1996,
$3.4  million  and $6.7  million,  respectively,  were  outstanding  under  this
facility.  The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering
to repay all amounts  outstanding  under the  facility.  See "Use of  Proceeds."
Borrowings  under this facility  were used to finance the Company's  development
activities. 
    

   The Company  currently  estimates  that the net proceeds to be received by it
from this offering,  together with financing  commitments and sale/leaseback and
mortgage financing that it anticipates will be available,  will be sufficient to
fund its  acquisition  and  development  program and  operations for the next 12
months.  There  can be no  assurance,  however,  that  the  Company  will not be
required  to seek  additional  capital  earlier.  Additional  financing  will be
necessary to enable the Company to respond to changing economic conditions or to
effect  further  expansion.  There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will
generate  sufficient  cash  flow  during  such time to fund its  future  working
capital,  rent, debt service  requirements or growth. In such event, the Company
would have to seek additional  financing through debt or equity offerings,  bank
borrowings,  sale/leaseback  transactions  or  otherwise,  and  there  can be no
assurance that such  financing will be available on acceptable  terms or at all.
See "Risk Factors -- Need for Substantial Additional Funds."

                                       32


<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

   
   The Company provides  assisted living and related services to the private pay
elderly market. Assisted living facilities combine housing, personalized support
and healthcare services in a cost-effective,  non-institutional setting designed
to address the individual needs of the elderly who need regular  assistance with
activities  of daily  living,  such as eating,  bathing,  dressing  and personal
hygiene,  but who do not require the level of  healthcare  provided in a skilled
nursing facility.  The Company  currently  operates 19 assisted living and other
senior  housing  facilities  containing  1,812 units in seven states.  The 1,812
units operated by the Company consist of 1,187 assisted living units  (including
172 units devoted to Alzheimer's  and dementia  care),  544  independent  living
units for persons who require occasional assistance with the activities of daily
living and 81 skilled nursing units. The Company is pursuing a strategy of rapid
growth through development and acquisition,  and intends to acquire,  develop or
obtain  agreements to manage  approximately 60 to 75 assisted living  facilities
per year in each of the  next  three  years.  As part of this  strategy,  ILC is
currently developing 33 assisted living facilities, of which 24 are scheduled to
open  during  1997,  has  entered  into an  agreement  to acquire  one  facility
containing  258 units  simultaneous  with the  closing  of the  offering  and is
evaluating numerous additional acquisition opportunities.  All of ILC's revenues
from its owned and  leased  facilities  in 1995 and the first six months of 1996
were derived from private pay sources. 
    

   The  Company's  objective  is to expand  its  operations  to become a leading
provider of high-quality,  affordable assisted living services.  Key elements of
the  Company's  strategy to achieve  this goal are to: (i) provide  high-quality
healthcare  oriented  services;   (ii)  grow  rapidly  through  development  and
acquisition of additional assisted living facilities;  (iii) utilize a flexible,
cost-effective  approach for the development of new assisted living  facilities;
and (iv) target a broad segment of the private-pay population.

   The  assisted  living  industry is highly  fragmented  and  characterized  by
numerous  small   operators   whose  scope  of  services  vary  widely.   Annual
expenditures for assisted living services were estimated to be $10 to 12 billion
in 1995.  The Company  believes that factors  contributing  to the growth of the
assisted living industry include: (i) the aging of the U.S. population; (ii) the
increasing  affluence of the elderly and their  families;  (iii) the  decreasing
availability  of family care in the home;  (iv) consumer  preference for greater
independence and a less institutional  setting;  (v) the increasing  emphasis by
both federal and state governments and private insurers on containing  long-term
care costs;  and (vi) the reduced  availability of skilled nursing beds for less
medically intensive residents.  The Company believes that the foregoing factors,
combined with the  fragmented  nature of the industry and the  inexperience  and
lack of resources of many operators,  have created a significant opportunity for
ILC to become a leading  provider of  high-quality,  affordable  assisted living
services.

   

   The Company  believes  that its approach to the  development  of new assisted
living  facilities  differs  from  that of many  other  operators.  Unlike  many
assisted  living  operators,  the Company intends to rely primarily on a limited
number  of  third-party  developers,  rather  than  maintain  a  large  internal
development staff. ILC currently has relationships with three developers,  which
developers  are  responsible  for  29  of  the  33  facilities  currently  under
development  by the Company.  The Company has,  together with these  developers,
developed  three  flexible  and  expandable   prototype  building  designs.  The
flexibility  feature is expected  to allow the  facility's  assisted  living and
Alzheimer's bed allotment to be quickly and cost-effectively  reconfigured based
on changing market demand.  The  expandability  feature is expected to allow the
prototype buildings to be easily and cost-effectively expanded with little or no
disruption to current operations.  The Company believes its development approach
will offer many advantages, including better construction quality control, lower
architectural  and  engineering  fees, bulk purchasing of materials and fixtures
and faster development and construction schedules. 
    

BACKGROUND

   Assisted  living  is  quickly  emerging  as an  important  component  in  the
continuum  of care within the  healthcare  delivery  system and can be viewed as
falling in the middle of the elder care  continuum,  with home-based care on one
end and skilled nursing  facilities and acute care hospitals on the other. It is
a

                                       33


<PAGE>

cost-effective  setting for the  elderly who do not require the higher  level of
medical  care   provided  by  skilled   nursing   facilities   but  cannot  live
independently because of physical frailties or cognitive  impairments.  Assisted
living facilities combine housing,  personalized support services and healthcare
in a  non-institutional  setting designed to address the individual needs of the
elderly who need regular assistance with certain activities of daily living.

   The  assisted  living  industry is highly  fragmented  and  characterized  by
numerous small  operators  whose scope of services vary widely from small "board
and  care"  facilities  (generally  12 or fewer  residents)  with  little  or no
services to large facilities offering a full array of personal care services. In
comparison  to the nursing home and other  healthcare  industries,  the assisted
living  industry  is  currently  subject to little  government  regulation.  The
Company expects  government  regulation to increase,  however,  as more assisted
living  facilities  begin to expand the type and amount of  healthcare  services
they offer and states continue to expand Medicaid  funding of assisted living as
a cost-effective alternative to skilled nursing facilities. The Company believes
that  because  of  increased   governmental   regulation  of  the  industry,   a
transformation  of the industry  from housing and personal care services to more
healthcare-oriented   services,  cost  containment  pressures,   the  growth  of
healthcare  networks and the inexperience and limited capital  resources of many
operators,  the  highly-fragmented  assisted living industry will consolidate in
the near future.  According to the U.S.  Health Care  Financing  Administration,
annual   expenditures   for  assisted  living  services  were  estimated  to  be
approximately  $10 to $12 billion in 1995.  Private pay services account for the
majority of payments;  however, in some states, Medicaid funds are available for
assisted  living,  although no funding is currently  available  from the federal
Medicare program.

   The Company  believes  that  assisted  living is one of the  fastest  growing
segments of elder care, benefiting from the following significant trends:

         Aging  Population.  The Company's  target market,  comprised of seniors
   aged  75 and  older,  is one of the  fastest  growing  segments  of the  U.S.
   population.  According to the U.S.  Bureau of the Census,  this population is
   expected  to  increase  28%  from   approximately   13  million  in  1990  to
   approximately  17 million by 2000, as compared to the total U.S.  population,
   which is expected to increase by  approximately  11% during the same  period.
   According to the U.S. General  Accounting Office, in 1993 more than 7 million
   people in the U.S. needed  assistance  with  activities of daily living,  and
   this  number is  expected  to double by 2020.  It is further  estimated  that
   approximately  57% of the  population  of  seniors  over  the  age of 85 need
   assistance  with  activities  of daily living and more than  one-half of such
   seniors develop Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia.

         Increasing  Financial  Net  Worth.  As the ratio of  elderly in need of
   assistance  has  increased,  so too has the number of elderly  able to afford
   assisted living.  According to U.S. Bureau of the Census data, the median net
   worth of  families  in which  the head of the  family  is age 75 or older has
   increased from $55,178 in 1984 to $61,491 in 1988 to $76,541 in 1991.

         Changing  Family  Role.  Historically,  the family has been the primary
   provider of care to the  elderly.  The Company  believes,  however,  that the
   increased  percentage of women in the  workforce,  the growing  number of two
   income  families  and the  increased  mobility  of society are  reducing  the
   family's role as the traditional  caregiver for the elderly,  which will make
   it  necessary  for  many  of the  elderly  to look  outside  the  family  for
   assistance as they age.

         Consumer  Preference.  The Company  believes  that  assisted  living is
   increasingly  becoming the setting  preferred by  prospective  residents  and
   their  families  in which to care for the  elderly.  Assisted  living  offers
   residents  greater  independence  and  allows  them to "age  in  place"  in a
   residential  setting,  which the Company believes results in a higher quality
   of life than that  experienced in more  institutional  or clinical  settings,
   such as skilled nursing facilities.

         Cost-Containment  Pressures.  In response to rapidly rising  healthcare
   costs,   both    governmental   and   private-pay    sources   have   adopted
   cost-containment measures that have reduced admissions and encouraged reduced
   lengths of stays in hospitals and skilled  nursing  facilities.  As a result,
   hospitals are discharging  patients earlier and referring  seniors to skilled
   nursing facilities where the cost of

                                       34


<PAGE>

   providing care is lower, and skilled nursing facility  operators  continue to
   focus on  expanding  services to higher  acuity  patients.  As a result,  the
   supply of skilled  nursing  facility  beds is  increasingly  being  filled by
   patients with higher acuity needs paying higher fees,  leaving  little excess
   capacity for seniors needing a lower level of care. The Company believes that
   this trend creates a significant  opportunity for assisted living facilities,
   as states,  as well as long-term  care  insurance  companies and managed care
   companies,  are increasingly  focusing on assisted living as a cost-effective
   alternative  to skilled  nursing  facilities.  Based on  industry  data,  the
   average cost for assisted living facilities is approximately $24,000 per year
   as compared to an average cost of approximately  $35,000 per year for skilled
   nursing facilities.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

   The  Company's  objective  is to expand  its  operations  to become a leading
provider of high-quality,  affordable assisted living services.  Key elements of
the Company's strategy to achieve this goal are to:

         Provide  High-Quality,  Healthcare-Oriented  Services.  In  addition to
   providing a broad range of assistance with the activities of daily living and
   offering  special  care  programs to  residents  suffering  from  Alzheimer's
   disease or other  forms of  dementia,  the  Company  focuses  on meeting  the
   healthcare  needs of its  residents to the maximum  extent  permitted by law,
   thereby  enabling its residents to age in place.  As a result,  residents are
   generally  able to  remain  at ILC  facilities  until  they  develop  medical
   conditions  requiring  institutional care available only in a skilled nursing
   facility  or an acute care  hospital.  Where  allowed by law,  the  Company's
   assisted living facilities offer care to residents who are incontinent,  mild
   to  moderately  confused,  convalescing,   nonambulatory,   diabetic,  oxygen
   dependent  or  similarly  dependent.  All of the  Company's  assisted  living
   facilities  (excluding  its senior housing and  congregate  care  facilities)
   employ  licensed  nurses.  The Company  ensures that all its  facilities  are
   appropriately staffed to provide its residents with high-quality personalized
   care and services.

   
        Grow Rapidly Through  Development,  Acquisition and Facility Expansion.
   The  Company  intends to pursue  rapid  growth  over the next three  years to
   benefit from the  anticipated  increased  market  demand for assisted  living
   services  and the expected  industry  consolidation.  The Company  intends to
   acquire,  develop  or  obtain  agreements  to manage  approximately  60 to 75
   assisted  living  facilities  per year in each of the next three  years.  The
   Company is currently  developing 33 assisted living  facilities,  of which 24
   are  scheduled  to open in 1997.  Management  has  extensive  contacts in the
   senior  housing and  healthcare  industries,  and the  Company is  frequently
   presented with  opportunities  to acquire,  develop or manage assisted living
   facilities.  The Company expects that industry  consolidation  will result in
   increased future acquisition opportunities.  In addition, as demand increases
   in its existing markets,  the Company plans to grow by expanding the capacity
   of existing buildings. 
    

         Utilize  Flexible,  Cost-Effective  Development  Approach.  The Company
   believes  that  its  development  approach  will  allow  it  to  quickly  and
   cost-effectively develop new assisted living facilities.  The Company intends
   to rely primarily on a limited number of third-party developers,  rather than
   maintain a large  internal  development  staff,  to develop  assisted  living
   facilities.  The Company currently has  relationships  with three developers,
   with which the Company has developed three flexible and expandable  prototype
   building  designs:  a 35 unit/40  bed pure  assisted  living  facility,  a 40
   unit/40  bed pure  Alzheimer's  facility  and an 80 unit/92  bed  combination
   assisted  living/Alzheimer's  facility.  Flexibility,  which  will  allow the
   Company to respond to changing  utilization  patterns and service needs,  and
   expandability,  which will allow the Company to  cost-effectively  respond to
   increased  market  demand,  are key features of the  prototype  designs.  The
   Company  believes  the  use  of  prototype  designs  and a  small  number  of
   developers will offer many advantages to the development  process,  including
   better  construction  quality control,  lower  architectural  and engineering
   fees,  bulk  purchasing of materials and fixtures at a lower cost, and faster
   development and construction schedules.

         Target Broad Segment of Private-Pay  Population.  The Company's  target
   markets are generally second or third tier cities or suburbs of major cities.
   The target population in these markets is private-pay seniors over the age of
   75 with annual incomes of at least $25,000. This mass-market

                                       35


<PAGE>

   approach  enables  the  Company to  evaluate a  multitude  of markets  and be
   selective in acquiring and developing  properties.  The Company believes this
   approach  allows  it  to  appeal  to  the  largest  segment  of  the  elderly
   population,  the middle to upper-middle  income group.  The Company  believes
   that by targeting this  population  segment,  it will be  well-positioned  to
   achieve and sustain high occupancy rates.

DEVELOPMENT AND ACQUISITION

   The  Company  targets  areas  where  there  is a  need  for  assisted  living
facilities  based on demographics  and market studies.  In selecting  geographic
markets for potential expansion,  the Company utilizes individual market studies
which consider such factors as population,  income levels,  economic climate and
competitive  environment.  The Company generally seeks to select assisted-living
facility  locations that (a) are second or third tier cities or suburbs of major
cities,  (b) have residents who generally  enjoy mid-level  incomes  compared to
incomes generally realized in the region, (c) have a regulatory climate that the
Company  considers  favorable  toward  development  and (d) are  established and
economically  stable compared to newer,  faster-growing  areas.  The Company has
found that  locations  with these  characteristics  generally  have a  receptive
population  of seniors  who desire  and can afford the  services  offered in the
Company's assisted living facilities.

   
   Development.  The Company  currently  expects to open  approximately 25 to 35
newly developed  assisted  living  facilities per year in each of the next three
years.  The Company is  currently  pursuing the  development  of 33 new assisted
living  facilities,  of which 24 are  scheduled  to open in  1997.  The  Company
intends to rely primarily on a limited number of third-party developers,  rather
than maintain a large internal  development  staff,  to develop  assisted living
facilities,  and currently has relationships with three developers.  The Company
maintains control over the entire development process by retaining authority for
site  selection,   prototype  design,  pricing,   development  and  construction
schedules, and quality of workmanship. See "-- Properties -- Development."
     
   The principal  stages in the  development  process are (i) site selection and
contract  signing,  (ii)  zoning  and site plan  approval,  (iii)  architectural
planning and design and (iv) construction and licensure.  Once a market has been
identified,  site  selection and contract  signing  typically take three months.
Zoning and site plan approval  generally  take one to three months.  The Company
anticipates that facility  construction  will generally take six to nine months.
The Company's use of prototype facilities facilitates architectural planning and
design.  After a facility  receives a certificate  of occupancy and  appropriate
licenses,  residents  usually  begin  to  move  in  immediately.  The  Company's
experience  indicates  that new  facilities  typically  reach a stable  level of
occupancy  of over 90% within six to 12 months of  opening,  but there can be no
assurance  that these  results will be achieved in new  facilities.  The Company
anticipates  that the total  capitalized  cost to develop,  construct and open a
prototype  facility,  including land acquisition and construction costs, will be
approximately $72,000 per unit, although the cost of any particular facility may
vary considerably based on a variety of site-specific factors. See "Risk Factors
- -- Limited Development Experience; Development Delays and Cost Overruns."

   The Company is presented with land sites by independent brokers,  developers,
healthcare organizations and financial institutions.  The third-party developers
with which the Company has  relationships  are also utilized to locate  suitable
sites in selected regions of the country.  If a site meets the Company's general
market  criteria,  then the Company will order a preliminary  market study by an
independent  third party.  If the market study indicates that the site meets its
geographic  selection  criteria,  the Company will then conduct a more  in-depth
analysis of the market,  in conjunction  with  developers,  to ensure there is a
demonstrated  need for assisted living services and that the site is appropriate
in terms of  location,  size and zoning.  If the market and site meet all of the
Company's selection criteria, the property is purchased for development.

   The Company has,  together with its developers,  developed three flexible and
expandable  prototype  building  designs:  a 35 unit/40 bed pure assisted living
facility,  a 40 unit/40  bed pure  Alzheimer's  facility  and an 80 unit/92  bed
combination assisted living/Alzheimer's facility.  Flexibility, which will allow
the Company to respond to changing  utilization  patterns and service needs, and
expandability,  which will  allow the  Company  to  cost-effectively  respond to
increased market demand, are key features of the

                                       36


<PAGE>

prototype  design.  The  flexibility  feature allows the facility to quickly and
cost  effectively  reconfigure its assisted living and Alzheimer's bed allotment
based on changing market demand. The expandability  feature allows the prototype
buildings  to  be  easily  and  cost-effectively  expanded  with  little  or  no
disruption   to   current   operations.   Facility   expansion   is  often  more
cost-effective  than  constructing or acquiring a new facility  because of lower
incremental  capital,  operating and fixed costs.  The Company believes that the
use of a small number of developers  working with  prototype  designs will allow
the Company to: (a) save time and money on architectural  and engineering  work,
because only minor modifications will be required at each location to site adapt
the  prototype;  (b) ensure better  construction  quality  control,  because the
Company's  third-party  developers will gain experience by constructing the same
facility design,  rather than a different facility design, at each site; and (c)
save time and money with bulk  purchasing  of materials  and fixtures at a lower
cost,  because  each  facility  will,  for  example,  utilize  the same  kitchen
equipment and windows. In addition,  once a development site is identified,  the
Company  will be able to move  quickly to obtain  zoning  approvals,  since only
limited  architectural  and  engineering  work  will be  required.  All of these
factors  should  contribute  to  faster  and   cost-effective   development  and
construction schedules. See "-- Business Strategy."

   
   Acquisition.  The Company  acquired one  facility in August  1996,  which the
Company  expects to sell to, and lease back from,  HCPI in  September  1996.  In
addition,  the Company has entered  into a  definitive  agreement to acquire one
additional  assisted living facility,  which acquisition the Company anticipates
will be consummated simultaneous with the closing of this offering. There can be
no  assurance  the  acquisition  or  the  sale/leaseback   transaction  will  be
consummated when anticipated or at all. The Company seeks to acquire  individual
or groups of assisted living facilities from smaller owners and operators in its
targeted markets. In evaluating possible acquisitions, the Company considers (i)
the location,  construction quality,  condition and design of the facility, (ii)
the ability to expand the facility, (iii) the current and projected cash flow of
the facility and the  anticipated  ability to increase  revenue through rent and
occupancy increases and additional assisted living services and (iv) the ability
to acquire the facility below  replacement  cost.  The Company's  management has
extensive  contacts in the senior  housing and  healthcare  industries,  and the
Company is frequently presented with opportunities to acquire, develop or manage
assisted living facilities. In addition, the Company believes that consolidation
in the assisted living industry will offer substantial  opportunities to acquire
assisted  living  facilities or other  facilities  that can be  repositioned  as
assisted  living  facilities.  See "Risk Factors --  Difficulties of Integrating
Acquisitions" and "-- Uncertainty of the Proposed  Acquisition;  Difficulties of
Integrating the Proposed Acquisition."
    

   Although  the  Company  intends  to  focus  its  efforts   primarily  on  the
development and acquisition,  directly or through long-term operating leases, of
additional  assisted  living  facilities,  it may in certain  cases also  target
additional third-party management contracts as an interim step to acquisition of
facilities.  Under a  typical  management  agreement,  the  Company  receives  a
percentage  of the gross  operating  revenues of the facility and has a right of
first  refusal  to  acquire  the  facility.  See "--  Properties  --  Management
Agreements."

SERVICES

   The  Company's  assisted  living  facilities  offer  residents a  supportive,
"home-like" setting and assistance with activities of daily living. Residents of
the Company's  facilities are typically unable to live alone, but do not require
the 24-hour  nursing  care  provided  in skilled  nursing  facilities.  Services
provided to the Company's  residents are designed to respond to their individual
needs and to improve their quality of life, are available 24 hours a day to meet
resident  needs,  and generally  include three meals per day,  housekeeping  and
groundskeeping  and building  maintenance  services.  Available support services
include  nursing  care and  health-related  services,  social  and  recreational
services,  transportation  and special  services (such as banking and shopping).
Personal  services  include  bathing,  dressing,   personal  hygiene,  grooming,
ambulating  and  eating  assistance.  Health-related  services,  which  are made
available  and provided  according  to the  resident's  individual  needs and in
accordance  with state  regulatory  requirements,  may include  assistance  with
taking medication,  skin care and injections,  as well as healthcare monitoring.
By providing  programs  that are designed to offer  residents a range of service
options as their needs change,  the Company seeks to achieve greater  continuity
of care,  enabling  seniors to age in place and thereby maintain their residency
for a longer time period.

                                       37


<PAGE>

   Clinical  Assessment.  Each resident is clinically assessed upon admission to
determine  his/her  health  status  including  functional  abilities,  need  for
personal  care  services  and  assistance  with the  activities  of daily living
(ADL's) as well as likes and dislikes. The goal of the clinical assessment is to
determine the care needs of residents as well as their lifestyle preferences.  A
current  physician's  report is also  utilized to further  ascertain  the health
status  and needs of the  resident.  From  these  assessments  a plan of care is
developed  for each  resident  to help ensure that all staff who render care and
services meet the specific needs and preferences of each resident. Residents are
reassessed  periodically and when there is a significant  change in a resident's
condition to be sure the care plan reflects their current needs.  The care plan,
as the  document  which  reflects  the needs of the  resident,  is the basis for
determining the monthly charges for care and services.

   Healthcare  Services.   The  Company  fosters  wellness  by  offering  health
screenings  such as blood pressure  checks,  periodic  special  services such as
influenza  inoculations,  chronic disease  management (such as diabetes with its
attendant  blood glucose  monitoring),  dietary and similar  programs as well as
ongoing  exercise  and  fitness   classes.   Classes  are  given  by  healthcare
professionals to keep residents informed about disease management.

   Regulations  differ by state  regarding the type of care that can be rendered
as well as the  personnel  allowed to provide  such care.  The Company  utilizes
licensed nurses,  certified and/or trained staff to meet the healthcare needs of
its  residents.  Staff  administer  or  assist  with  medications,  observe  and
intervene as the health status of residents change,  and provide  assistance and
care to enable  residents to perform the  activities of daily living:  dressing,
bathing,  grooming,  toileting,  ambulating  and  the  like.  Residents  who are
incontinent, mild to moderately confused, convalescing, nonambulatory, diabetic,
oxygen  dependent or  similarly  dependent  are cared for where  allowed by law.
Hospice  care is offered in many of the  Company's  facilities,  as are  special
programs  such  as  post-plastic  surgery  recuperation,   stroke  recovery  and
intensive  rehabilitation.  Dietary  programs,  nutritional  support and special
retraining programs are also offered by the Company.

   The Company's facilities provide rehabilitation services,  including physical
therapy,  speech and language  pathology and  occupational  therapy,  audiology,
pharmacy  and  physician  services,  as well as  podiatry,  dentistry  and other
professional  services.  These  specialized  healthcare  services are  generally
provided to the residents by  third-party  providers,  who are reimbursed by the
resident or a  third-party  payor (such as Medicare or Medicaid)  or, in certain
cases,  by the staff of the facility where permitted by state law. The Company's
facilities  also  provide   transportation   services  for  residents  to  visit
physicians and other professionals in the surrounding areas.

   Alzheimer's and Dementia Care. Certain of the Company's  facilities contain a
special  unit to  service  the  needs of  residents  with  Alzheimer's  disease,
dementia and other cognitive impairments.  These special needs units are located
in a  separate  area of the  facility  and have  their  own  dining  facilities,
resident lounge areas and specially trained staff.  This physical  separation of
the special needs unit enables  residents to receive the  specialized  care they
require with a minimum of disruption to other residents.  The areas are designed
to allow  residents  the  freedom to ambulate  as they wish while  keeping  them
safely contained  within an alarmed area.  Programming for a minimum of 12 hours
per day keeps these special need residents  channeled into meaningful  activity.
Special  nutritional  programs  are  used  to  help  assure  caloric  intake  is
maintained  in  residents  whose  constant  movement   increases  their  caloric
expenditure.  Family  support  groups meet  regularly with the families of these
residents.

   Adult  Day  Care.  Some of the  Company's  facilities  offer  adult  day care
services for the mentally and/or  physically  frail. The services are offered up
to six  days  per  week,  12  hours  per  day.  Many of the day  care  attendees
eventually become permanent  residents at the facility.  Residents spend the day
engaged in meaningful  activities and socialize with other  residents and staff.
Healthcare needs are monitored by staff and medication  assistance is available.
Assistance  with  activities  of daily living,  as well as meals and  nutritious
snacks,  are also  provided.  Day care offers  families  the ability to continue
employment  despite  caregiving  responsibilities  and also offers  residents an
opportunity to leave their home and interact with their peers.

   Respite  Care.  The  Company's  facilities  accept  residents  for short term
placement  (several  days to  several  months)  to  accommodate  their  or their
family's need for placement, either while the family is on

                                       38



<PAGE>

vacation or is otherwise  absent or because the resident cannot stay alone while
convalescing from illness or injury.  Many residents are frequent  returnees and
often eventually become permanent residents at the facility.

OPERATIONS

   The  Company  offers  a  broad  range  of  assisted  living  services  and an
environment in which residents can age in place in an effort to retain residents
over longer periods as they become  increasingly  frail. The Company continually
assesses  and  monitors  the  health  needs and  desires  of its  residents  and
periodically  adjusts the level and  frequency of care and services  provided to
such residents to meet their increasing  needs. The Company's  multi-tiered rate
structure  for the  services it  provides is based upon the acuity  level of, or
level of services needed by, each resident.  Specialized healthcare services for
those residents requiring 24-hour supervision or more extensive  assistance with
activities  of  daily  living  is  provided  to  the  residents  by  third-party
providers,  who are  reimbursed by the resident or a third-party  payor (such as
Medicare or Medicaid) or, in certain  cases,  by the staff of the facility where
permitted by state law. In order to meet the evolving  needs of its residents as
they age in place,  the Company expects to continually  expand the range of care
and services offered at its residences.  In the future, the Company may elect to
provide these services  directly using its own skilled  employees.  In the event
that a resident's acuity reaches a level such that the Company is unable to meet
such resident's needs, the Company maintains  relationships with local hospitals
and skilled nursing facilities to facilitate a transfer of the resident.

   Marketing.  The  Company's  marketing  strategy is designed to integrate  its
assisted  living  facilities  into the continuum of healthcare  providers in the
geographic  markets in which it operates.  Thus,  the Company seeks to establish
relationships  with local hospitals  (including through joint marketing efforts,
where appropriate) and home healthcare  agencies,  alliances with visiting nurse
associations  and, on a more limited basis,  priority  transfer  agreements with
local skilled nursing  facilities.  The Company believes this marketing strategy
benefits its residents as well as strengthens and expands the Company's  network
of referral sources.

   The Company begins premarketing its facilities up to six months in advance of
opening so that, by the time the facility  opens,  referral  sources,  including
professionals  in  the  community,   hospitals  and  physicians,  will  be  well
familiarized  with the care and  services  provided.  Age and  income  qualified
seniors are recipients of target  marketing  efforts as are their children.  The
Company's goal is to open a new facility with a substantial  number of residents
ready to move in. After opening,  the Company continues its marketing efforts to
attain and then maintain full occupancy.

   The Company seeks to position its facilities as the "senior  resource center"
in each of its markets;  thus when the public thinks of care and/or services for
the elderly they think of the ILC facility.  Each  facility  offers its physical
plant for classes,  meetings,  social events,  etc., to the surrounding  city in
order to foster  interdependence.  The Company  also intends to focus on selling
the care and services  component of its  facilities to those seniors who live in
the surrounding area.

   Staffing.  The Company  ensures  that all its  facilities  are  appropriately
staffed  with   well-trained   professionals   to  provide  its  residents  with
high-quality  personalized care and services.  The day-to-day operations of each
facility,  including quality of care and financial performance,  are overseen by
an Executive Director trained in the Company's  operating  philosophy,  policies
and procedures. A Healthcare Coordinator,  who is a licensed nurse, oversees the
day-to-day  care of residents  and  employees  providing  services to residents.
Other key facility  employees include a Director of Dining Services,  Activities
Director, Maintenance Director and Marketing Director.

   Administration.  The  Company's  corporate  structure  has been  designed  to
provide  appropriate  levels of support  to,  and  oversight  of, the  operating
facilities.  The Company's  philosophy  is to allow the facility  administrators
enough autonomy and flexibility to expeditiously  adjust  operations to meet the
needs of local and  changing  market  conditions  while at the same time holding
them accountable to established quality and financial performance criteria.

   In  anticipation  of its rapid  development  plans,  the  Company  has made a
significant  investment  in  recruiting  and  developing a management  team with
extensive  experience in the post-acute care, sub-acute care, long-term care and
assisted living industries. The Company believes that the depth and

                                       39

<PAGE>

experience of its management  team  positions the Company to effectively  manage
its growth plans and the  increasing  government  regulation of assisted  living
facilities  which  the  Company  anticipates.   Additionally,   the  Company  is
developing  its   infrastructure   to  manage  its   anticipated   growth.   Key
infrastructure components include standardized policies and procedures, computer
systems,  management  information systems, staff training and education programs
and staff recruitment and retention systems. See "Management."

   The Company  employs an  integrated  structure of  management  and  financial
systems  and  controls  in  order  to  contain  costs  and  maximize   operating
efficiency.  The Company  provides  management  support  services to each of its
residential   facilities,   including   establishment  of  operating  standards,
recruiting,  training and financial and accounting  services.  IHS has agreed to
provide resident billing,  occupancy,  accounts payable and payroll  information
services  to the  Company  until the  Company  has  implemented  its own MIS and
accounting  systems,  which the  Company  anticipates  will  occur in the fourth
quarter of 1996. See "Certain  Transactions." In addition,  the Company believes
it can benefit from economies of scale by centralizing certain functions such as
purchases of supplies and  equipment,  employee  training and certain  sales and
marketing  activities.  The Company has  established  reporting  and  monitoring
systems which allow early detection of deviations to allow rapid correction.

   Service Revenue Sources. The Company currently and for the foreseeable future
expects to rely primarily on its residents' ability to pay the Company's charges
from  their own or  familial  resources.  Although  care in an  assisted  living
facility is typically  less expensive than in a skilled  nursing  facility,  the
Company  believes  generally  only  seniors  with  income or assets  meeting  or
exceeding the regional  median will be able to afford to reside in the Company's
facilities.  Inflation or other  circumstances  that adversely  affect  seniors'
ability to pay for services such as those  provided by the Company could have an
adverse effect on the Company's business or operations. Furthermore, the federal
government does not currently provide any reimbursement for the type of assisted
living services provided by the Company. Although some states have reimbursement
programs in place, in many cases the level of  reimbursement  is insufficient to
cover the costs of  delivering  the  level of care  that the  Company  currently
provides. Except for the Treyton Oak Towers' assisted living facility managed by
the Company  (which is 77% private pay),  all of the revenues from the Company's
remaining  assisted  living  facilities were derived from  private-pay  sources.
There  can  be no  assurance,  however,  that  the  Company  will  continue  its
private-pay  mix or that it will not in the  future  become  more  dependent  on
governmental reimbursement programs.

PROPERTIES

   
   Existing  Facilities.  The Company  currently  operates  19  assisted  living
facilities in seven states,  containing 1,812 units. Seven of the facilities are
owned,  four are  leased  and the  remaining  eight  are  managed.  The  Company
anticipates  that it will sell one of the owned facilities to, and lease it back
from,  HCPI  in  September  1996,   although  there  can  be  no  assurance  the
sale/leaseback  transaction  will be  consummated  as anticipated or at all. The
Company's existing facilities consist of assisted living facilities,  continuing
care  retirement  communities,  congregate  care  facilities and senior housing.
Several of the Company's  facilities have specially designed wings for residents
with Alzheimer's disease, and several offer adult day care services. The Company
believes that the physical  configuration  of its facilities,  combined with its
level of  service,  contributes  to  resident  satisfaction  and allows  seniors
residing  at the  Company's  facilities  to  maintain  an  appropriate  level of
autonomy. 
    

                                       40


<PAGE>

   The table  below  summarizes  certain  information  regarding  the  Company's
existing facilities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     OPERATIONS                       SERVICES
             FACILITY                  LOCATION     COMMENCED(1) UNITS(2)  BEDS      OFFERED(3)      STATUS
             --------                  --------     ------------ -------  ----      ----------      ------

<S>                                   <C>              <C>          <C>      <C>    <C>               <C>
CALIFORNIA
- ----------
Beth Avot                             Santa Monica      8/95         34       34    ALZ,AL            Managed
Carrington Pointe                     Fresno            5/90        172      181    C,AL              Owned
Claremont Senior Apts                 Clovis            2/94         72      120    SH                Managed
Claremont II                          Clovis           10/95         72      120    SH                Managed
Elim Place                            Sangar            2/96         24       49    AL,ALZ            Managed
Hallmark -- Bakersfield               Bakersfield       1/93         51       52    AL                Managed
Hallmark -- Palm Springs              Palm Springs      1/93         46       47    AL                Managed
Villa Alamar                          Santa Barbara    11/95         30       31    ALZ,AL            Managed

COLORADO                          
- --------
Cheyenne Place Retirement             Colorado Springs  9/94         95      106    C                 Leased

FLORIDA                          
- -------                          
Cabot Pointe((4))                     Bradenton         8/96         35       56    ALZ               Owned
The Shores((5))                       Bradenton         9/94        260      287    CCRC,ALZ          Leased
Waterside Retirement Estates          Sarasota         12/93        164      201    CCRC              Owned
West Palm Beach Retirement((6))       West Palm Beach  12/93         34       38    AL                Owned
 
KANSAS                           
- ------                           
Homestead of Garden City              Garden City       7/96         35       46    AL                Leased
Homestead of Wichita                  Wichita           7/96         35       46    AL                Leased

KENTUCKY                         
- --------                         
Treyton Oak Towers((7))               Louisville        3/93        267      290    CCRC              Managed

MARYLAND                         
- --------                         
The Homestead((8))                    Denton           12/92         50       50    AL,ADC(42)        Owned

TEXAS                            
- -----
Treemont Retirement Community((6))    Dallas            2/89        231      251    CCRC,ALZ,ADC(25)  Owned
Vintage Retirement Community((6)(9))  Denton            4/95        105      111    C,AL              Owned
- ----------

(1)   Represents date operations  commenced by IHS for facilities operated prior
      to November 1995. See "Company History."

   
(2)   A  unit  is  a  single-  or  double-occupancy  residential  living  space,
      typically an apartment or studio.

(3)   ADC = Adult Day Care;  AL = Assisted  Living;  ALZ =  Alzheimer's/Dementia
      Care; C = Congregate;  CCRC = Continuing Care Retirement Community; and SH
      = Senior Housing.  Number of residents  served in Adult Day Care is listed
      next to ADC.
    

      o Assisted Living  Facilities are typically  designed for the frail and/or
   cognitively  impaired elderly,  with staff personnel and programs that assist
   residents with personalized  support services.  Meals are served in a central
   dining room, and staff personnel  provide limited medical  services,  such as
   medication administration and physical rehabilitation.

      o  Continuing  Care  Retirement   Communities  are  retirement   complexes
   providing a full continuum of care on a single campus,  including  congregate
   care units for those  residents still able to adequately care for themselves,
   assisted  living  facilities for those  residents  requiring  assistance with
   activities  of daily  living,  and skilled  nursing  units for  residents who
   require full-time nursing care or supervision.

      o Congregate  Care  Facilities  are typically  similar to senior  housing,
   except they  generally  provide meals in a common dining room,  housekeeping,
   laundry,  transportation and emergency response.  Medical care is provided by
   third-party providers as required.

      o Senior  Housing is typically a  multifamily  complex  catering to senior
   citizens.   These  facilities  typically  offer  limited  services,  such  as
   transportation and security, and arrange for healthcare services as required.

     See "--Services."
<PAGE>
   
(4)   The Company  anticipates  that it will sell this facility to, and lease it
      back from,  HCPI in a  sale/leaseback  transaction  which is  scheduled to
      close in September 1996.  There can be no assurance this  transaction will
      occur as anticipated or at all.

(5)   Includes 21 skilled nursing beds.

(6)   The Company owns a condominium interest in the assisted living and related
      services portion of this facility;  the remaining  condominium interest in
      the facility,  which consists of a skilled nursing  facility,  is owned by
      IHS. The Company is  prohibited  from  including a segregated  and secured
      Alzheimer's ward in its portion of these facilities.  IHS provides certain
      services to these facilities.  The Company cannot transfer its condominium
      interest  without the prior  consent of IHS. The IHS facility in which the
      Treemont facility is located is subject to a mortgage.  Should IHS default
      on its obligations  under the mortgage,  the lender could foreclose on the
      mortgage,  which could materially adversely affect the Company's business,
      results of operations and financial condition. See "Certain Transactions."

(7)   Includes 60 skilled nursing beds.

(8)   IHS managed the facility  from  December 1992 until its purchase by IHS in
      March 1994.

(9)   IHS  managed  the  facility  from April 1995 until its  purchase by IHS in
      January 1996.
    

</TABLE>
                                41

<PAGE>

   Management  Agreements.  The Company  currently manages eight assisted living
facilities  with an  aggregate  of 621 units.  The  Company is  responsible  for
providing all personnel, marketing, nursing, resident care and dietary services,
accounting and data processing  reports and services for these facilities at the
facility  owner's  expense.  The facility owner is also obligated to pay for all
required capital expenditures.  The Company manages these facilities in the same
manner as the  facilities  it owns or leases,  and  provides  the same  assisted
living services as are provided in its owned or leased facilities.

   The Company receives a management fee for its services which generally ranges
from  4% to 5% of  gross  revenues  of the  assisted  living  facility.  Certain
management  agreements  also provide the Company with an incentive  fee based on
the  amount of the  facility's  operating  income  that  exceeds  a target.  The
management  agreements generally have an initial term of one to five years, with
the right to renew under certain circumstances. The management agreements expire
at various times  between  October 1996 and November  2000,  although all can be
terminated  earlier  under  certain  circumstances.  Certain  of the  management
agreement's  provide the Company with a right of first refusal in respect of the
sale of each managed facility.  The Company believes that management  agreements
are a cost-effective  way to test new markets without having to make the capital
outlay necessary to acquire or develop a facility.

   
   Proposed Acquisition.  The Company has entered into a definitive agreement to
acquire ownership of the Terrace Gardens  facility,  a 258 unit/342 bed assisted
living and  senior  housing  facility  which  also  includes  a 100 bed  nursing
facility.  The acquisition is expected to close simultaneous with the closing of
this offering,  and the Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds of this
offering to pay the $12.2 million purchase price for the facility.  There can be
no assurance that the acquisition will close as scheduled or at all. See "Use of
Proceeds" and "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

   Development.  The  Company  intends to  develop  assisted  living  facilities
generally  ranging in size from 32 to 80 units,  consisting  of an  aggregate of
approximately 23,000 to 54,000 square feet, which are located on sites typically
ranging  from 2.5 to 5 acres.  Unit size is  expected  to range  from 325 to 500
square feet.  The Company  estimates  that the  development  cost of most of its
assisted living  facilities will generally range from  approximately  $68,000 to
$75,000 per unit,  depending on local variations in land and construction costs,
with an overall average development cost of approximately  $72,000 per unit. The
Company estimates that it will require approximately six months from the date of
land acquisition to develop its 40 unit facilities and approximately nine months
from the date of land acquisition to develop its 80 unit facilities. The Company
is currently pursuing the development of 33 assisted living facilities, of which
24 are scheduled to open in 1997. Because,  however, of uncertainties associated
with  development  of assisted  living  facilities,  including  zoning and other
governmental limitations,  not all of the facilities currently under development
may in fact be developed, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful  in meeting  scheduled  opening  dates for the  facilities  which are
developed.  See "Risk  Factors -- Limited  Development  Experience;  Development
Delays and Cost Overruns."
     

                                       42
<PAGE>

   The table below  summarizes  certain  information  regarding  the  facilities
currently under development:

                                                  SERVICES
                      SCHEDULED                     TO BE     FACILITY
      LOCATION         OPENING   UNITS(1)  BEDS  OFFERED(2)  STATUS(3)
- -------------------  ----------- -------- ------ ---------- -----------

CALIFORNIA(4)
- ---------------
Bakersfield          Q1/97       120      120    SH         Z
Hemet                Q1/98        40       40    ALZ        D
Merced               Q1/98        40       40    ALZ        D
San Diego            Q2/97        92       92    AL,ALZ     D
San Bernardino       Q4/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     Z
Yorba Linda          Q4/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     Z

COLORADO(4)      
- -------------      
Colorado Springs     Q1/98        80       92    AL,ALZ     D

ILLINOIS(4)      
- -------------      
Barrington           Q1/98        80       92    AL,ALZ     D

KANSAS(5)        
- -----------        
Hutchinson           Q4/97        35       40    AL         Z
Leavenworth          Q1/97        35       40    AL         Z
Manhattan            Q1/97        35       40    AL         Z

LOUISIANA(4)     
- ------------
Alexandria           Q2/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     D
Baton Rouge          Q2/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     D
Baton Rouge          Q3/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     D
Bossier City         Q3/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     D
Lafayette            Q3/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     D
Lake Charles         Q3/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     D

NEBRASKA(5)      
- -----------
Columbus             Q4/97        35       40    AL         Z
Fremont              Q2/97        35       40    AL         Z
Grand Island         Q2/97        35       40    AL         Z
Hastings             Q3/97        35       40    AL         Z
Kearney              Q2/97        35       40    AL         Z
Norfolk              Q2/97        35       40    AL         Z

TEXAS(4)         
- --------

Bedford/Colleyville  Q1/98        40       40    ALZ        D
Dallas               Q1/98        80       92    AL,ALZ     D
Ft. Worth            Q1/98        80       92    AL,ALZ     D
Grand Prairie        Q3/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     Z
Henderson            Q2/97        40       40    ALZ        D
New Braunfels        Q1/98        80       92    AL,ALZ     D
San Antonio          Q1/98        80       92    AL,ALZ     D
San Antonio          Q2/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     Z
San Antonio          Q4/97        40       40    ALZ        D
Southlake            Q3/97        80       92    AL,ALZ     Z
   
- -----------------
(1)   A  unit  is  a  single-  or  double-occupancy  residential  living  space,
      typically an apartment or studio.

(2)   AL = Assisted  Living;  ALZ =  Alzheimer's/Dementia  Care; and SH = Senior
      Housing. See "-- Services."

(3)   "Development"  means that  development  activities,  such as site surveys,
      preparation of architectural  plans or initiation of zoning changes,  have
      commenced (but construction has not commenced).  "Construction" means that
      construction  activities,  such as  ground-breaking  activities,  exterior
      construction or interior  build-out,  have commenced.  "Zoning" means that
      the zoning process has been completed or is not applicable.

(4)   The Company expects to finance these developments  through  sale/leaseback
      or mortgage financing.

(5)   The Company expects to lease these facilities from the developer.
    

                                       43


<PAGE>
   
   The Company currently has relationships with three developers  relating to 29
of the 33 assisted living facilities  currently under development.  Two of these
developers are developing,  in the aggregate, 25 facilities on a turn-key basis,
of which 20 facilities  are scheduled to open in 1997.  Pursuant to the terms of
the  arrangements,  the developer will provide all necessary  site  procurement,
design, construction, construction oversight and licensure services. The Company
intends to finance the 16 facilities being developed by one developer,  of which
11 are  scheduled  to open in 1997,  through  sale/leaseback  arrangements  with
several  real estate  investment  trusts or  mortgage  financing,  although  the
Company may lease certain of the facilities from the developer. The Company will
pay this  developer  for certain  approved  costs and  expenses  incurred by the
developer in developing the facilities including labor, overhead,  environmental
expenses and engineering expenses. In the event that the execution of leases for
the facilities,  the acquisition of the sites for the facilities and the closing
of financing for the  facilities  has not occurred  before October 31, 1996, the
Company is required to pay the developer  for all costs  incurred to date within
ten days and the agreement with the developer will terminate.  IHS has agreed to
guaranty  the  payment of sums due to the  developer  by the  Company  until the
closing of this offering and the satisfaction of certain financial  covenants by
the Company.  The Company will lease the nine facilities  being developed by the
other  developer,  all of which are  scheduled to open in 1997,  pursuant to ten
year leases with three five-year renewal options, and the right to purchase each
facility at five year intervals for a purchase price equal to the greater of its
then  fair  market  value  or $2.1  million.  Lease  payments  for each of these
facilities will initially be approximately  $250,000 per annum and will increase
annually  based on the increase in the local  consumer  price  index.  The lease
payments  will be  guaranteed  by IHS until the closing of this offering and the
satisfaction  of certain  financial  covenants by the Company.  The Company will
make non-refundable  purchase option deposits of $100,000 per facility,  and has
provided the developer with a $1,000,000  working capital line of credit that is
due on demand and  secured by the  developer's  interest  in all  documentation,
permits,  licenses and the land sites. IHS has agreed to guarantee  construction
financing for the first ten facilities  developed by the developer.  The Company
has engaged a third developer to provide site selection,  zoning, permitting and
site adaptation services for four facilities,  for which it will receive a fixed
percentage of the building  cost. The Company has provided the president of this
developer with a $1,000,000 working capital line of credit that is due on demand
and  secured by the  developer's  interest  in all  documentation,  permits  and
licenses and land  contracts  relating to the  developments  it is overseeing on
behalf of the Company. This developer is also expected to provide or arrange for
the  provision of design,  construction,  construction  oversight  and licensure
services for these  facilities.  The Company intends to finance these facilities
through  sale/leaseback  arrangements with real estate investment trusts or with
mortgage  financing.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources." 
    

   The Company expects that the average construction time for a typical assisted
living  facility  will be  approximately  six to nine  months,  depending on the
number of units.  Once a site is developed,  the Company  estimates that it will
take  approximately six to 12 months for the assisted living facility to achieve
a stabilized level of occupancy.

COMPETITION

   The senior housing and healthcare  industries are highly  competitive and the
Company expects that the assisted living business in particular will become more
competitive in the future.  The Company will continue to face  competition  from
numerous local, regional and national providers of assisted living and long-term
care  whose  facilities  and  services  are on  either  end of the  senior  care
continuum.  The Company will compete with such facilities primarily on the bases
of cost,  quality of care, array of services  provided and physician  referrals.
The Company will also compete with companies  providing  home based  healthcare,
and even  family  members,  based on those  factors  as well as the  reputation,
geographic  location,  physical appearance of facilities and family preferences.
Some of the  Company's  competitors  operate  on a  not-for-profit  basis  or as
charitable  organizations,  while others have, or may obtain,  greater financial
resources than those of the Company.  However,  the Company anticipates that its
most  significant  competition  will come from other assisted living  facilities
within the same geographic area as the Company's facilities because management's
experience  indicates  that  senior  citizens  frequently  elect  to  move  into
facilities near their homes.

                                       44



<PAGE>

   Moreover,  in the  implementation  of the Company's  expansion  program,  the
Company  expects to face  competition  for the  acquisition  and  development of
assisted  living  facilities.  Some  of  the  Company's  current  and  potential
competitors are significantly  larger or have, or may obtain,  greater financial
resources  than those of the  Company.  Consequently,  there can be no assurance
that the Company will not encounter  increased  competition  in the future which
could limit its ability to attract  residents  or expand its  business and could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition,  results of
operations and prospects. See "Risk Factors -- Competition."

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

   The Company's  assisted  living  facilities are subject to varying degrees of
regulation and licensing by local and state health and social  service  agencies
and other regulatory  authorities specific to their location.  While regulations
and licensing  requirements  often vary  significantly from state to state, they
typically  address,  among  other  things:  personnel  education,  training  and
records; facility services,  including administration of medication,  assistance
with  self-administration  of medication and limited nursing services;  physical
plant  specifications;  furnishing  of  resident  units;  food and  housekeeping
services;  emergency evacuation plans; and resident rights and responsibilities.
In several states assisted living  facilities also require a certificate of need
before the facility can be opened.  In most states,  assisted living  facilities
also are subject to state or local building  codes,  fire codes and food service
licensure  or  certification  requirements.  Like other  healthcare  facilities,
assisted  living  facilities  are subject to periodic  survey or  inspection  by
governmental  authorities.  The  Company's  success  will  depend in part on its
ability to satisfy such regulations and requirements and to acquire and maintain
any required licenses. The Company's operations could also be adversely affected
by, among other things,  regulatory  developments such as mandatory increases in
the scope and quality of care afforded  residents and revisions in licensing and
certification standards.

   Certain  states  provide  for  Medicaid  reimbursement  for  assisted  living
services  pursuant  to  Medicaid  Waiver  Programs   permitted  by  the  Federal
government. In the event the Company elects to provide services in states with a
Medicaid  Waiver  Program,  the Company may then elect to become  certified as a
Medicaid provider in such states.  The Company is subject to certain federal and
state laws that regulate  relationships among providers of healthcare  services.
These laws include the Medicare and  Medicaid  anti-kickback  provisions  of the
Social  Security Act, which prohibit the payment or receipt of any  remuneration
by anyone in return for,  or to induce,  the  referral of patients  for items or
services  that are paid for, in whole or in part,  by Medicare  or  Medicaid.  A
violation  of these  provisions  may result in civil or criminal  penalties  for
individuals or entities and/or exclusion from  participation in the Medicare and
Medicaid  programs.  The  Company  intends to comply with all  applicable  laws,
including  the fraud and abuse laws;  however,  there can be no  assurance  that
administrative  or judicial  interpretation of existing laws or regulations will
not in the future have a material  adverse  impact on the  Company's  results of
operations  or  financial   condition.   See  "Risk   Factors  --   Governmental
Regulation."

   The Company's  failure to comply with such  regulations  could jeopardize its
reimbursement  payments for any affected residents and could result in fines and
the  suspension  or failure to renew the  Company's  operating  licenses.  These
actions  could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business  and
operating  results and on its ability to develop and acquire  properties  in the
future.  The  Company  believes  that it is  currently  in  compliance  with all
material  applicable  regulations and requirements  with respect to its assisted
living facilities.

   
   Twelve of the Company's 81 skilled  nursing beds are  currently  certified to
receive  benefits  as a skilled  nursing  facility  provider  under  the  Health
Insurance  for the Aged and Disabled Act (commonly  referred to as  "Medicare"),
and  substantially  all are also certified  under programs  administered  by the
various  states using federal and state funds to provide  medical  assistance to
qualifying  needy   individuals   ("Medicaid").   Both  initial  and  continuing
qualification of a skilled nursing care facility to participate in such programs
depend  upon  many  factors  including,  among  other  things,   accommodations,
equipment,  services, patient care, safety, personnel, physical environment, and
adequate policies, procedures and controls.
    

                                       45


<PAGE>

   Under the Medicare program, the federal government pays the reasonable direct
and  indirect  allowable  costs  (including  depreciation  and  interest) of the
services furnished.  Under the various Medicaid programs, the federal government
supplements funds provided by the participating states for medical assistance to
qualifying  needy  individuals.  The programs are administered by the applicable
state welfare or social service  agencies.  Although Medicaid programs vary from
state to state,  typically they provide for the payment of certain expenses,  up
to established limits. Funds received by the Company under Medicare and Medicaid
are  subject to audit with  respect to the  proper  preparation  of annual  cost
reports upon which reimbursement is based. Such audits can result in retroactive
adjustments of revenue from these  programs,  resulting in either amounts due to
the  government  agency from the  Company or amounts  due the  Company  from the
government agency.

   Both the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs  are  subject  to  statutory  and
regulatory   changes,   administrative   rulings,   interpretations   of  policy
determinations by insurance  companies acting as Medicare fiscal  intermediaries
and governmental funding  restrictions,  all of which may materially increase or
decrease  the rate of program  payments to  healthcare  facilities.  Since 1985,
Congress has  consistently  attempted to limited the growth of federal  spending
under the Medicare and Medicaid  programs.  In addition,  a number of healthcare
reform  proposals  have been  introduced in Congress in recent years.  It is not
clear at this time what proposals,  if any, will be adopted or, if adopted, what
effect such proposals would have on the Company's business. The Company can give
no assurance  that  payments  under such programs will in the future remain at a
level  comparable  to the present  level or be sufficient to cover the operating
and fixed costs  allocable to such  patients.  Changes in  reimbursement  levels
under  Medicare or Medicaid and changes in applicable  governmental  regulations
could significantly affect the Company's results of operations.  It is uncertain
at this time  whether  legislation  on  healthcare  reform  will  ultimately  be
implemented or whether other changes in the  administration or interpretation of
governmental  healthcare  programs  will occur.  There can be no assurance  that
future  healthcare  legislation  or  other  changes  in  the  administration  or
interpretation  of  governmental  healthcare  programs  will not have an adverse
effect on the results of operations of the Company.  The Company  cannot at this
time predict whether any healthcare  reform  legislation  will be adopted or, if
adopted and implemented,  what effect, if any, such legislation will have on the
Company.

   Under the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act of 1990,  all  places of public
accommodation  are  required to meet  certain  federal  requirements  related to
access and use by disabled persons.  A number of additional  federal,  state and
local laws exist which also may require  modifications  to existing  and planned
properties to create access to the  properties  by disabled  persons.  While the
Company  believes that its  properties  are  substantially  in  compliance  with
present  requirements  or are exempt  therefrom,  if required  changes involve a
greater expenditure than anticipated or must be made on a more accelerated basis
than  anticipated,  additional  costs would be incurred by the Company.  Further
legislation may impose additional burdens or restrictions with respect to access
by disabled persons, the costs of compliance with which could be substantial.

   The  Company  and its  activities  are  subject to zoning and other state and
local government regulations. Zoning variances or use permits are often required
for construction.  Severely restrictive  regulations could impair the ability of
the Company to open additional  residences at desired  locations or could result
in costly delays, which could adversely affect the Company's growth strategy and
results of  operations.  See "Risk  Factors -- Limited  Development  Experience;
Development   Delays  and  Cost  Overruns,"  "--  Business   Strategy"  and  "--
Development and Acquisition."

EMPLOYEES

   
   As of July 30, 1996, the Company had 482  employees,  including 270 full-time
employees, of which 21 were employed at the Company's headquarters.  None of the
Company's employees are currently  represented by a labor union, and the Company
is not aware of any union-organizing  activity among its employees.  The Company
believes that its relationship with its employees is good. 
    

   Although  the  Company  believes  it is able  to  employ  sufficient  skilled
personnel to staff the facilities it operates or manages,  a shortage of skilled
personnel in any of the geographic areas in which it

                                       46


<PAGE>

operates could adversely affect the Company's ability to recruit and retain
qualified employees and control its operating expenses. See "Risk Factors --
Dependence on Senior Management and Skilled Personnel" and "-- Staffing and
Labor Costs."

EXECUTIVE OFFICES

   
   The Company's executive offices are located in Bonita Springs, Florida, where
it has leased approximately 20,000 square feet.
    

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   The Company is involved in various  lawsuits and claims arising in the normal
course of business.  In the opinion of management  of the Company,  although the
outcomes of these suits and claims are  uncertain,  in the aggregate they should
not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

                                       47


<PAGE>
                                  MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

   The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  with  respect to the
executive officers and directors of the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NAME                     AGE  POSITION
- ----                     ---  --------
<S>                     <C>   <C>
Robert N. Elkins,

M.D...................  53    Chairman of the Board of Directors
Edward J. Komp........  42    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
                              Senior Vice President -- Chief Operating Officer and
Kayda A. Johnson......  48    Secretary
                              Senior Vice President -- Chief Financial Officer and
John B. Poole.........  44    Treasurer
Kyle D. Shatterly ....  35    Senior Vice President -- Acquisitions and
                              Development
Luis Bared............  46    Director
Lawrence P. Cirka ....  45    Director
Charles A. Laverty ...  51    Director
Lisa K. Merritt.......  36    Director
</TABLE>
- ----------

   Robert N.  Elkins,  M.D.  became the  Chairman of the Board of the Company in
June 1996.  Dr.  Elkins has been the  Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive
Officer of IHS, the selling  stockholder in this offering,  since March 1986 and
he served as  President  of IHS from March  1986 to July  1994.  From 1980 until
co-founding  IHS in 1985,  Dr.  Elkins was a  co-founder  and Vice  President of
Continental  Care Centers,  Inc., an owner and operator of long-term  healthcare
facilities.  From 1976 through 1980, Dr. Elkins was a practicing physician.  Dr.
Elkins is a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania, received his M.D. degree
from the Upstate Medical Center, State University of New York, and completed his
residency at Harvard  University  Medical  Center.  Dr.  Elkins is a director of
Capstone  Capital  Corporation,  Community  Care of America,  Inc. and UroHealth
Systems, Inc.

   Edward J. Komp has served as  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company since March 1996 and as a director of the Company since June 1996. Prior
to  joining  the  Company,  he served  as  Executive  Vice  President--Corporate
Operations  of  IHS  from  November  1995  to  March  1996  and as  Senior  Vice
President--Managed  Operations of IHS from October 1993 to November 1995,  where
he had  operational  responsibility  for over 100 assisted  living and long-term
care facilities with  approximately  13,000 beds nationwide.  From 1979 until he
joined  IHS,  Mr.  Komp  served in  various  senior  operational  and  financial
capacities with National Medical Enterprises, Inc., now Tenet Healthcare Corp.

   Kayda A. Johnson has served as Senior Vice President--Chief Operating Officer
and Secretary of the Company since March 1996. Prior to joining the Company, she
served as Senior Vice  President for  Operations of IHS'  Retirement  Management
Services  division  from March 1991.  Prior to joining  IHS, she was Director of
Operations  for Forum  Group from 1990,  and from 1982 to 1990 she was  regional
Vice President of Operations for Retirement  Corporation of America. Ms. Johnson
is a licensed  Nursing Home  Administrator  and Registered  Nurse. She is also a
licensed Preceptor for Nursing Home  Administrators and a Certified  Residential
Care Administrator.  She has served on the faculty of the University of Redlands
for the past 15 years,  teaching business and management  courses to MBA and BBA
students.  She is a member of the Board of Directors of the National Association
for the Senior Living  Industries  ("NASLI") and serves as NASLI's  Commissioner
for Health Care as well as on the  Executive  Committee.  She is a member of the
Board of Directors  of the Assisted  Living  Facilities  Association  of America
("ALFAA");  serves on the  Residential  Services  Committee  for the  California
Association of Homes and Services for the Aged ("CAHSA"); and is a member of the
advisory committee of the American Seniors Housing Association.  She also serves
on the Assisted Living  Advisory Board of the American  Health Care  Association
("AHCA"), the Assisted Living Advisory Board -- Contemporary Long Term Care, and
the Advisory Group for the NIC.

                                       48



<PAGE>

   John B. Poole has served as Chief  Financial  Officer  of the  Company  since
March  1996.  From  November  1995  until he joined  the  Company,  he was as an
independent  consultant to the long-term care  industry.  From July 1994 through
October 1995 he served as Chief Financial  Officer of American Care Communities,
Inc.,  an owner and  operator of  assisted  living  residences.  From March 1993
through  June 1994 he served as Chief  Financial  Officer of Medifit of America,
Inc., an owner and operator of outpatient physical therapy centers and corporate
fitness centers. From October 1990 to February 1993 he served as Chief Financial
Officer of Frankwood  Holdings,  Ltd.,  an owner and  operator of a  third-party
administrator  of health  claims.  From 1979 to August 1990 he served in various
positions  at Beverly  Enterprises,  Inc.,  an owner and  operator of  long-term
health care  facilities,  including  Senior Vice President and Chief  Accounting
Officer,  where he had responsibility for all accounting and data processing for
the entire company.

   Kyle D.  Shatterly has served as Senior Vice  President of  Acquisitions  and
Development  of the  Company  since April  1996.  From 1988 until 1995,  he held
concurrent Vice President  positions at both Health Equity Properties ("EQP"), a
New York Stock  Exchange  listed real  estate  investment  trust,  and at Benton
Investment Company ("BIC").  BIC was a holding company that controlled over $300
million of real estate assets, in addition to owning several operating companies
that specialized in healthcare,  multi-family housing and computer networks. EQP
served as an advisory  affiliate of BIC. His  responsibilities  included mergers
and acquisitions,  financial  analysis and structured  finance.  From 1982 until
1987,  he was  employed  by  Merrill  Lynch  & Co.  and  Alex.  Brown  and  Sons
Incorporated.

   Luis Bared has served as a director of the Company since June 1996. Mr. Bared
is currently the Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of several  closely held
businesses  located  in  Puerto  Rico and also  serves  as  President  and Chief
Operating  Officer of DFI  Caribbean,  a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of Duty Free
International  (DFI), a New York Stock Exchange listed company.  From 1975 until
the sale of the company in May,  1993,  Mr.  Bared  served as Chairman and Chief
Executive  Officer of Bared Jewelers of the V.I., Inc., a chain of six duty-free
stores  established  by Mr. Bared in 1975,  with  locations  in the U.S.  Virgin
Islands.

   Lawrence P. Cirka became a director of the Company in June 1996.  He has been
President and Chief  Operating  Officer of IHS since July 1994 and a director of
IHS since July 1994. He was Senior Vice  President and Chief  Operating  Officer
from  October  1987 to July 1994.  Prior to joining  IHS,  Mr.  Cirka  served in
various operational capacities with Unicare Healthcare Corporation,  a long-term
health care  company,  for 15 years,  most  recently  as Vice  President-Western
Division.

   Charles A.  Laverty  became a  director  of the  Company  in June  1996.  Mr.
Laverty,  Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer  of  UroHealth  Systems,  Inc.
("UroHealth"),  became President and Chief Executive  Officer in September 1994,
and Chairman of the Board of Directors of UroHealth in December  1994.  Prior to
joining  UroHealth,  Mr. Laverty was employed as Senior Executive Vice President
and was a director of Coram  Healthcare  Corporation,  a home  infusion  therapy
company  which was formed in 1994 by the  merger of  Curaflex  Health  Services,
Inc.,  HealthInfusion,  Inc., Medisys,  Inc., and T(2) Medical, Inc. Mr. Laverty
served as the Chairman of the Board,  President and Chief  Executive  Officer of
Curaflex  Health  Services  from  February  1989 to  August  1994.  Prior to his
association  with Curaflex,  Mr. Laverty served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of InfusionCare,  Inc., a home infusion services  company,  from October
1988 to February  1989. In addition,  he has held several  positions,  including
Chief  Operating  Officer,  with Foster Medical  Corporation,  a durable medical
equipment supply company, and worked in both sales and management for C.R. Bard,
a medical device company.

   Lisa K. Merritt became a director of the Company in June 1996. She has been a
Vice President of The Chase Manhattan  Private Bank since May 1996. From January
1989 to May 1996, Ms. Merritt served as Vice President/District Manager of Chase
Manhattan  Personal Financial Services and from July 1987 to January 1989 served
in various  capacities,  including  commercial  real  estate,  residential  real
estate,  and consumer  lending at Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  N.A. Prior to joining
Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  Ms.  Merritt was  Divisional  Vice President at Pioneer
Savings Bank from 1986 to 1987.  From 1983 to 1986, she served as Assistant Vice
President at  Presidential  Bank. Ms. Merritt is a past Director of the Mortgage
Bankers Association of Southwest Florida.

   The  Company's  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation   provides  for  the
classification  of the Board of Directors into three classes of directors (Class
I, Class II and Class III),  with the term of each class  expiring at successive
annual stockholders' meetings. At and after the 1997 Annual Meeting of Stock

                                       49


<PAGE>

holders,  all nominees of the class  standing  for election  will be elected for
three-year  terms.  The terms of office for Messrs.  Bared and Laverty expire at
the 1997 Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders,  the terms of office of Mr. Cirka and
Ms.  Merritt expire at the 1998 Annual  Meeting  Stockholders,  and the terms of
office  of Dr.  Elkins  and Mr.  Komp  expire  at the  1999  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders.

   The  executive  officers of the Company are elected  annually by the Board of
Directors  following  the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  and  serve  at the
discretion of the Board of Directors.

   The members of the Audit  Committee  and the  Compensation  Committee are Mr.
Laverty,  Mr. Bared and Ms. Merritt. The Audit Committee reviews the adequacy of
the  Company's  internal  control  systems and financial  reporting  procedures,
reviews  the  general  scope of the  annual  audit,  reviews  and  monitors  the
performance  of non-audit  services by the  Company's  independent  auditors and
reviews interested  transactions  between the Company and any of its affiliates.
The  Compensation  Committee  administers the Company's Stock Incentive Plan and
makes  recommendations  to the Board  concerning  compensation for the Company's
officers and employees.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

   The  Company  will  pay  each  director  who is not an  employee  $1,000  for
attendance  in  person  at each  meeting  of the  Board of  Directors  or of any
committee  thereof held on a day on which the Board of Directors  does not meet.
In addition,  the Company  will  reimburse  the  directors  for travel  expenses
incurred in connection with their activities on behalf of the Company. Directors
have been granted  options to purchase  Common Stock and will also receive stock
options under the Company's  Non-Employee  Director  Stock Option Plan.  See "--
Stock Options."

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   The Company was organized in November 1995.  During fiscal 1995, Mr. Komp and
Ms. Johnson served as executive officers of IHS. For the year ended December 31,
1995, Mr. Komp received from IHS a salary of $261,000,  a cash bonus of $32,500,
a bonus  consisting  of 2,614  shares  of IHS  common  stock  (having a value of
$57,508  based  on the  $22.00  price  of the IHS  common  stock  on the date of
issuance),  a car  allowance  of $6,000 and a $67,720  contribution  by IHS to a
Supplemental  Deferred  Compensation Plan. For the year ended December 31, 1995,
Ms. Johnson received from IHS a salary of $162,665, a cash bonus of $15,000, and
a bonus  consisting of 682 shares of IHS common stock (having a value of $15,004
based on the  $22.00  price of the IHS  common  stock on the date of  issuance).
Neither  Mr.  Poole nor Mr.  Shatterly,  the  other  executive  officers  of the
Company,  was  employed  by IHS or the  Company  during  1995.  For  information
regarding the 1996  compensation  for Messrs.  Komp, Poole and Shatterly and Ms.
Johnson see "--Employment Agreements."

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

   The Company is a party to Employment Agreements (the "Employment Agreements")
with  each of  Edward  J.  Komp,  Kayda A.  Johnson,  John B.  Poole and Kyle D.
Shatterly  to serve as  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Senior  Vice
President -- Chief Operating  Officer,  Senior Vice President -- Chief Financial
Officer and Senior Vice President -- Acquisitions and Development, respectively.
Subject to earlier termination, as discussed below, each Employment Agreement is
for a three-year  term  commencing as of May 1, 1996;  however,  the  Employment
Agreements of Mr. Komp and Ms. Johnson provide for automatic one-year extensions
on each  anniversary  thereof  unless 120 days' notice of nonrenewal is given by
either  party prior to such  anniversary  date.  The current  annual base salary
("Base Salary") for each executive is:  $285,000 for Mr. Komp;  $195,000 for Ms.
Johnson; $150,000 for Mr. Poole; and $135,000 for Mr. Shatterly. Each Employment
Agreement  provides that the executive's Base Salary is to be increased annually
by a percentage  equal to the  percentage  increase in the Consumer  Price Index
("CPI")  and,  with  respect  to each  executive  other than Mr.  Komp,  by such
additional  amounts as may be  determined  in the  discretion  of the  Company's
President  or Chief  Executive  Officer.  The  Base  Salary  of Mr.  Komp may be
increased in the  discretion of the Board of Directors.  Each executive may also
receive  annual cash bonuses in an amount  determined  in the  discretion of the
Board

                                       50


<PAGE>

of Directors;  provided,  however,  if the Company meets or exceeds  performance
goals  specified by the Board of Directors,  each executive will receive a bonus
of not  less  than  30% of Base  Salary  (50%  in the  case  of Mr.  Komp).  Mr.
Shatterly's  and Mr.  Poole's 1996 bonus will be prorated from the date of their
respective Employment Agreements.

   Pursuant to the  Employment  Agreements,  each  executive  is entitled to (a)
comprehensive  individual and dependent health insurance,  (b) Company paid life
insurance  coverage  in the amount of  $500,000  ($1,000,000  in the case of Mr.
Komp) and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, (c) disability insurance
coverage in a monthly  benefit amount equal to the sum of the  executive's  Base
Salary plus a "Bonus Amount" (as defined in the Employment  Agreements),  (d) an
annual automobile allowance of $9,600, subject to increase based on the CPI, (e)
a Company paid  personal  umbrella  (excess)  insurance  policy in the amount of
$2,000,000  ($5,000,000  in the case of Mr. Komp),  and (f)  participate  in any
executive   retirement  program   established  and  maintained  by  the  Company
(collectively,  the  "Executive  Benefits").  In  addition,  each  executive  is
entitled  to  receive  equity-based   compensation  in  the  discretion  of  the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Company has also agreed to
reimburse each executive (other than Ms. Johnson) for certain expenses  incurred
as a result of their relocation to Florida.

   The  Employment  Agreement with Mr. Komp may be terminated by either party on
90 days' notice.  Upon termination of Mr. Komp's  employment  without Cause, the
expiration of, or the Company's failure to renew, the Employment  Agreement,  or
the  resignation  of Mr. Komp for Good Reason,  Mr. Komp will be entitled to the
sum of (1)  the  remaining  Base  Salary  due  under  his  Employment  Agreement
(generally three years unless prior notice of nonrenewal has been given) and (2)
the higher of his bonus in the year of  termination  or in the previous year. In
addition,  Mr. Komp will  continue to receive his  existing  level of  Executive
Benefits or the level of Executive  Benefits received during the preceding year,
whichever is greater,  throughout the severance  period  (generally three years)
and all stock options,  other equity-based rights and rights under the Company's
Supplemental  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  ("SERP")  then held by Mr. Komp will
become fully vested.  The  Employment  Agreements  with Ms.  Johnson and Messrs.
Poole and  Shatterly  may each be terminated by either party on 90 days' notice.
Upon termination without Cause, the expiration of the Employment  Agreement,  or
the  resignation  of the  executive  for  Good  Reason,  or,  in the case of Ms.
Johnson,  the failure to renew the Employment  Agreement,  the executive will be
entitled  to a payment of one and  one-half  times the sum of (1) the greater of
his or her salary in the year of termination or in the previous year and (2) the
higher of his or her bonus in the year of  termination  or in the previous year.
In addition,  for a period of 18 months following such termination,  each of Ms.
Johnson and Messrs.  Poole and Shatterly will continue to receive their existing
level of Executive  Benefits or the level of Executive  Benefits received during
the  preceding  year,  whichever  is  greater,  and  all  stock  options,  other
equity-based  rights and SERP rights then held by Ms. Johnson and Messrs.  Poole
or Shatterly, respectively, will become fully vested.

   For purposes of each of the Employment Agreements,  "Cause" is defined as (i)
material failure to perform duties,  (ii) material breach of  confidentiality or
noncompete provisions,  (iii) conviction of a felony, or (iv) theft, larceny, or
embezzlement  of Company  property.  "Good  Reason" is defined as (i) a material
breach of the  agreement  by the Company or (ii)  resignation  of the  executive
within one year after a change in control.  A "change of control" of the Company
is deemed to occur  under the  Employment  Agreements,  in  general:  (i) when a
person, other than the executive or a group controlled by the executive, becomes
the "beneficial owner" of 20% or more of the Company's Common Stock, (ii) in the
event of  certain  mergers  or  consolidations  in which the  Company is not the
surviving  entity,  (iii)  in the  event  of the  sale,  lease  or  transfer  of
substantially  all of the Company's  assets or the liquidation of the Company or
(iv) if, within any 24-month  period,  the persons who were members of the Board
of Directors at the  beginning of such period cease to  constitute a majority of
the Board of Directors of the Company or any successor entity.

   Each Employment Agreement contains covenants by the executive to, among other
things,  maintain the confidentiality of trade secrets of the Company during the
term of their Employment Agreements and thereafter,  as well as covenants not to
solicit  employees  or  customers  of the Company and not to be employed or have
certain other relationships with entities which are directly in the business of

                                       51


<PAGE>

owning,  operating or managing  facilities  which compete with any such facility
then operated by the Company or any of its subsidiaries during the term of their
Employment Agreement and for a 12 month period thereafter.

STOCK OPTIONS

   
   Stock  Incentive Plan. The Company adopted the Stock Incentive Plan to enable
the  Company  and its  stockholders  to secure  the  benefits  of  Common  Stock
ownership  by key  personnel  of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries.  The Stock
Incentive  Plan  permits the  issuance of  restricted  stock and the granting of
options to purchase an aggregate of 470,040 shares of the Company's Common Stock
to key employees of and  consultants to the Company or any of its  subsidiaries.
Directors  who perform  services for the Company  solely in their  capacities as
directors  are not  eligible to receive  shares of  restricted  stock or options
under the Stock  Incentive  Plan. The number of shares which may be issued under
the Stock  Incentive Plan is subject to adjustment in proportion to any increase
or  decrease in the number of issued  shares of Common  Stock  resulting  from a
stock  dividend,  split-up,  consolidation  or any similar  capital  adjustment.
Options  granted under the Stock  Incentive Plan may be either  incentive  stock
options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended ("ISOs"), or options which do not qualify as ISOs ("non-ISOs").
    

   The Stock Incentive Plan will be administered by the  Compensation  Committee
of the Board of Directors  (the  "Committee").  No member of the  Committee  may
receive an option or a  restricted  stock award under the Stock  Incentive  Plan
within one year prior to his or her becoming a member of the Committee or at any
time  while he or she is serving  as a member of the  Committee.  Subject to the
provisions  of the Stock  Incentive  Plan,  the  Committee  has the authority to
determine the  individuals  to whom shares of restricted  stock or stock options
will be granted, the number of shares to be issued or covered by each restricted
stock or option  grant,  the purchase or option price,  the type of option,  the
option period, the vesting restrictions or repurchase restrictions, if any, with
respect to the  restricted  stock or exercise  of the option,  the terms for the
payment  of the  restricted  stock or the  option  price  and  other  terms  and
conditions. Payment for shares under a restricted stock award or pursuant to the
exercise of an option may be made (as determined by the Committee) in cash or by
shares of Common Stock.

   The exercise  price for shares covered by an ISO may not be less than 100% of
the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant (110% in the case
of a grant  to an  employee  who  owns  stock  possessing  more  than 10% of the
combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any  subsidiary
entitled  to vote (a "10%  Stockholder")).  The  purchase  price  for  shares of
restricted  stock and the exercise price for shares covered by a non-ISO may not
be less than the par value of the Common Stock at the date of grant. All options
must expire no later than ten years (five years in the case of an ISO granted to
a 10%  Stockholder)  from the date of  grant.  The  Stock  Incentive  Plan  also
provides that the options will become  exercisable  and restricted  stock awards
will become  fully  vested upon a change in control of the Company or if, at any
time  within  two years  following  the date any person (as such term is used in
Section  13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the Exchange  Act) shall  become the  beneficial
owner  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act) of 30% or more
of the  Company's  outstanding  Common  Stock  other than  pursuant to a plan or
arrangement  entered  into by such  person and the  Company,  either the Company
terminates  the optionee's  employment  (other than for Cause (as defined in the
Stock  Incentive  Plan)),  or the optionee  leaves the employ of the Company for
Good Reason (as defined in the Stock  Incentive  Plan).  A "change in control of
the  Company"  is  deemed  to occur if (i) there  shall be  consummated  (x) any
consolidation  or  merger  of the  Company  in  which  the  Company  is not  the
continuing  or  surviving  entity or pursuant to which  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock would be converted into cash,  securities or other property,  other
than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company's  Common Stock
immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate  ownership of common
stock of the  surviving  corporation  immediately  after the merger,  or (y) any
sale,  lease,  exchange or other  transfer  (in one  transaction  or a series of
related  transactions)  of all,  or  substantially  all,  of the  assets  of the
Company,  or (ii) the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  approve any plan or
proposal for  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the Company,  or (iii) during any
period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period
constitute

                                       52


<PAGE>

the  entire  Board of  Directors  shall  cease for any  reason to  constitute  a
majority  thereof  unless the election,  or the  nomination  for election by the
Company's stockholders,  of each new director was approved by a vote of at least
two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who were directors at the
beginning of the period. In general,  no option may be exercised more than three
months after the termination of the optionee's  service with the Company and its
subsidiaries.  However,  the three-month  period is extended to twelve months if
the  optionee's  service is  terminated by reason of disability or death and the
Committee  may in  its  discretion  extend  the  period  of  exercise  following
termination  of  employment.  No  individual  may be  granted  ISOs that  become
exercisable  for the first time in any  calendar  year for Common Stock having a
fair market value at the time of grant in excess of $100,000.  In addition,  the
maximum  option  grant  which may be made to an  employee  of the  Company  in a
calendar year shall not cover more than 500,000 shares.

   Options may not be transferred during the lifetime of an optionee. Subject to
certain  limitations  set forth in the Stock  Incentive Plan and applicable law,
the Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Stock  Incentive  Plan. In any
event,  no  restricted  stock awards or stock  options may be granted  under the
Stock Incentive Plan after May 24, 2006.

   
   On June 10, 1996, each of Ms. Johnson and Messrs.  Komp,  Poole and Shatterly
was granted an option to purchase 78,000 shares,  157,000 shares,  78,000 shares
and 55,000 shares, respectively,  of Common Stock at an exercise price per share
equal to the initial  public  offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus.  The options become  exercisable  in five equal annual  installments
commencing  June 10, 1997. The options expire on the earlier of June 10, 2006 or
three  months  after the  optionee  ceases to be an employee of the Company (one
year if by reason of death or disability).

   Non-Plan Director Options. On June 10, 1996, each of Ms. Merritt,  Dr. Elkins
and Messrs.  Bared,  Cirka and Laverty was granted an option to purchase  16,000
shares,  235,000  shares,  28,000  shares,  98,000  shares  and  28,000  shares,
respectively,  of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price  per  share  equal to the
initial public  offering  price set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus.
These options become exercisable in three equal annual installments,  commencing
June 10, 1997,  although  they will become  immediately  exercisable  upon (i) a
change in control of the Company (as defined below under "Non-Employee  Director
Stock Option  Plan"),  (ii) the removal  (other than for  justifiable  cause (as
defined in the option  agreement)) of the optionee as, or the Company's  failure
to renominate (other than for justifiable cause) the optionee for election as, a
director  of the  Company at any time  within two years  following  the date any
person (as such term is used in Section  13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act)
shall become the  beneficial  owner  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange  Act) of 30% or more of the  Company's  outstanding  Common Stock other
than  pursuant  to a plan or  arrangement  entered  into by such  person and the
Company, or (iii) the death or disability of the optionee. The options expire on
the earlier to occur of June 10, 2006 or six months after the optionee ceases to
be a director (one year if by reason of death or disability).

   Non-Employee  Director  Stock  Option  Plan.  The  Company  has  adopted  the
Non-Employee  Director Stock Option Plan (the  "Non-Employee  Director Plan") to
promote the Company's  interests by attracting  and  retaining  highly  skilled,
experienced  and   knowledgeable   non-employee   directors.   Pursuant  to  the
Non-Employee  Director  Plan,  each  non-employee  director of the Company  will
automatically  receive on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of the
Company (the "Grant Date")  following  completion of this  offering,  as long as
such person  remains a director  following  such meeting,  an option to purchase
7,500  shares  of the  Company's  Common  Stock  (the  "Option")  at a per share
exercise  price equal to the fair market  value of the Common Stock on the Grant
Date. A total of 75,000 shares are reserved for issuance under the  Non-Employee
Director Plan.  The number of shares which may be issued under the  Non-Employee
Director  Plan is subject to  adjustment  to reflect any increase or decrease in
the  number of  shares  of Common  Stock  resulting  from a stock  split,  stock
dividend, consolidation or other similar capital adjustment. 
    

   Except as set forth below,  Options become  exercisable in three equal annual
installments commencing on the first anniversary of the Grant Date. In the event
that a director ceases to be a director of the Company, such person may exercise
the Option if it is exercisable by him at the time he ceases to be a

                                       53


<PAGE>

director  of the  Company,  within six  months  after the date he ceases to be a
director  of the  Company  (one year if he ceases to be a director  by reason of
death or disability).  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the event a "Change of
Control of the Company" shall occur,  or the optionee is removed (other than for
justifiable cause (as defined in the Non-Employee  Director Plan)) as, or is not
renominated  (other than for  justifiable  cause) for election as, a director of
the Company at any time within two years  following the date any person (as such
term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) shall become the
beneficial  owner  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act) of
30% or more of the Company's  outstanding  Common Stock other than pursuant to a
plan or  arrangement  entered  into by such  person  and the  Company,  then all
options granted under the Non-Employee  Director Plan which are then outstanding
shall immediately become exercisable. A "Change in Control of the Company" shall
be deemed to occur if (i) there shall be consummated  (x) any  consolidation  or
merger of the Company in which the Company is not the  continuing  or  surviving
corporation  or pursuant to which shares of the Company's  Common Stock would be
converted into cash,  securities or other  property,  other than a merger of the
Company in which the holders of the Company's Common Stock  immediately prior to
the  merger  have  the  same  proportionate  ownership  of  common  stock of the
surviving  corporation  immediately  after the merger,  or (y) any sale,  lease,
exchange  or  other  transfer  (in  one  transaction  or  a  series  of  related
transactions)  of all, or  substantially  all, of the assets of the Company,  or
(ii) the  stockholders  of the Company  shall  approve any plan or proposal  for
liquidation  or  dissolution  of the Company,  or (iii) during any period of two
consecutive  years,  individuals who at the beginning of such period  constitute
the  entire  Board of  Directors  shall  cease for any  reason to  constitute  a
majority  thereof  unless the election,  or the  nomination  for election by the
Company's  stockholders,  of each  director  was  approved by a vote of at least
two-thirds  of the  directors  then  still in office who were  directors  at the
beginning of the period.  Options granted under the  Non-Employee  Director Plan
shall have a term of ten years  from the Grant Date and shall not be  "incentive
stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended.

   The Non-Employee Director Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors
of  the  Company.   However,  the  Non-Employee  Director  Plan  prescribes  the
individuals  who would be awarded  Options,  the number of shares subject to the
Options,  and the terms and conditions of each award. The Board of Directors may
at any time terminate the  Non-Employee  Director Plan and may from time to time
alter or amend the Non-Employee Director Plan or any part thereof, provided that
the  rights  of a  director  with  respect  to an option  granted  prior to such
termination, alteration or amendment may not be impaired.

   Option Grants.  The following  table sets forth certain  summary  information
concerning individual grants of stock options to each of the Company's executive
officers. No stock options were granted in the year ended December 31, 1995.

                                OPTION GRANTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                          VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                      INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                     RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                               ------------------------------                 APPRECIATION FOR
                                                                               OPTION TERM (2)
                                   PERCENT                                    ------------------
                                     OF
                                    TOTAL
                                   OPTIONS
                    NUMBER OF      GRANTED
                   SECURITIES        TO
                   UNDERLYING     EMPLOYEES   EXERCISE
                     OPTIONS         IN         PRICE     EXPIRATION
NAME               GRANTED(#)       1996    ($/SHARE)(1)     DATE       5%($)         10%($)
- ----               ----------       ----    ------------     ----       -----         ------
<S>                <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Edward J. Komp ..  157,000          34.9%      $14.00     6/10/2006    $1,381,600   $3,502,670
Kayda Johnson ...   78,000          17.3%      $14.00     6/10/2006    $  686,400   $1,740,180
John B. Poole ...   78,000          17.3%      $14.00     6/10/2006    $  686,400   $1,740,180
Kyle D.

Shatterly........   55,000          12.2%      $14.00     6/10/2006    $  484,000   $1,227,050
</TABLE>
- ----------------
   
(1)   The  exercise  price per share of all options  granted will be the initial
      public  offering price.  Each option becomes  exercisable as to 20% of the
      shares on June 10,  1997 and as to an  additional  20% on each  successive
      June 10. 
    
(2)   These amounts  represent assumed rates of appreciation in the price of the
      Company's  Common Stock during the terms of the options in accordance with
      rates  specified in  applicable  federal  securities  regulations.  Actual
      gains,  if any, on stock option  exercises will depend on the future price
      of the Common  Stock and  overall  stock  market  conditions.  There is no
      representation that the rates of appreciation reflected in this table will
      be achieved.

                                       54
<PAGE>

SUPPLEMENTAL DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

   The  Company's  Supplemental  Deferred  Compensation  Plan (the "SERP") is an
unfunded  deferred  compensation  plan which offers certain  executive and other
highly  compensated  employees an  opportunity to defer  compensation  until the
termination of their  employment with the Company.  Contributions to the SERP by
the Company,  which vest over a period of ten years, are determined by the Board
upon recommendation of the Committee and are allocated to participants' accounts
on a pro rata basis based upon the  compensation of all participants in the SERP
in the year such  contribution is made. In addition,  a participant may elect to
defer a portion of his or her  compensation and have that amount added to his or
her SERP account.  Participants  may direct the investments in their  respective
SERP accounts. All participant  contributions and the earnings thereon, plus the
participant's vested portion of the Company's  contribution account, are payable
upon termination of a participant's employment with the Company.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

   The  Compensation  Committee  currently  consists of Luis  Bared,  Charles A.
Laverty and Lisa Merritt.  Each of Messrs. Bared and Laverty and Ms. Merritt has
received  options to purchase  shares of Common Stock.  See "-- Stock Options --
Non-Plan Director Options."

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

   The Company was formed in November 1995 as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of IHS
to operate the assisted living and other senior housing facilities owned, leased
and managed by IHS.  Following the Company's  formation,  IHS transferred to the
Company as a capital  contribution  its ownership  interest in The Waterside and
The Homestead  facilities,  sublet to the Company The Shores and Cheyenne  Place
facilities,  and leased to the Company the assisted living and related  portions
of the  Treemont and West Palm Beach  facilities.  IHS also  transferred  to the
Company  all the  stock  of a  company  which  had  agreements  to  manage  nine
facilities (one of which was cancelled by mutual agreement in July 1996).

   To date IHS has provided all required  financial,  legal,  accounting,  human
resources and information systems services to the Company, and has satisfied all
the Company's capital  requirements in excess of internally generated funds. IHS
has charged the  Company a flat fee of 6% of total  revenue for these  services,
except that with respect to the Waterside  facility  prior to October 1995,  IHS
and the minority owner of the facility each charged the Company a fee of 4.5% of
monthly service fee revenue for these services.  The Company  estimates that the
cost  of  obtaining   these   services   from  third  parties  would  have  been
significantly  higher  than the fees  charged by IHS.  IHS has agreed to provide
certain  administrative  services  to the  Company  after  the  closing  of this
offering until the Company has implemented  its own MIS and accounting  systems,
which the  Company  anticipates  will occur in the fourth  quarter of 1996.  See
"Business -- Operations."

   Effective  June 1,  1996,  IHS  contributed  to the  capital  of the  Company
condominium  interests in the assisted  living  portions of the West Palm Beach,
Treemont and Vintage  facilities  to the Company as a  contribution  to capital.
These  assisted  living  facilities are  immediately  adjacent to or are located
within the same  building and share common areas with an existing IHS  facility.
Prior to the  contribution  of  condominium  interests  in the  assisted  living
portion of each of these facilities, a condominium association was created and a
Declaration of Condominium was filed that governs these facilities.  The Company
and IHS are the only members of these  condominium  associations,  and share the
cost of maintaining the common areas of such facilities.

   In connection with the Company's  operation of the West Palm Beach,  Treemont
and Vintage assisted living facilities,  the Company and an operating subsidiary
of IHS have  entered  into  Services  Agreements  whereby IHS  provides  certain
facility services to the Company. Pursuant to the individual Service Agreements,
IHS provides the Company (and its residents) with a combination of the following
services:  building  maintenance services (West Palm Beach facility only: $3,200
monthly fee paid to IHS);  housekeeping  (West Palm Beach facility only:  $2,000
monthly fee paid to IHS); laundry services (all facilities: monthly fees paid to
IHS are $850 (West Palm Beach), $1,500 (Vintage) and $3,300

                                55



<PAGE>

(Treemont));  emergency call services (all facilities:  $100 monthly fee paid to
IHS); and nutrition (resident meals) services (all facilities:  fees paid to IHS
equal $8.00 (Vintage) and $10.00 (West Palm Beach and Treemont) per resident/per
day). In addition,  pursuant to each Services Agreement,  the Company pays IHS a
monthly general building management and landscaping services fee equal to $4,583
(Vintage),  $14,166 (West Palm Beach) and $31,083 (Treemont),  respectively.  In
connection with the administration of the Vintage facility,  IHS and the Company
share the services of the executive  director and the Company pays IHS an amount
equal to thirty  percent  (30%) of the total costs and expenses  (including  all
wages,  benefits,  payroll  taxes,  and workers'  compensation  premiums) of the
executive director of the facility.  Other than the general building  management
and landscaping services fee, each of the above described fees are subject to an
annual  increase equal to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban  Consumers--All
Cities (not to exceed 4%).  Each Service  Agreement has a one-year term and will
be  automatically   renewed  for  successive  one-year  terms  unless  otherwise
terminated.  Each Service  Agreement  may be terminated by either party upon 180
days' notice or 30 days following the delivery of a notice of material breach if
the breach is not cured to the satisfaction of the non-breaching party.

   
   The  Company  and IHS are parties to an  Administrative  Services  Agreement,
dated effective June 1, 1996,  pursuant to which IHS provides  accounts payable,
accounts  receivable,  corporate  accounting,  payroll and payroll tax services,
human resources support and risk management support services (the "Services") to
the Company. The agreement allows the Company to terminate,  upon 30 days' prior
notice,  any portion of the Services  prior to the  expiration of the agreement.
The Company  will pay IHS a monthly  fee equal to 1.2% of the gross  revenues of
each of the Company's  assisted living  facilities  (subject to reduction as the
Company terminates  Services).  The initial term of the Administrative  Services
Agreement is 12 months and will be  automatically  renewed for an  additional 12
month period unless terminated.
    
   Pursuant  to  sublease  agreements  dated as of June 1,  1996,  an  operating
subsidiary of the Company subleases The Shores and The Cheyenne Place facilities
from IHS. The subleases  provide for the payment of annual rent aggregating $1.7
million,  which amount is substantially similar to the amount paid by IHS to the
property  owner ($1.4  million in rent plus $321,000 in annual  purchase  option
deposits  representing  the  facilities'  allocable  portion of the total annual
purchase  option  deposit  IHS is  required  to make).  In  connection  with the
execution  of each  sublease  agreement,  the  Company  has  executed a guaranty
agreement  whereby the Company  guarantees the payment of obligations  due under
the sublease agreements.

   
   IHS  has  made  available  to the  Company  a $75  million  revolving  credit
facility.  Borrowings  under the facility  bear  interest at the rate of 14% per
annum.  All  outstanding  borrowings,  together  with  all  accrued  but  unpaid
interest,  are  due at the  earlier  of (i) the  closing  of an  initial  public
offering by ILC or (ii) June 30,  1998.  At June 30,  1996 and August 15,  1996,
$3.4  million  and  $6.7  million,  respectively,  were  outstanding  under  the
facility.  The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering
to repay all amounts  outstanding  under this  facility.  See "Use of Proceeds."
Borrowings  under this facility  were used to finance the Company's  development
activities.

   IHS has agreed to guaranty certain  obligations of the Company to HCPI and to
certain of the Company's developers.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and Capital
Resources" and "Business -- Properties--Development."
    

                                       56


<PAGE>

                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

   

   The following table sets forth certain  information  regarding the beneficial
ownership  of the  Common  Stock of the  Company  as of August  22,  1996 and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of 2,435,700  shares of Common Stock by the Company
and the sale of  2,694,900  shares of Common  Stock by IHS,  by (i) each  person
known by the Company to own beneficially  more than 5% of the Common Stock, (ii)
each director of the Company;  (iii) each  executive  officer of the Company and
(iv) all directors and executive officers as a group. Except as otherwise noted,
each named beneficial owner has sole voting and investment power with respect to
the shares owned. 
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             SHARES BENEFICIALLY                  SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                OWNED PRIOR TO                       OWNED AFTER
                                                 OFFERING(1)         NUMBER OF        OFFERING(1)
                                              -------------------  SHARES BEING   -------------------
            NAME                               NUMBER   PERCENT     OFFERED       NUMBER    PERCENT
            ----                               ------   -------     -------       ------    -------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>       <C>            <C>         <C>
Integrated Health Services, Inc. (2) .....  3,897,900   100.0%    2,694,900      1,203,000   19.0%
Robert N. Elkins, M.D. (3)................  4,132,900   100.0%          --       1,438,000   21.9
Edward J. Komp (4)........................    157,000     3.9           --         157,000    2.4
Kayda Johnson (4).........................     78,000     2.0           --          78,000    1.2
John B. Poole (4).........................     78,000     2.0           --          78,000    1.2
Kyle D. Shatterly (4).....................     55,000     1.4           --          55,000       *
Luis Bared (4)............................     28,000        *          --          28,000       *
Lawrence P. Cirka (4).....................     98,000     2.5           --          98,000    1.5
Charles A. Laverty (4)....................     28,000        *          --          28,000       *
Lisa Merritt (4)..........................     16,000        *          --          16,000       *
All executive officers and directors as a
 group (9 persons)(5).....................  4,670,900   100.0%    2,694,900      1,976,000   27.8%

- -------------

    * Less than 1%.

(1)   Beneficial  ownership is determined  in  accordance  with the rules of the
      Securities and Exchange  Commission,  which attribute beneficial ownership
      of  securities  to persons who possess sole or shared  voting power and/or
      investment power with respect to these securities.

(2)   The address of  Integrated  Health  Services  is 10065 Red Run  Boulevard,
      Owings Mills, Maryland 21117.
   
(3)   Consists  of the  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned by IHS and  options  to
      purchase  235,000  shares of  Common  Stock,  none of which are  currently
      exercisable.  Dr.  Elkins is  Chairman  of the  Board and Chief  Executive
      Officer of IHS and,  as a result,  may be deemed to  beneficially  own the
      shares of Common  Stock  owned by IHS.  Dr.  Elkins  disclaims  beneficial
      ownership of such shares.  Dr.  Elkin's  address is c/o IHS, 8889 Pelican
      Bay Boulevard, Naples, Florida 33963.

(4)   Consists of options to purchase shares of Common Stock,  none of which are
      currently exercisable.

(5)   Consists  of the  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned by IHS and  options  to
      purchase  773,000  shares of  Common  Stock,  none of which are  currently
      exercisable.
    

</TABLE>

                                       57


<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   
   The Company is authorized to issue up to 100,000,000  shares of Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share,  3,897,900  shares of which are issued and outstanding
as of the date  hereof  and held of  record  by IHS,  and  5,000,000  shares  of
Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value,  none of which are outstanding as of the date
hereof. 
    

COMMON STOCK

   Holders of Common  Stock are  entitled to one vote for each share held on all
matters  submitted  to a vote of  stockholders.  The Common  Stock does not have
cumulative  voting  rights,  and, as a result,  the holders of a majority of the
shares of Common Stock  entitled to vote in any election of directors  may elect
all of the directors  standing for election,  and, in that event, the holders of
the  remaining  shares will not be able to elect any  directors.  Subject to the
rights and preferences of any Preferred  Stock which may be issued,  the holders
of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such  dividends,  if any, as may
be declared by the Board of Directors  out of funds legally  available  therefor
and, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders
of Common  Stock are  entitled to receive  ratably the net assets of the Company
available  after the  payment  of all debts and other  liabilities.  Holders  of
Common Stock have no preemptive, subscription,  redemption or conversion rights.
The  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock  are,  and the  shares  offered by the
Company in this  offering  will be,  when  issued  and paid for,  fully paid and
nonassessable. The rights, privileges and preferences of holders of Common Stock
will be subject to, and may be adversely  affected by, the rights of the holders
of any shares of Preferred  Stock which the Company may  designate  and issue in
the future.

   At  present,  there is no active  trading  market for the Common  Stock.  The
Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under
the  symbol  "ILCC."  See "Risk  Factors  -- No Prior  Public  Market;  Possible
Volatility of Stock Price."

PREFERRED STOCK

   The Preferred  Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series as
determined  by the Board of  Directors.  The Board of Directors is authorized to
issue the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the rights,
preferences,  privileges and restrictions  thereof,  including  dividend rights,
dividend  rates,   conversion  rights,   voting  rights,  terms  of  redemption,
redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting
any series or the designation of such series,  without further vote or action by
the stockholders.  The Preferred Stock could be issued by the Board of Directors
with voting and conversion  rights that could adversely  affect the voting power
and other rights of the holders of the Common  Stock.  In addition,  because the
terms of the  Preferred  Stock  may be fixed by the  Board of  Directors  of the
Company without  stockholder action, the Preferred Stock could be issued quickly
with terms calculated to defeat or delay a proposed takeover of the Company,  or
to make the removal of the  management  of the  Company  more  difficult.  Under
certain circumstances, this could have the effect of decreasing the market price
of the Common  Stock.  The Company has no present  plans to issue any  Preferred
Stock. See "Risk Factors -- Effect of Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions."

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

   
   The Company has granted  "piggyback"  registration rights with respect to the
shares of Common  Stock owned by IHS after this  offering.  As a result,  if the
Company  proposes to register any of its securities,  either for its own account
or for the account of other stockholders,  the Company is required, with certain
exceptions,  to notify IHS and,  subject to certain  limitations,  to include in
such  registration all of the shares of Common Stock requested to be included by
IHS. In addition,  the Company has granted to IHS certain  "shelf"  registration
rights which are exercisable beginning one year after the date of this offering.
The  Company  is  generally  required  to  pay  all  of  the  expenses  of  such
registrations other than the underwriting  discounts and commissions.  See "Risk
Factors -- Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Registration Rights." 
    

                                       58


<PAGE>

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

   
   Number of Directors.  The Restated  Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended
(the "Restated Certificate"), and By-laws of the Company provide that the number
of members of the Board of Directors be fixed from time to time by the Company's
Board of Directors,  provided that the number of directors  shall not be reduced
so as to shorten  the term of any  director  then in office.  This number may be
increased  whenever the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock which may
be issued by the Company have the right,  voting as a separate  class or series,
to elect  directors of the Company for so long as such right to elect  directors
exists. 
    
   Classification of Board of Directors. The Restated Certificate and By-laws of
the Company divide the Board of Directors into three classes,  designated  Class
I, Class II and Class  III,  respectively,  each class to be as nearly  equal in
number as possible.  The term of Class I, Class II and Class III directors  will
expire at the 1997, 1998 and 1999 annual meetings of stockholders, respectively,
and in all cases directors elected will serve until their respective  successors
are elected and  qualified.  At each annual meeting of  stockholders,  directors
will be elected to succeed  those in the class  whose  terms then  expire,  each
elected  director to serve for a term  expiring at the third  succeeding  annual
meeting of stockholders after such director's election, and until the director's
successor is elected and qualified.  Thus,  directors elected stand for election
only once in three years.
   
   Additional  Directorships,  Vacancies  and  Removal of  Directors.  Under the
Delaware  General  Corporation  Law (the "DGCL"),  the Restated  Certificate and
By-laws,   the  Board  of  Directors   is   authorized   to  create   additional
directorships,  elect such  additional  directors and fill  vacancies  which may
arise in the Board. Newly-created directorships and vacancies may be filled by a
majority of directors  then in office to hold office until the next  election of
the class for which such directors have been chosen,  and until their successors
shall be  elected  and  qualified.  In  addition,  in  accordance  with the DGCL
pertaining  to a company whose Board of Directors is  classified,  the Company's
Restated  Certificate and By-laws provide that directors may be removed only for
cause  by  vote  of the  holders  of 75% of the  shares  entitled  to vote at an
election of  directors,  except that  directors  elected by holders of Preferred
Stock may only be removed as provided in the Company's  Restated  Certificate or
the Certificate of Designation of such Preferred Stock.
    
   Stockholder Action and Special Meetings. The Restated Certificate and By-laws
provide  that any  action of  stockholders  must be  effected  at a duly  called
meeting and not by written  consent in lieu of a meeting  unless there are fewer
than two stockholders.  The By-laws do not permit stockholders of the Company to
call special  meetings of  stockholders.  A special meeting of stockholders  may
only be called by the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the  President  or the Board of
Directors  of the Company and are to be held only for the  purposes set forth in
the notice of meeting.  The  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of
the Company's then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of
directors (considered for this purpose as one class) is required to amend, alter
or repeal,  or to adopt any provision  inconsistent  with, the provisions of the
Restated  Certificate  and By-laws  described  herein or to change such required
vote.
   
   Advance  Notice   Requirements   for   Stockholder   Proposals  and  Director
Nominations.   The  By-laws  establish  an  advance  notice  procedure  for  the
nomination,  other than by or at the  direction  of the Board of  Directors or a
committee  thereof,  of candidates  for election as directors  (the  "Nomination
Procedure")  as well as for other  stockholder  proposals  to be  considered  at
annual  stockholders'  meetings.  Notice to the Company from a  stockholder  who
proposes to nominate a person at a meeting for election as a director  generally
must be given not less than 120 nor more than 150 days prior to the  anniversary
of the date  notice  of the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  was given in the
preceding year and contain:  (i) the name and record address of the  stockholder
who intends to make the nomination;  (ii) the name, age and residence address of
the nominee;  (iii) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee;  (iv)
the  class,  series and number of shares  held of  record,  beneficially  and by
proxy,  by the stockholder and the nominee as of the record date of such meeting
(if such record date is publicly  available)  and as of the date of such notice;
(v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder
and each nominee and any other  person or persons  naming such person or persons
pursuant to which

                                       59

<PAGE>

the  nomination  or  nominations  are to be made by such  stockholder;  (vi) the
written  consent of the  persons to be named as nominee and to serve if elected;
and (vii)  such other  information  relating  to the  nominee  proposed  by such
stockholder  as is required to be included  in a proxy  statement  or  otherwise
required  pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
including  the  written  consent  of each  nominee  to being  named in the proxy
statement and to serve as a director of the Company if so elected. The presiding
officer of the meeting may refuse to  acknowledge  the  nomination of any person
not made in compliance  with the Nomination  Procedure.  Similar  advance notice
must be given of any other  proposed  business  which a stockholder  proposes to
bring before an annual meeting of  stockholders.  Such notice must contain (i) a
brief  description of the business  desired to be brought before the meeting and
the reasons for  conducting  such  business  at the  meeting,  (ii) the name and
record address of the  stockholder  proposing  such  business,  (iii) the class,
series and  number of shares of the  Company's  stock  which are held of record,
beneficially  and by  proxy by the  stockholder  as of the  record  date of such
meeting (if such record date is publicly  available)  and as of the date of such
notice,  (iv) a description of all  arrangements or  understandings  between the
stockholder  and any other person or persons  (naming such person or persons) in
connection with the proposing of such business by the  stockholder,  and (v) any
material interest of the stockholder in such business.  The purpose of requiring
advance  notice is to afford the Board of Directors an  opportunity  to consider
the  qualifications  of the proposed nominees or the merits of other stockholder
proposals  and, to the extent  deemed  necessary  or  desirable  by the Board of
Directors,  to inform  stockholders  about those  matters.  Although the advance
notice  provisions  do not give the Board of  Directors  any power to approve or
disapprove of  stockholder  nominations  or proposals for action by the Company,
they may have the effect of  precluding  a contest for the election of directors
or the consideration of stockholder  proposals if the procedures  established by
the By-laws are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from
conducting a  solicitation  of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to
approve  its own  proposals,  without  regard to whether  consideration  of such
nominees  or  proposals  might be harmful or  beneficial  to the Company and its
stockholders. 
    

   Anti-Takeover  Effects.  The foregoing provisions of the Restated Certificate
and By-laws could discourage potential  acquisition proposals and could delay or
prevent a change in control of the  Company.  These  provisions  are intended to
enhance the  continuity and stability of the Board of Directors and the policies
formulated  by the  Board  of  Directors  and to  discourage  certain  types  of
transactions  that may involve an actual or threatened  change in control of the
Company.  These provisions are also designed to reduce the  vulnerability of the
Company to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics
that may be used in proxy fights.  However, such provisions may discourage third
parties from making  tender offers for the Company's  shares.  As a result,  the
market  price of the Common  Stock may not benefit  from any premium  that might
occur in  anticipation  of a  threatened  or  actual  change  in  control.  Such
provisions  also may have the effect of preventing  changes in the management of
the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Effect of Certain Anti-Takeover Provisons."

DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW

   Under Section 203 of the DGCL (the  "Delaware  anti-takeover  law"),  certain
"business  combinations" between a Delaware corporation whose stock generally is
publicly  traded  or held of  record  by more  than  2,000  stockholders  and an
"interested  stockholder"  are prohibited for a three-year  period following the
date that such  stockholder  became an  interested  stockholder,  unless (i) the
corporation has elected in its certificate of  incorporation or bylaws not to be
governed by the  Delaware  anti-takeover  law (the  Company has not made such an
election),  (ii)  either  the  business  combination  or the  transaction  which
resulted in the stockholder becoming an "interested stockholder" was approved by
the board of directors of the corporation before the other party to the business
combination  became an interested  stockholder,  (iii) upon  consummation of the
transaction that made it an interested  stockholder,  the interested stockholder
owned at least 85% of the voting  stock of the  corporation  outstanding  at the
commencement of the transaction  (excluding  voting stock owned by directors who
are also officers and stock held in employee  stock plans in which the employees
do not have a right to determine  confidentially whether to tender or vote stock
held by the plan), or (iv) the business combination was approved by the board of
directors of the  corporation  and ratified by 66 2/3% of the voting stock which
the

                                       60

<PAGE>

interested stockholder did not own. The three-year prohibition does not apply to
certain business  combinations  proposed by an interested  stockholder following
the announcement or notification of certain extraordinary transactions involving
the corporation and a person who had not been an interested  stockholder  during
the  previous  three  years or who  became an  interested  stockholder  with the
approval  of a  majority  of the  corporation's  directors.  The term  "business
combination" is defined generally to include mergers or consolidations between a
Delaware  corporation  and  an  interested  stockholder,  transactions  with  an
interested  stockholder  involving the assets or stock of the corporation or its
majority-owned  subsidiaries  and  transactions  which  increase  an  interested
stockholder's  percentage ownership of stock. The term "interested  stockholder"
is defined generally as a stockholder who becomes the beneficial owner of 15% or
more of a Delaware corporation's voting stock. Section 203 could have the effect
of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

   The Company's  Restated  Certificate  provides that  directors of the Company
shall not be personally  liable to the Company or its  stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for
any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith  or  which  involve  intentional
misconduct  or a knowing  violation of law,  (iii) for the  unlawful  payment of
dividends or unlawful  stock  repurchases  under Section 174 of the DGCL, as the
same exists or  hereinafter  may be amended,  or (iv) for any  transaction  from
which the director derives an improper personal benefit.  The provision does not
apply to claims  against a director for  violations of certain  laws,  including
federal  securities  laws.  If the DGCL is  amended  to  authorize  the  further
elimination  or  limitation  of  directors'  liability,  then the  liability  of
directors of the Company shall  automatically  be limited to the fullest  extent
provided by law. The  Company's  Restated  Certificate  and By-laws also contain
provisions requiring the Company to indemnify the directors, officers, employees
or other agents to the fullest  extent  permitted by the DGCL. In addition,  the
Company has entered into  indemnification  agreements with its current directors
and executive  officers.  These provisions and agreements may have the practical
effect in certain cases of eliminating  the ability of  stockholders  to collect
monetary  damages from directors.  The Company  believes that these  contractual
agreements  and the  provisions  in its  Restated  Certificate  and  By-laws are
necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

TRANSFER AGENT

   The Transfer  Agent for the Common Stock is American  Stock  Transfer & Trust
Company.

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   Prior to this offering,  there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company,  and no  prediction  can be made as to the effect,  if any, that
market sales of shares or the  availability of such shares for sale will have on
the market  price of the Common  Stock  prevailing  from time to time.  Sales of
substantial  amounts of Common Stock,  or the  perception  that such sales could
occur,  could adversely  affect the prevailing  market price of the Common Stock
and  the  ability  of the  Company  to  raise  capital  through  a  sale  of its
securities.
   
   Upon completion of this offering,  the Company will have 6,333,600  shares of
Common Stock outstanding  (7,103,190 shares if the Underwriters'  over-allotment
option is exercised in full). Of those shares, the 5,130,600 shares sold in this
offering  (5,900,190  shares  if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is
exercised in full) will be freely tradeable  without  restriction  (except as to
affiliates of the Company) or further  registration  under the  Securities  Act.
The remaining  1,203,000 shares,  all of which are owned by IHS, are "restricted
securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
    

   In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, a
person (or persons  whose  shares are  aggregated)  who has  beneficially  owned
restricted  securities within the meaning of Rule 144 ("Restricted  Securities")
for at least two years,  and  including  the  holding  period of any prior owner
except an affiliate,  would be entitled to sell within any three-month  period a
number of shares  that does not  exceed the  greater of one  percent of the then
outstanding shares of Common Stock or the

                                       61
<PAGE>

average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock on the National Association of
Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation  System during the four calendar weeks
preceding such sale.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of
sale  provisions,  notice  requirements  and the  availability of current public
information  about  the  Company.  Any  person  (or  persons  whose  shares  are
aggregated)  who is not deemed to have been an  affiliate  of the Company at any
time during the three months  preceding a sale, and who has  beneficially  owned
shares for at least three years  (including any period of ownership of preceding
non-affiliated holders), would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k)
without  regard to the volume  limitations,  manner of sale  provisions,  public
information requirements or notice requirements. An "affiliate" is a person that
directly,  or indirectly  through one or more  intermediaries,  controls,  or is
controlled by, or under common control with, such issuer.

   Rule 144A under the Securities Act as currently in effect  generally  permits
unlimited resales of certain  Restricted  Securities of any issuer provided that
the  purchaser  is  a  qualified   institution   that  owns  and  invests  on  a
discretionary  basis at least $100 million in  securities  (and in the case of a
bank or savings and loan  association,  has a net worth of at least $25 million)
or is a registered  broker-dealer that owns and invests on a discretionary basis
at least $10 million in  securities.  Rule 144A allows IHS to sell its shares of
Common Stock held prior to this  offering to such  institutions  and  registered
broker-dealers without regard to any volume or other restrictions.  There can be
no assurance  that the  availability  of such resale  exemption will not have an
adverse effect on the trading price of the Common Stock.

   
   The Company,  its  directors and officers and IHS have agreed not to offer to
sell, sell,  distribute,  grant any option to purchase,  pledge,  hypothecate or
otherwise  dispose of,  directly or  indirectly,  any shares of Common  Stock or
securities  convertible  into, or exercisable  or  exchangeable  for,  shares of
Common Stock owned by them prior to the  expiration of 180 days from the date of
this  Prospectus,  except (i) with the prior written consent of the Smith Barney
Inc., (ii) in the case of the Company, in certain limited  circumstances,  (iii)
in the case of the  directors  and  executive  officers of the Company,  for the
exercise by such  individuals  of  outstanding  options and (iv) for the sale of
shares in this  offering.  Beginning in January 1998, IHS may sell all 1,203,000
of its shares of Common  Stock  subject to the volume and other  limitations  of
Rule  144.  The  Commission  has  proposed  an  amendment  to Rule 144 under the
Securities Act which, if adopted as currently proposed, would permit the sale of
such  1,203,000  shares of Common Stock held by IHS beginning 181 days after the
date of this Prospectus, rather than January 1998 (i.e., after the expiration of
the "lock-up" period),  subject to the volume and other limitations of Rule 144.
    

   IHS has the  right to  include  its  shares  in any  future  registration  of
securities  effected by the Company under the Securities  Act. If the Company is
required  to  include in a  Company-initiated  registration  shares  held by IHS
pursuant to the exercise of its piggyback  registration  rights,  such sales may
have an adverse  effect on the Company's  ability to raise needed  capital.  See
"Risk  Factors  --  Shares  Eligible  for  Future  Sale;  Registration  Rights,"
"Principal  and  Selling  Stockholders"  and  "Description  of Capital  Stock --
Registration Rights."

   The Company intends to file registration  statements under the Securities Act
registering  the shares of Common Stock  reserved for issuance upon the exercise
of options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan and the Non-Employee  Director
Stock Option Plan and the options  granted to the  non-employee  directors.  See
"Management -- Stock Options." These registration  statements are expected to be
filed  soon  after  the  date of  this  Prospectus  and  will  become  effective
automatically   upon  filing.   Accordingly,   shares   registered   under  such
registration  statements  will be available for sale in the open market,  unless
such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with the Company.

                                       62

<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

   Under the terms and subject to the conditions  contained in the  Underwriting
Agreement  dated the date hereof,  each  Underwriter  named below has  severally
agreed to  purchase,  and the  Company  and IHS have each agreed to sell to such
Underwriter,  shares of Common  Stock which equal the number of shares set forth
opposite the name of such Underwriter below.

                                                       NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER                                             SHARES
- -----------                                             ------


Smith Barney Inc...................................
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated....................
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation........................................

                                                     ------------
   Total...........................................  5,130,600
                                                     ============

   The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the  obligations  of the several
Underwriters  to pay for and  accept  delivery  of the  shares of  Common  Stock
offered hereby are subject to approval of certain legal matters by their counsel
and to certain other conditions.  The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay
for all shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby (other than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if any such shares are taken.

   The Underwriters, for whom Smith Barney Inc., Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated
and  Donaldson,  Lufkin &  Jenrette  Securities  Corporation  are  acting as the
representatives (the "Representatives"),  propose initially to offer part of the
shares of Common Stock  directly to the public at the public  offering price set
forth on the cover  page  hereof  and part to  certain  dealers  at a price that
represents  a  concession  not in excess of $ ____ per  share  under the  public
offering price.  The  Underwriters  may allow,  and such dealers may reallow,  a
concession  not in  excess  of $ ____ per  share to  other  Underwriters  and to
certain other dealers.  After the initial public  offering,  the public offering
price  and  such   concessions   may  be  changed  by  the   Underwriters.   The
Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not intend to
confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

   
   The Company has granted to the  Underwriters  an option,  exercisable  for 30
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 769,590
additional  shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof less underwriting discounts and commissions.  The Underwriters
may exercise such option to purchase additional shares solely for the purpose of
covering  over-allotments,  if any,  incurred in connection with the sale of the
shares offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised,  each Underwriter
will become obligated,  subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same  percentage of such  additional  shares as the number set forth next to
such  Underwriter's  name in the  preceding  table bears to the total  number of
shares in such table.
    

   The Company and IHS have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities under the Securities Act.

   

   The Company,  its  directors  and  officers  and IHS have agreed that,  for a
period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, they will not, without the
prior written  consent of Smith Barney Inc.,  sell,  offer to sell,  contract to
sell or  otherwise  dispose  of any  shares  of Common  Stock or any  securities
convertible  into,  or  exercisable  or  exchangeable  for, any shares of Common
Stock, other than, in the case of the Company, in certain limited circumstances.
Smith Barney Inc.  may, in its sole  discretion  and at any time  without  prior
notice,  release all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the
"lock-up" agreements. 
    

   Prior to this  offering,  there has not been any public market for the Common
Stock. Consequently,  the initial public offering price for the shares of Common
Stock  will  be  determined  by  negotiations  among  the  Company,  IHS and the
Representatives.  Among the factors to be considered in  determining  such price
will be the history of and prospects for the Company's business and the industry
in which it competes,  an assessment of the Company's  management,  its past and
present  operations,  its  past  and  present  earnings  and the  trend  of such
earnings, the prospects for earnings of the Company, the present

                                       63

<PAGE>

state of the  Company's  development,  the general  condition of the  securities
market at the time of this  offering  and the  market  prices  and  earnings  of
similar  securities  of comparable  companies at the time of the  offering.  The
estimated  initial  public  offering  price range set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus is subject to change as a result of market  conditions and other
factors.  See "Risk Factors -- No Prior Public  Market;  Possible  Volatility of
Stock Price."

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

   Certain  legal  matters  with  respect to the legality of the issuance of the
shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby  will be passed upon for the Company by
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.,  New York, New York.  Certain legal matters will be
passed upon for the Underwriters by Dewey Ballantine, New York, New York.

                                     EXPERTS

   The consolidated financial statements of Integrated Living Communities,  Inc.
and Subsidiaries; the financial statements of Lakehouse East (a partnership) for
the month ended  November 30,  1993;  the  financial  statements  of  Carrington
Pointe,  Vintage  Health Care Center  Retirement  Division  and Terrace  Gardens
Tenants in Common, all of which are included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in
the  Registration  Statement,  have  been  audited  by KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,
independent  certified  public  accountants,  as indicated in their reports with
respect thereto,  and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of such
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

   The financial statements of Lakehouse East (a partnership) for the year ended
October 31, 1993,  included in this Prospectus,  have been audited by Deloitte &
Touche LLP,  independent  auditors,  as stated in their report appearing herein,
and are included  here in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   The Company has filed with the Commission in Washington,  D.C. a Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (together with all amendments  thereto,  the "Registration
Statement"),  under the  Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement,
does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and
the exhibits and schedules filed therewith,  certain portions of which have been
omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission.  Statements
made in this  Prospectus as to the contents of any contract,  agreement or other
document  referred to are not  necessarily  complete.  With respect to each such
contract,  agreement or other document  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration
Statement,  reference  hereby  is  made  to  the  exhibit  for a  more  complete
description  of the matter  involved,  and each such  statement  shall be deemed
qualified  in its  entirety  by such  reference.  For further  information  with
respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to
the Registration  Statement and exhibits and schedules thereto. The Registration
Statement filed by the Company, including exhibits and schedules thereto, may be
inspected  without charge at the public reference  facilities  maintained by the
Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C. 20549 and at the Midwest  Regional Office of the Commission  located at 500
West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661-2511 and at 7 World
Trade Center,  Suite 1300,  New York,  New York 10048.  Copies of such material,
when  filed,  may also be  obtained  from the  Public  Reference  Section of the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549 upon payment of
certain fees prescribed by the Commission. The Commission maintains a World Wide
Web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov  that contains reports, proxy and
information  statements and other  information  regarding  registrants that file
electronically with the Commission.

                                       64



<PAGE>

                        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES                      PAGE

   Independent Auditors' Report                                           F-3

   Consolidated Balance Sheets -- December 31, 1994 and 1995 and 
   June 30, 1996 (unaudited)                                              F-4

   Consolidated  Statements of Operations -- Years ended December 31,
   1993, 1994 and 1995 and six months  ended June 30, 1995 (unaudited)
   and 1996  (unaudited)                                                  F-5

   Consolidated  Statements  of Changes in  Stockholder's  Equity --
   Years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and six months ended 
   June 30, 1996  (unaudited)                                             F-6

   Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows -- Years ended December 31,
   1993, 1994 and 1995 and six months ended June 30, 1995 (unaudited)
   and 1996  (unaudited)                                                  F-7

   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                             F-8

           ACQUIRED COMPANIES -- PRE-ACQUISITION FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LAKEHOUSE EAST (A PARTNERSHIP) NOW D/B/A WATERSIDE RETIREMENT ESTATES

   Year ended October 31, 1993

   Independent Auditors' Report                                          F-20

   Statement of Operations                                               F-21

   Statement of Cash Flows                                               F-22

   Notes to Financial Statements                                         F-23

   One Month Period ended November 30, 1993

   Independent Auditors' Report                                          F-25

   Statement of Operations                                               F-26

   Statement of Cash Flows                                               F-27

   Notes to Financial Statements                                         F-28

CARRINGTON POINTE

   Independent Auditors' Report                                          F-30

   Statements of Operations -- Years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
   and 1995                                                              F-31

   Statements of Cash Flows -- Years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
   and 1995                                                              F-32

   Notes to Financial Statements                                         F-33

VINTAGE HEALTH CARE CENTER RETIREMENT DIVISION

   Independent Auditors' Report                                          F-35

   Balance Sheets -- December 31, 1994 and 1995                          F-36

   Statements of Operations -- Years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995    F-37

   Statements of Changes in Division Equity -- Years ended December 31,
   1994 and 1995                                                         F-38

   Statements of Cash Flows -- Years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995    F-39

   Notes to Financial Statements                                         F-40

                                       F-1


<PAGE>
                            PROBABLE ACQUISITIONS

TERRACE GARDENS TENANTS IN COMMON                                         PAGE

   Independent Auditors' Report                                          F-43

   Balance Sheets -- December 31, 1994 and 1995                          F-44

   Statements of Operations -- Years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
   and 1995                                                              F-45

   Statements of Changes in Owner's Deficit -- Years ended December 31,
   1993, 1994 and 1995                                                   F-46

   Statements of Cash Flows -- Years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
   and 1995                                                              F-47

   Notes to Financial Statements                                         F-48

                                       F-2


<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Integrated Living Communities, Inc.: 

We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  Integrated
Living  Communities,  Inc. and subsidiaries  (wholly-owned by Integrated  Health
Services,  Inc.) (the Company) as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholder's equity and cash flows for
each of the years in the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  1995.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Integrated Living
Communities,  Inc. and subsidiaries (wholly-owned by Integrated Health Services,
Inc.) as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the results of their  operations  and
their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period ended December
31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in notes 1 and 12 to the financial statements,  in 1995 the Company
adopted the provisions of the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board's Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121,  "Accounting  for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."

                                           KPMG Peat Marwick LLP 

Baltimore, Maryland 
June 5, 1996 

                               F-3           

<PAGE>
             INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
              (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) 
                         Consolidated Balance Sheets 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30, 
                                                        --------------------------- 
                                                             1994          1995          1996 
                                                        ------------- ------------- ------------- 
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED) 
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
Assets 
Current assets: 
 Cash and cash equivalents............................  $   786,552   $   413,362   $   119,995 
 Accounts receivable..................................      177,849       525,555       354,314 
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets............      205,494       187,294       406,845 
                                                        ------------- ------------- ------------- 
   Total current assets...............................    1,169,895     1,126,211       881,154 
Assets limited as to use (note 3).....................      735,318       658,726       704,735 
Property, plant and equipment, net (note 4) ..........   14,773,241    23,751,175    50,626,382 
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of $43,805 ...    1,573,586            --            -- 
Other assets..........................................       47,514       237,650     3,252,310 
                                                        ------------- ------------- ------------- 
                                                        $18,299,554   $25,773,762    55,464,581 
                                                        ============= ============= ============= 
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity 
Current liabilities: 
 Accounts payable ....................................  $   356,188       510,353       828,438 
 Accrued expenses (note 8) ...........................      605,318       930,941     1,308,782 
                                                        ------------- ------------- ------------- 
   Total current liabilities..........................      961,506     1,441,294     2,137,220 
Note payable to parent company (note 14)..............           --            --     3,362,870 
Refundable deposits (note 11).........................    4,311,490     5,243,332     5,398,096 
Deferred income taxes (note 6)........................      620,435            --       324,106 
Unearned entrance fees (note 1).......................    3,687,707     4,316,391     3,911,229 
                                                        ------------- ------------- ------------- 
   Total liabilities..................................    9,581,138    11,001,017    15,133,521 
                                                        ------------- ------------- ------------- 
Commitments and contingencies (notes 5, 9, 11, 13, 
 and 14) 
Stockholder's equity: 
 Preferred stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 5,000,000 
  shares; none issued and outstanding.................           --            --            -- 
 Common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 100,000,000 
  shares; issued and outstanding 3,897,900 shares.....       38,979        38,979        38,979 
 Additional paid-in capital ..........................    8,454,626    17,829,403    42,348,329 
 Retained earnings (deficit)..........................      224,811    (3,095,637)   (2,056,248) 
                                                        ------------- ------------- ------------- 
   Net stockholder's equity...........................    8,718,416    14,772,745    40,331,060 
                                                        ------------- ------------- ------------- 
                                                        $18,299,554   $25,773,762   $55,464,581 
                                                        ============= ============= ============= 

</TABLE>

         See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 
    
                                       F-4
<PAGE>
             INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
              (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) 
                    Consolidated Statements of Operations 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,           SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 
                                          ------------------------------------------ -------------------------- 
                                              1993          1994           1995          1995          1996 
                                          ------------ ------------- --------------- ------------ ------------- 
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED) 
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>
Revenues: 
 Monthly service and entrance fees......  $5,009,512   $10,905,925   $15,123,557     $7,471,081   $10,567,605 
 Management services and other..........     230,516       738,558     1,145,734        547,499       727,394 
                                          ------------ ------------- --------------- ------------ ------------- 
   Total revenues.......................   5,240,028    11,644,483    16,269,291      8,018,580    11,294,999 
                                          ------------ ------------- --------------- ------------ ------------- 
Expenses: 
 Facility operations....................   3,455,602     8,253,851    11,242,938      5,576,065     7,137,967 
 Facility rents - parent company (note 
  5)....................................     855,963     1,466,243     2,430,397      1,215,199     1,309,088 
 Corporate administrative and general 
  (note 7)..............................     314,541       725,497     1,005,372        498,702       677,700 
 Depreciation and amortization..........      23,530       368,657       414,401        206,019       480,181 
 Loss on impairment of long-lived assets 
  (note 12).............................          --            --     5,125,838             --            -- 
                                          ------------ ------------- --------------- ------------ ------------- 
   Total expenses.......................   4,649,636    10,814,248    20,218,946      7,495,985     9,604,936 
                                          ------------ ------------- --------------- ------------ ------------- 
   Earnings (loss) before income taxes..     590,392       830,235    (3,949,655)       522,595     1,690,063 
Federal and state income taxes (note 
 6).....................................     230,253       311,338      (629,207)       201,199       650,674 
                                          ------------ ------------- --------------- ------------ ------------- 
   Net earnings (loss)..................  $  360,139   $   518,897   $(3,320,448)    $  321,396   $ 1,039,389 
                                          ============ ============= =============== ============ ============= 
Earnings (loss) per common share .......  $      .09   $       .13   $      (.85)    $      .08   $       .27 
                                          ============ ============= =============== ============ ============= 

</TABLE>
    
         See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

                                       F-5
<PAGE>
             INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
              (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) 

          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995 
                      AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       ADDITIONAL     RETAINED 
                                             COMMON     PAID-IN       EARNINGS 
                                             STOCK      CAPITAL       (DEFICIT)       TOTAL 
                                           --------- ------------- -------------- ------------- 
<S>                                        <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992.............  $38,979   $   641,161   $  (654,225)   $    25,915 
Net earnings.............................       --            --       360,139        360,139 
Net capital contributions from parent 
company..................................       --     6,900,082            --      6,900,082 
                                           --------- ------------- -------------- ------------- 
Balance at December 31, 1993.............   38,979     7,541,243      (294,086)     7,286,136 
Net earnings.............................       --            --       518,897        518,897 
Net capital contributions from parent 
company..................................       --       913,383            --        913,383 
                                           --------- ------------- -------------- ------------- 
Balance at December 31, 1994.............   38,979     8,454,626       224,811      8,718,416 
Net loss.................................       --            --    (3,320,448)    (3,320,448) 
Net capital contributions from parent 
company..................................       --     9,374,777            --      9,374,777 
                                           --------- ------------- -------------- ------------- 
Balance at December 31, 1995.............   38,979    17,829,403    (3,095,637)    14,772,745 
Net earnings (unaudited).................       --            --     1,039,389      1,039,389 
Net capital contributions from parent 
company (unaudited)......................       --    24,518,926            --     24,518,926 
                                           --------- ------------- -------------- ------------- 
Balance at June 30, 1996 (unaudited) ....  $38,979   $42,348,329   $(2,056,248)   $40,331,060 
                                           ========= ============= ============== ============= 
</TABLE>
    
         See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

                                       F-6
<PAGE>
             INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
              (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) 

                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED 
                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  JUNE 30, 
                                                  ----------------------------------------- -------------------------- 
                                                      1993         1994           1995          1995          1996 
                                                  ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------- 
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED) 
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities: 
 Net earnings (loss)............................  $  360,139   $  518,897   $(3,320,448)    $  321,396   $ 1,039,389 
 Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to 
  net cash provided (used) by operating 
  activities: 
  Deferred income taxes.........................      54,127      162,871      (620,435)      (139,136)      324,106 
  Loss on impairment of long-lived assets.......          --           --     5,125,838             --            -- 
  Depreciation and amortization.................      23,530      368,657       414,401        206,019       480,181 
  Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable ...     (80,272)     102,777      (335,601)      (337,242)      171,241 
  Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and 
   other current assets.........................       4,992     (170,051)       31,720         37,649      (219,551) 
  Earned entrance fees..........................     (87,675)    (679,319)     (680,409)      (285,632)     (495,432) 
  Entrance fees received........................      80,550      768,798     1,491,593        864,926       383,250 
  Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and 
   accrued expenses.............................    (165,781)     532,662       264,869       (201,199)      695,926 
                                                  ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------- 
Net cash provided by operating activities ......     189,610    1,605,292     2,371,528        466,781     2,379,110 
                                                  ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------- 
Cash flows from financing activities: 
 Net capital distributions to parent company ...    (168,472)    (427,127)   (2,536,614)       (87,509)   (2,651,074) 
 Refundable deposits received...................      57,750      505,865     1,456,709        895,760       242,250 
 Refunds of deposits and entrance fees..........     (62,275)    (370,769)     (707,367)      (201,966)     (380,466) 
                                                  ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------- 
Net cash (used) by financing activities ........    (172,997)    (292,031)   (1,787,272)       606,285    (2,789,290) 
                                                  ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------- 
Cash flows from investing activities: 
 Property, plant and equipment additions........     (11,627)    (358,375)     (843,902)      (232,279)     (185,388) 
 Decrease (increase) in other assets............          --           --      (190,136)        16,864       348,210 
 Decrease (increase) in assets limited as to 
  use...........................................      (3,817)    (169,503)       76,592         92,136       (46,009) 
                                                  ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------- 
Net cash (used) by investing activities ........     (15,444)    (527,878)     (957,446)      (123,279)      116,813 
                                                  ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------- 
Increase (decrease) in cash.....................       1,169      785,383      (373,190)       949,787      (293,367) 
Cash, beginning of period.......................          --        1,169       786,552        786,552       413,362 
                                                  ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------ ------------- 
Cash, end of period.............................  $    1,169   $  786,552   $   413,362     $1,736,339   $   119,995 
                                                  ============ ============ =============== ============ ============= 
Noncash investing and financing activities -- 
 acquisitions of facilities: (note 2) 
 Assets of businesses acquired, net.............  $7,068,554   $1,340,510   $11,911,391             --   $27,170,000 
 Capital contributed by parent company..........  $7,068,554   $1,340,510   $11,911,391             --   $27,170,000 
                                                  ============ ============ =============== ============ ============= 

</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                               F-7


<PAGE>

               INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

               (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.)

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                           AND JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996

(1) DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

   In November 1995,  Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc. (ILC or the Company)
was formed through a corporate reorganization whereby the assets and liabilities
of the  Integrated  Living  Communities  Division  (the  Division) of Integrated
Health  Services,  Inc. (IHS or the Parent  Company) were  transferred or leased
from IHS  subsidiaries to ILC and its  subsidiaries.  ILC was formerly  Kingsley
Place  Retirement,  Inc. until its present name was adopted in January 1996. The
consolidated  financial  statements of the Company represent the accounts of the
assisted living and other senior living  facilities  comprising the Division and
operating within the following wholly-owned subsidiaries of IHS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                OWNER/LESSEE
                                            DATE OF ACQUISITION                   AND IHS               OWNED OR
              FACILITY                          AND LOCATION                  OPERATING ENTITY           LEASED
- ------------------------------------  ------------------------------- ------------------------------- ------------
<S>                                   <C>                             <C>                             <C>
West Palm Beach                       December 1, 1993                 Central Park Lodges, Inc.       Leased
 Retirement,                          West Palm Beach, Florida     
 a 34-unit assisted living
 facility

Waterside Retirement Estates          December 1, 1993                 F.L.C. Lakehouse, Inc.          Owned
 (formerly Lakehouse East),           Sarasota, Florida 
 a 164-unit continuing care            
 retirement community    
                
The Homestead,                        March 18, 1994
 a 50-unit assisted living            Denton, Maryland                 I.H.S. of Denton, Inc.          Owned
 and adult day care facility
          
Treemont Retirement                   February 9, 1989                 Cambridge Group of              Leased
 Community, a 231-unit                Dallas, Texas                    Texas, Inc
 continuing care retirement
 community, Alzheimer's                              
 and adult day care facility 
 
The Shores, a 260-unit assisted       September 1, 1994               Integrated Health Services       Leased
 living, continuing care              Bradenton, Florida              of Lester, Inc.                 
 retirement community and             
 Alzheimer's care facility             

Cheyenne Place Retirement,            September 1, 1994               Integrated Health Services
 a 95-unit congregate care            Colorado Springs, Colorado      of Lester, Inc.                  Leased
facility 

Carrington Pointe, a                  December 15,1995                Integrated Management -
 172-unit congregate                  Fresno, California              Carrington Pointe, Inc.          Owned
 care and assisted living              
 facility                            

</TABLE>

   Also,  the  statements  include  accounts of  Integrated  Living  Communities
Retirement Management,  Inc., ("ILCRM"),  which manages eight facilities, two of
which are scheduled to open in 1996.

                                       F-8


<PAGE>

            INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
        (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

   Two of the  Company's  facilities  are  located on campuses  containing  both
assisted-living  facilities and  skilled-nursing  facilities which share certain
operating  expenses.  The facilities are owned by  subsidiaries  of IHS and have
been leased to the Company (see note 5). Effective June 1, 1996, the Company and
an IHS  subsidiary  entered  into  separate  condominium  agreements  and shared
services agreements for these facilities as discussed in note 14. Allocations of
various operating  expenses have been made by IHS on a monthly basis in order to
present the separate  operating expenses of the  assisted-living  facilities and
skilled-nursing  facilities.  The accompanying  financial statements reflect the
revenues   and   expenses   (including   such   allocations)   related   to  the
assisted-living facilities only.

   The consolidated  financial statements reflect the historical accounts of the
assisted  living and other senior living  facilities,  including  allocations of
general  and  administrative  expenses  from  the IHS  corporate  office  to the
individual  facilities.  Such  corporate  office  allocations,  calculated  as a
percentage of revenue,  are based on determinations  that management believes to
be  reasonable.  However,  IHS has operated  certain  other  businesses  and has
provided  certain  services  to  the  Company,   including   financial,   legal,
accounting,  human  resources and  information  systems  services.  Accordingly,
expense  allocations to the Company may not be  representative  of costs of such
services  to be  incurred in the future  (see note 7).  Also,  the  consolidated
financial statements reflect adjustments made by IHS to establish a new basis of
accounting  for the assets and  liabilities  of businesses  acquired,  using the
"push down" approach to accounting for business  combinations under the purchase
method.  The effect of these  adjustments  was to increase the cost of goodwill,
property, plant and equipment by approximately $6.2 million at December 31, 1995
(before the loss on impairment  of  long-lived  assets (note 12) and to increase
depreciation and amortization expense by $13,000 in 1993 and $140,000 in each of
1994 and 1995.

   Revenue Recognition

   Resident  units are rented on a month to month basis and monthly  service fee
revenue is recognized in the months the units are occupied. Service fees paid by
residents for  assisted-living  and other related services are recognized in the
period such services are rendered as other revenue. In some cases,  residents of
the Waterside  Retirement Estates facility have entered into life-care contracts
whereby the resident pays an entrance fee as well as a monthly rental payment.

   Under most life-care  contracts  (membership  agreements),  entrance fees are
partially refundable to the resident.  The minimum refund amount pursuant to the
resident's  membership  agreement  (generally  50% of the total entrance fee) is
payable to the resident or the resident's  estate within 120 days of termination
of the agreement, which may occur at any time after 30 days notice. In addition,
a portion of the  remainder  of the  entrance  fee is payable if the contract is
terminated  within 24 months of  move-in,  determined  on a  declining  pro rata
basis. The minimum refund amount and the estimated amount of the remainder which
is  expected  to be  refunded  based  on past  experience  of the  facility  are
accounted for as refundable  deposit  liabilities.  The remaining  amount of the
entrance fees is accounted for as deferred  revenue under the caption  "unearned
entrance  fees." Such  deferred  revenue is  amortized to  operations  of future
periods based on the estimated life of the resident,  adjusted annually based on
the actuarially determined estimated remaining life expectancy of each resident,
on the straight-line method. Unamortized deferred revenue is recorded as revenue
upon the  resident's  death or contract  termination.  Earned  entrance  fees on
life-care  contracts  were  $87,675 in 1993,  $679,319 in 1994,  and $680,409 in
1995.

                                       F-9


<PAGE>

            INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
        (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

   Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation  and amortization of
property and  equipment  are computed  using the  straight-line  method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:


                     Building and improvements ... 40 years
                     Land improvements............ 25 years
                     Equipment.................... 10 years
                     Leasehold improvements....... Term of the lease
  
   Income Taxes

   The Company accounts for income taxes under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109). The Company was not a
separate taxable entity during the three years ended December 31, 1995; however,
under SFAS 109 the current and deferred tax expense has been allocated among the
members of the IHS  controlled  corporate  group  including  the Company and its
subsidiaries.

   Under the asset and  liability  method of SFAS 109,  deferred  tax assets and
liabilities  are  recognized  for the future tax  consequences  attributable  to
differences  between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets
and  liabilities  and their  respective  tax  bases.  Deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities  are measured  using enacted tax rates  expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected to be
recovered  or settled.  Under SFAS 109,  the effect on  deferred  tax assets and
liabilities  of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that
includes the enactment date.  Valuation allowances are recorded for deferred tax
assets when it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be
realized.

   Cash and Cash Equivalents

   Cash and cash  equivalents  consist  of  highly  liquid  instruments  with an
original  maturity of three  months or less.  Under a cash  management  facility
provided by the Parent  Company,  the Company's  operating  cash balances of the
facilities  are generally  transferred  to a centralized  account and applied to
reduce  additional  paid-in capital.  The Company's cash needs for operating and
other purposes are similarly  provided through an increase to additional paid-in
capital.  However,  in 1994 and 1995 the Waterside  Retirement  Estates facility
transferred cash to the Parent Company only to the extent needed to satisfy cash
needs  for   operating   expenses.   The  excess  of  cash  receipts  over  cash
disbursements  of this  facility is reflected  in the cash and cash  equivalents
account as of December 31, 1994 and 1995.

   Obligation to Provide Future Services

   For life-care contracts, the Company annually calculates the present value of
the net cost of future  service and use of  facilities to be provided to current
residents  and  compares  that amount with the balance of deferred  revenue from
entrance fees. If the present value of the net cost of future service and use of
facilities  exceeds the  deferred  revenue  from  entrance  fees, a liability is
recorded  (obligation to provide  future  service and use of facilities)  with a
corresponding charge to income.

   Earnings per Common Share

   
   Earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common
and common  equivalent  shares  outstanding  during the  periods.  Common  stock
equivalents  include options to purchase  common stock,  assumed to be exercised
using the treasury stock method.  Outstanding shares  retroactively  reflect the
stock split and related surrender of common shares referred to in note 10.
     

                                      F-10


<PAGE>
            INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
        (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

   Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

   Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

   The carrying amounts of cash, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other
current assets, other assets,  assets limited as to use funds, accounts payable,
and accrued expenses  approximate fair value because of the short-term  maturity
of these instruments.

   The carrying  amounts of refundable  deposits may not approximate  fair value
since these  liabilities  are not  short-term  in nature.  However,  since these
liabilities do not have specified maturity dates,  management believes it is not
practicable to determine their fair value.

   Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

   
   Management  regularly  evaluates  whether events or changes in  circumstances
have  occurred  that could  indicate an  impairment  in the value of  long-lived
assets.  In December  1995,  as part of a company-  wide  adoption  by IHS,  the
Company adopted SFAS No. 121,  "Accounting  for Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets
and for Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of". In accordance with the provisions
of SFAS No. 121, if there is an indication  that the carrying  value of an asset
is not  recoverable,  the Company  determines  the amount of impairment  loss by
comparing  the  carrying  amount  of the  asset  to its  estimated  fair  value.
Estimated  fair value is determined  through an  evaluation of recent  financial
performance and projected cash flows of its facilities  using standard  industry
valuation  techniques,   including  the  use  of  independent   appraisals  when
considered  necessary.  If an asset tested for  recoverability was acquired in a
business  combination  accounted for by using the purchase  method,  the related
goodwill is included as part of the  carrying  value and  evaluated as described
above  in  determining  the  recoverability  of that  asset.  Recoverability  is
determined  by  estimating  the  projected  undiscounted  cash flows,  excluding
interest, of the related business activities.

   In  addition to  consideration  of  impairment  upon the events or changes in
circumstances  described  above,  management  regularly  evaluates the remaining
lives of its long-lived assets. If estimates are changed,  the carrying value of
the affected assets is allocated over their remaining lives. Estimation of value
and  future  benefits  of  intangible  assets  is made  based  upon the  related
projected undiscounted future cash flows, excluding interest payments.

   Prior to adoption of SFAS No. 121 in 1995, the Company performed its analyses
of  impairment  of  long-lived   assets  by   consideration   of  the  projected
undiscounted cash flows on an entity-wide  basis,  except for goodwill for which
the policy is unchanged.

         The effect of the  adoption of SFAS No. 121 in December  1995  required
the Company to perform  this  analysis  on a  facility-by-facility  basis.  This
analysis  resulted in the  recognition  of a loss on  impairment  of  long-lived
assets  (see note 12). If the  facility-by-facility  analysis  had been  adopted
prior to December  1995, the Company may have incurred the loss on impairment of
long-lived assets prior to December 1995.

    

   Interim Financial Information

   The unaudited  consolidated financial information as of June 30, 1996 and for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 has been prepared in conformity with
the  accounting  principles  and  practices  reflected in the audited  financial
statements  included  herein.  In the  opinion  of the  Company,  the  unaudited
consolidated  financial information contain all adjustments  (consisting of only
normal  recurring   adjustments)  necessary  to  present  fairly  the  Company's
financial  position,  results  of  operations  and cash  flows  for the  periods
indicated.

                                      F-11


<PAGE>

            INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
        (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

(2) BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

   
   During the three-year period ended December 31, 1995, IHS acquired six of the
seven  assisted-living  and other senior living facilities which are included in
the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 1995. Each acquisition was
accounted for by the purchase method; accordingly, the assets and liabilities of
the acquired  facilities  were  recorded at their  estimated  fair  values.  The
results of  operations  of the  facilities  acquired  have been  included in the
consolidated financial statements from the respective dates of the acquisitions.
    

   The total costs, by  acquisition,  have been allocated to the specific assets
and liabilities as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            WATERSIDE
                                              WEST PALM    (LAKEHOUSE       THE                    CARRINGTON
                                                BEACH        EAST)       HOMESTEAD   THE SHORES      POINTE

                                             ----------- ------------- ------------ ------------ --------------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Accounts receivable, net...................  $1,086      $   136,597   $   36,756   $        --  $    12,105
Assets limited as to use...................      --          561,998           --            --           --
Property, plant and equipment..............      --       13,382,609    1,369,012            --   12,100,685
Goodwill (40 year useful life).............      --        1,617,391           --            --           --
Other assets...............................      --           40,435           --        47,514       13,520
Accounts payable and accrued expenses .....                 (481,853)     (65,258)      (47,514)    (214,919)
Refundable deposits........................      --       (3,966,688)          --            --           --
Deferred income taxes......................      --         (403,437)          --            --           --
Unearned entrance fees.....................      --       (3,819,584)          --            --           --
                                             ----------- ------------- ------------ ------------ --------------
Total, representing capital contributed by

Parent Company.............................  $1,086      $ 7,067,468   $1,340,510   $        --  $11,911,391
                                             =========== ============= ============ ============ ==============
</TABLE>

   On December 1, 1993,  IHS  acquired  100% of the common stock of Central Park
Lodges,  Inc. (CPL). Among the facilities  acquired in this transaction was West
Palm Beach,  a 120-bed  skilled  nursing  facility  and 34 unit  assisted-living
facility.  The Company leases the  assisted-living  portion of the facility from
IHS (see notes 5 and 14).

   In connection  with the December 1, 1993  acquisition  of CPL, IHS originally
obtained the 60.5% controlling  interests in two  partnerships,  Lakehouse East,
which owns and operates a retirement  facility  including an assisted care wing,
21 garden apartments and 18 villas,  and Lakehouse West, which owns and operates
an adjacent  retirement  facility  consisting  of a single  building.  The 39.5%
minority  partners  subsequently  filed a suit against IHS and CPL alleging that
the  CPL  acquisition  triggered  a  provision  in  the  partnership  agreements
requiring the sale of the minority  interests in the partnership.  Settlement of
the suit was subsequently  reached pursuant to a Partition Agreement between the
parties.  Under  this  agreement,  an IHS  subsidiary  became  the sole owner of
Lakehouse East and the former minority  partners became the sole partners of the
partnership  which is the sole owner of Lakehouse  West.  These events have been
accounted for as if the settlement had occurred  effective as of the December 1,
1993  acquisition  date.  Accordingly,  the  financial  statements  include  the
operations of Lakehouse  East and exclude the  operations of Lakehouse West from
December 1, 1993.

   On March 18, 1994 IHS acquired The Homestead,  a 50 unit  assisted-living and
adult daycare facility for a total cost of  approximately  $1.3 million adjusted
for certain accrued liabilities,  prepayments and deposits assumed by IHS. Prior
to the purchase IHS had managed the facility  under a management  agreement with
the prior owner.

   On August  31,  1994  Integrated  Health  Services  of Lester,  Inc.,  an IHS
subsidiary, entered into separate facility operating leases for the 260-unit The
Shores and 95-unit  Cheyenne Place  facilities.  Integrated  Health  Services of
Lester, Inc. leases these facilities, including the related equipment, furniture
and fixtures, and subleases them to the Company (see note 5.)

                                      F-12


<PAGE>

              INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
         (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

   On December 15, 1995, IHS acquired  Carrington  Pointe, a 172 unit congregate
care and assisted-living facility for a total cost of approximately $11,900,000.
Prior to the  acquisition,  IHS had  managed  the  facility  under a  management
agreement with the prior owner.  The  acquisition  was recorded  effective as of
December 31, 1995;  accordingly,  results of operations for the period  December
15, 1995 to December 31, 1995 are not included in the financial statements.  The
effect of not including this period is not material to the results of operations
of the Company.  The assets acquired and liabilities  assumed have been adjusted
to reflect the new basis of accounting and are included in the December 31, 1995
balance sheet of the Company.

   The following summary, prepared on a pro forma basis, combines the results of
operations  as  if  the  acquisitions   described  above,  certain  acquisitions
consumated  subsequent  to December 31, 1995 and certain  probable  acquisitions
(see note 14) had been  consummated as of January 1, 1994,  after  including the
effect of certain  adjustments  such as  depreciation on the new basis of assets
acquired.   The  pro  forma  amounts  also  include   adjustments  to  corporate
administrative  and  general  expenses to reflect  management's  estimate of the
increase  in such costs as if the Company had  operated on a  stand-alone  basis
during these years.

                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    ----------------------------
                                         1994          1995
                                    ------------- --------------
Revenues.................           $22,514,216   $27,452,000
Net loss.................           $  (221,000)  $(3,064,000)
Net loss per common
share....................           $      (.05)  $      (.63)

   The  unaudited  pro forma  results  are not  necessarily  indicative  of what
actually  might have occurred if the  acquisitions  had been completed as of the
beginning of the periods presented.  In addition,  they are not intended to be a
projection  of  future  results  of  operations  and do not  reflect  any of the
business management changes that might be achieved from combined operations.

(3) ASSETS LIMITED AS TO USE

   A portion of the  entrance  fee  deposits on  life-care  contracts is held in
escrow pursuant to Section 651.035 of the statutes of the state of Florida. Such
minimum liquid reserve funds consist of cash equivalents that are required to be
maintained  by  continuing  care  facilities.  Balances in such reserve funds of
$626,618 and $657,126 at December  31, 1994 and 1995,  respectively,  exceed the
required  minimum  liquid  reserves  at such  dates.  The  remainder  represents
entrance fee deposits held by a trustee pursuant to Florida law.

(4) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

   Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                ------------------------
                                                   1994           1995      JUNE 30, 1996
                                                   ----           ----      -------------
                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
Land and improvements.........................  $ 5,166,862   $ 4,010,343   $ 4,012,717
Building and improvements.....................    9,332,822    18,828,646    46,120,290
Equipment.....................................      592,027     1,312,103     1,340,742
Construction in progress......................        5,574       214,332       227,539
Leasehold improvements........................       18,570       102,331       121,855
                                                ------------- ------------- ----------------
                                                 15,115,855    24,467,755    51,823,143
Less accumulated depreciation and

amortization..................................      342,614       716,580     1,196,761
                                                ------------- ------------- ----------------
Total.........................................  $14,773,241   $23,751,175   $50,626,382
                                                ============= ============= ================
</TABLE>

                                      F-13

<PAGE>

              INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
         (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

(5) LEASES

   
   The Company has leased four assisted-living facilities from IHS. With respect
to the West  Palm  Beach  and  Treemont  facilities,  IHS  subsidiaries  own the
premises of both skilled  nursing and assisted  living  facilities,  operate the
respective skilled nursing facilities,  and lease the assisted living facilities
to the Company.  Rent expense  included in the financial  statements under these
intercompany  leases was $855,963 in 1993,  $999,152 in 1994 and  $1,029,126  in
1995.  The  Company  has  obtained  condominium  interests  in these  facilities
effective June 1, 1996 (see note 14). 
    
   Cheyenne  Place and The Shores are leased from  Litchfield  Asset  Management
Corporation by Integrated Health Services of Lester,  Inc. (a subsidiary of IHS)
under separate  leases.  The Company  entered into separate  subleases for these
facilities  with an IHS  subsidiary  effective June 1, 1996. The initial term of
the subleases is seven years and provide for various renewal terms at the option
of ILC at fair market rentals.  Prior to June 1, 1996, the Company was allocated
rentals based on the lease between  Litchfield Asset Management  Corporation and
IHS. Rent expense  included in the financial  statements  under these leases was
none in 1993,  $467,091 in 1994 and  $1,401,271  in 1995.  Minimum rent payments
under these  noncancellable  subleases  are  summarized as follows for the years
ended December 31:

          1996............................        $ 1,588,769
          1997............................          1,722,696
          1998............................          1,722,696
          1999............................          1,722,696
          2000............................          1,722,696
          Thereafter......................          4,163,182
                                                  -------------
                                                  $12,642,735
                                                  =============

(6) INCOME TAXES

   The Company is included in IHS's consolidated  federal income tax return. The
allocated  provision  for  income  taxes  on  earnings  before  income  taxes is
summarized below:

                        YEARS ENDED                SIX MONTHS ENDED
                       DECEMBER 31,                    JUNE 30,

            ---------------------------------- -----------------------
               1993       1994        1995         1995        1996
            ---------- ---------- ------------ ----------- -----------
                                                     (UNAUDITED)

Current...  $176,126   $148,467   $  (8,772)   $ 340,335   $326,568
Deferred .    54,127    162,871    (620,435)    (139,136)   324,106
            ---------- ---------- ------------ ----------- -----------
            $230,253   $311,338   $(629,207)   $ 201,199   $650,674
            ========== ========== ============ =========== ===========

   The amount  computed by applying  the  Federal  corporate  tax rate of 34% to
earnings  before income taxes is reconciled to the provision for income taxes as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,              JUNE 30,
                                                ------------------------------------ ---------------------
                                                   1993       1994         1995         1995       1996
                                                ---------- ---------- -------------- ---------- ----------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
Income tax computed at statutory rates .......  $200,733   $282,280   $(1,342,883)   $177,682   $574,621
State income taxes, net of Federal tax

benefit.......................................    29,287     31,053      (175,233)     24,491     75,854
Other.........................................       233     (1,995)       (2,501)       (974)       199
Valuation allowance adjustment................        --         --       891,410          --         --
                                               ---------- ---------- -------------- ---------- ----------
                                                $230,253   $311,338   $  (629,207)   $201,199   $650,674
                                                ========== ========== ============== ========== ==========
</TABLE>

                                      F-14


<PAGE>

              INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
         (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

Deferred income tax liabilities are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,                  JUNE 30,
                                         ----------------------------------------- -------------
                                              1993          1994          1995          1996
                                         ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Excess of book over tax basis of
assets.................................  $ 1,981,232   $ 2,032,363   $   798,083   $   966,201
Unearned entrance fees.................   (1,416,228)   (1,382,890)   (1,661,811)   (1,505,823)
Accrued expenses.......................      (77,999)      (29,038)      (27,682)      (27,682)
Other..................................      (29,441)           --            --            --
                                         ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
                                             457,564       620,435      (891,410)     (567,304)
Valuation allowance....................           --            --       891,410       891,410
                                         ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Deferred income tax liability..........  $   457,564   $   620,435   $        --   $   324,106
                                         ============= ============= ============= =============
</TABLE>

   The  provision  for Federal  and state  income  taxes is  recorded  using the
overall  effective tax rate of the  consolidated  group applied to the Company's
pre-tax earnings before  adjustment for permanent  differences.  Deferred income
tax (assets)  liabilities  are recorded for the Company's  temporary  difference
using the same effective tax rate. The  difference  between the total  provision
for income  tax and the  deferred  income  tax  provision,  both  determined  as
discussed above, represents income taxes currently payable to the parent company
and has been  accounted for as  additional  paid-in  capital.  The provision for
income taxes,  deferred income taxes and income taxes currently payable may vary
from such amounts that would have been computed on a stand-alone basis.

(7) OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   Corporate  administrative and general expenses represent  management fees for
certain services,  including financial,  legal, accounting,  human resources and
information systems services,  provided by IHS pursuant to a management services
agreement.  Management  fees have been provided at 6% of total  revenues of each
facility,  except for the Lakehouse East partnership facility which has provided
management  fees  at  9%  of  monthly  service  fees  revenue  pursuant  to  the
partnership  agreement in effect for the period from December 1, 1993 to October
31, 1995 (of which  approximately  $224,000  was paid to an IHS  subsidiary  and
approximately $224,000 was paid to the other partner).

   Management  fees charged by IHS at 6% of total revenues have been  determined
based on an allocation of IHS's corporate general and  administrative  expenses,
which apply to all IHS divisions,  including the Integrated  Living  Communities
Division.  Such  allocation  has been made because  specific  identification  of
expenses is not practicable.  Management believes that this allocation method is
reasonable.   However,   management   estimates  that  the  Company's  corporate
administrative  and general expenses on a stand alone basis (i.e.  expenses that
would have been incurred if the Company had operated as an unaffiliated  entity)
would have been approximately $3.9 million in 1995.

                                      F-15


<PAGE>

              INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
         (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

(8) ACCRUED EXPENSES

   Accrued expenses are summarized as follows:

                                   DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30, 1996
                                1994       1995       (UNAUDITED)
                                ----       ----       -----------

Accrued salaries and wages .  $188,382   $307,327   $  392,849
Refundable security

deposits....................   291,807    370,331      409,583
Other accrued expenses .....   125,129    253,283      506,350
                              ---------- ---------- ---------------
                              $605,318   $930,941   $1,308,782
                              ========== ========== ===============

(9) NOTE RECEIVABLE

   Integrated  Living  Communities  Retirement   Management,   Inc.  (ILCRM),  a
subsidiary  of the  Company,  entered into loan and  security  agreements  dated
August  7,  1995 and  amended  on  February  29,  1996 and July 9,  1996 with an
individual,  the  president  of  Elderly  Development  Company,  Inc.  Under the
agreements,  ILCRM has agreed to loan up to $1,000,000  to the  individual at an
annual interest rate of 11.75%.  The balance of the loan at December 31, 1995 of
$130,000  is  included  in other  assets.  The  loan is for the  pre-development
activities  of five  assisted  living  facilities  in  California.  The loan and
security  agreement  provide  that ILCRM is entitled to the  exclusive  right to
manage the facilities upon the completion of construction.  Also, the individual
has assigned the rights related to real estate purchase agreements to ILCRM. The
loan and security agreements provide ILCRM a security interest in the borrower's
pre-development   plans,   land  contracts,   and  all  licenses,   permits  and
governmental  approvals.  The principal balance of the loan, and all accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, is payable on demand.

(10) CAPITAL STOCK

   
   As of December 31, 1995 and 1994,  the Company was  authorized to issue up to
1,000 shares of common  stock,  $.01 par value,  of which 100 shares were issued
and outstanding.  In June 1996, the Company's  certificate of incorporation  was
restated to  increase  the  authorized  shares to  100,000,000  shares of common
stock,  $.01 par value and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock,  $.01 par value.
Also, the Company effected a 49,610-for-one common stock split (in the form of a
stock dividend). In August 1996, the Parent Company surrendered 1,063,100 shares
of  common  stock to the  Company.  Share  and per  share  data for all  periods
presented in the financial  statements  give  retroactive  effect to the revised
shares,  the common  stock  split and the  related  surrender  of common  shares
referred to above.  Accordingly,  3,897,900 shares of common stock are reflected
as issued and outstanding during the three years ended December 31, 1995.
     
   The preferred  stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series as
determined  by the Board of  Directors.  The Board of Directors is authorized to
issue the shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights,
preferences,  privileges and restrictions  thereof,  including  dividend rights,
dividend  rates,   conversion  rights,   voting  rights,  terms  of  redemption,
redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting
any series or the designation of such series,  without further vote or action by
the stockholders.  The preferred stock could be issued by the Board of Directors
with voting and conversion  rights that could adversely  affect the voting power
and other rights of the holders of the common  Stock.  In addition,  because the
terms of the  preferred  stock  may be fixed by the  Board of  Directors  of the
Company without  stockholder action, the preferred stock could be issued quickly
with terms calculated to defeat or delay a proposed takeover of the Company,  or
to make the removal of the management of the Company more difficult.

                                      F-16


<PAGE>

              INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
         (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

   
   The Company has adopted two stock  option  plans.  The Stock  Incentive  Plan
provides for options to be granted to certain  employees and  consultants  at an
exercise  price per share not less than 100% of fair market value at the date of
grant (110% in certain cases).  In addition,  the Company adopted a Stock Option
Plan for  Non-Employee  Directors  which provides for the grant of options at an
exercise  price per share equal to the fair  market  value on the date of grant.
The Board of Directors has  authorized  the issuance of 950,040 shares of common
stock under the plans.  Stock options to purchase an aggregate of 450,500 shares
of common stock under the Stock  Incentive  Plan have been granted  through June
30, 1996.  On June 10, 1996,  stock  options to purchase an aggregate of 405,000
shares of Common Stock in three equal  installments,  commencing  June 10, 1997,
were granted to five directors of the Company.
     
(11) LIFE-CARE CONTRACTS

   The obligation under life-care contracts to provide future service and use of
facilities is calculated as the present value of the net future  service and use
costs.  Unamortized  deferred revenue exceeded the net present value of such net
costs at December 31, 1994 and 1995;  accordingly,  there was no future  service
liability  recorded in connection  with the life-care  contracts at December 31,
1994 and 1995.

   In accordance  with the  contractual  arrangements  under  certain  life-care
contracts,  a minimum amount  (generally  50%) of the entrance fee is refundable
and a portion of the entrance fee is  refundable  if the contract is  terminated
within  a  specified  time  period   (potentially   refundable  entrance  fees).
Refundable   deposits   represent  the  minimum  refunds  under  the  membership
agreements and the estimated  amount  expected to be refunded of the potentially
refundable  entrance fees, based on past experience with contract  terminations.
Potentially  refundable entrance fees were $871,270 and $882,779 at December 31,
1994 and 1995, respectively,  of which $187,281 and $215,627,  respectively,  is
included in refundable deposits;  the remainder is included in unearned entrance
fees. Refunds paid were $62,275 for the period from December 1, 1993 to December
31, 1993,  $370,769 in 1994, and $707,367 in 1995,  including minimum refunds of
$62,275 in 1993, $343,819 in 1994 and $553,213 in 1995.

(12) LOSS ON IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

   
   The Company implemented  Financial  Accounting Standards Board's Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121 in connection with the Parent Company's
implementation  in 1995.  In  connection  with the adoption of SFAS No. 121, the
Company  performed  an  evaluation  of  the  recent  financial  performance  and
projected  undiscounted  cash  flows of each of its  facilities.  Using a recent
independent appraisal, the Company estimated the fair market value of one of its
facilities and determined  that the carrying value of certain long lived assets,
including goodwill, land, buildings and improvements,  exceeded the fair values.
The  excess  carrying  value of  $5,125,838  (of  which  $1,533,152  represented
goodwill and $3,592,686  represented buildings and improvements) was written off
and is included in the statement of operations  for 1995 as a loss on impairment
of long-lived assets.
    
(13) LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   The Company is involved in various legal  proceedings  that are incidental to
the conduct of its  business.  Management  believes  that pending or  threatened
legal  proceedings  will  have  no  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's
financial condition or results of operations.

(14) EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995

   Acquisitions

   On January 29, 1996,  an IHS  subsidiary  purchased  the Vintage  Health Care
Center,  a  110-unit  skilled  nursing,  43-unit  assisted-living  and a 62-unit
congregate care facility located in Denton, Texas and leased the assisted living
and Congregate care portion to the Company. The Company and the IHS

                                      F-17


<PAGE>

              INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
         (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

subsidiary  subsequently  entered into a condominium  agreement  (discussed more
fully below) for the Vintage  Facility whereby the Company owns and operates the
assisted-living  and  congregate  care  portion  and IHS owns and  operates  the
skilled-nursing  portion. Between January 29, 1996 and the effective date of the
condominium  agreement  (June 1,  1996),  ILC  leased  the  assisted  living and
congregate care portion from IHS at a monthly rental of $35,000.

   Effective  June 1, 1996,  the  Company  and an IHS  subsidiary  entered  into
separate condominium agreements and shared services agreements for the West Palm
Beach, Treemont and Vintage facilities whereby the Company owns and operates the
assisted  living and  congregate  care  portions  and IHS owns and  operates the
skilled-nursing  portion of the facilities.  Previously,  these  facilities were
leased from IHS. In connection with the condominium agreements, IHS made capital
contributions of approximately  $27.2 million,  representing the lesser of IHS's
carryover basis in the assisted living and congregate care assets contributed or
the estimated fair market value of such assets based on independent  appraisals.
The capital  contributions were $2,260,000 for West Palm Beach,  $21,450,000 for
Treemont and $3,460,000 for Vintage. The Company cannot transfer its condominium
interest  without  the  prior  consent  of IHS.  The IHS  facility  in which the
Treemont facility is located is subject to a mortgage. Should IHS default on its
obligations under the mortgage, the lender could foreclose on the mortgage which
could materially adversely affect the Company's business,  results of operations
and financial condition.

   Shared services  agreements  require that IHS provide laundry,  housekeeping,
building  maintenance,  landscaping,  emergency  call  services  and common area
maintenance  for a combined  total of $61,482 per month.  In addition,  IHS will
provide dietary  services to the Company for between $8 and $10 per resident per
day.  Utilities  and real estate costs will be allocated  among the  condominium
units according to pre-defined percentages. Finally, at the Vintage, IHS and the
Company  will share the  services of the  executive  director;  the Company will
reimburse IHS for 30% of the  executive  director's  salary,  benefits and other
expenses.

   Effective  July 1, 1996,  the  Company  entered  into a lease  agreement  for
Homestead  of Garden City, a 35 unit  assisted  living  facility in Garden City,
Kansas.  Effective July 17, 1996, the Company entered into a lease agreement for
Homestead of Wichita,  a 35 unit assisted  living  facility  located in Wichita,
Kansas.  The initial term of each lease is 15 years with three five-year renewal
options. Annual rent under each lease is $287,500, subject to increases based on
the consumer price index.

   
   The  Company  acquired  the Cabot  Pointe  facility  in August  1996 for $2.7
million with funds  borrowed from IHS. The Company  intends to sell and lease it
back from a real estate investment trust in September 1996. Cabot Pointe is a 35
unit assisted living and alzhiemers facility located in Bradenton, Florida.

   The Company has entered into a definitive  agreement to acquire  ownership of
Terrace  Gardens,  a 258 unit assisted  living and senior living  facility which
also includes a 100 bed nursing facility. The purchase price for the facility is
$12.2 million.  The  acquisition is scheduled to close  simultaneously  with the
initial public offering of ILC common stock. There can be no assurance that this
acquisition  and/or the  sale/leaseback  financing of Cabot Pointe will close as
scheduled or at all.
    
   Note Receivable

   Integrated  Living  Communities  Retirement   Management,   Inc.  (ILCRM),  a
subsidiary of IHS and on behalf of the Division, entered into a Revolving Credit
and  Security  Agreement  and a  Revolving  Credit Note dated March 18, 1996 and
amended on July 12, 1996 with an assisted living facility  development  company,
The Homestead  Company,  L.C., a Kansas limited  liability  company.  Under such
agreement,  ILCRM has agreed to loan up to $1,000,000,  on a revolving basis, to
be used for the sole purpose of developing  four assisted  living  facilities in
Kansas and six facilities in Nebraska. The note shall bear interest at an annual
rate of 11.75%.  The Revolving  Credit and Security  Agreement  provides ILCRM a
security  interest  in  the  borrower's   interest  in  all  development  plans,
assignments of land

                                      F-18



<PAGE>

            INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES -
        (Wholly-Owned by Integrated Health Services, Inc.) (Continued)

contracts,  and all licenses,  permits and governmental  approvals.  The note is
also secured by a $250,000  personal  guaranty by the president of The Homestead
Company,  L.C. The entire  outstanding  principal  balance of the loan,  and all
accrued and unpaid interest thereon, is payable on demand.  Also, the individual
has assigned the rights related to real estate purchase agreements to ILCRM.

   Employment Agreements

   The Company has employment agreements with four of its officers which provide
annual base  salaries  aggregating  $765,000.  In addition,  the  officers  will
receive bonuses,  if the Company attains certain  performance  goals, as well as
health,  life,  disability,  and  personal  unbrella  insurance  and  an  annual
automobile  allowance.   The  agreements  provide  the  officers  the  right  to
participate in any executive retirement and equity-based  compensation  programs
established  by the Company in the discretion of the  Compensation  Committee of
the Board of Directors.

   Revolving Credit Note

   Effective  June 30, 1996, IHS has made available to the Company a $75 million
revolving  credit  facility.  Borrowings under the facility bear interest at the
rate of 14% per annum. All outstanding borrowings, together with all accrued but
unpaid interest,  are due at the earlier of (i) the closing of an initial public
offering  by ILC or (ii) June 30,  1998.  At June 30,  1996,  $3.4  million  was
outstanding  under this facility.  Borrowings under this facility have been used
to finance the Company's development activities.

                                      F-19


<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Partners
F.L.C. Lakehouse, Inc.,
Don Blivas, Janice Blivas, Fred Fiala
and John Rowe
d/b/a Lakehouse East
Sarasota, Florida:

We have audited the accompanying statements of operations and cash flows for the
year ended October 31, 1993 of F.L.C. Lakehouse Inc., Don Blivas, Janice Blivas,
Fred Fiala, and John Rowe d/b/a Lakehouse East (a Partnership).  These financial
statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Partnership's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the results of  operations  and cash flows of Lakehouse
East for the year ended October 31, 1993, in conformity with generally  accepted
accounting principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Tampa, Florida
May 15, 1995

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                              
                
                                LAKEHOUSE EAST
                               (A PARTNERSHIP)
                           STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS


                                                        Year ended
                                                     October 31, 1993
                                                     ----------------
Revenues
 Maintenance fees..............................      $2,308,710
 Earned entrance fees..........................         864,941
 Interest......................................          13,053
 Other.........................................          60,715
                                                     ----------
Total revenues.................................       3,247,419
                                                     ----------

Expenses
 Resident care.................................       1,555,138
 Selling, general and administrative...........       1,153,555
 Utilities.....................................         231,033
 Depreciation..................................         443,352
 Interest......................................         143,091
                                                     ----------
Total expenses.................................       3,526,169
                                                     ----------
Net loss.......................................      $ (278,750)
                                                     ==========


                       See notes to financial statements.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                                
                   

                                LAKEHOUSE EAST
                               (A PARTNERSHIP)
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS


                                                                   Year ended
                                                                October 31, 1993
Operating Activities
 Net loss..........................................................  $ (278,750)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
  operating
  activities:
  Depreciation.....................................................     443,352
  Earned entrance fees.............................................    (864,941)
  Entrance fees received...........................................   1,009,948
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Increase in accounts receivable.................................     (10,595)
   Decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets...................       4,084
   Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses...............     133,210
   Increase in accrued employees' compensation and benefits........      65,644
   Decrease in accrued interest....................................         (23)
                                                                     ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities..........................     501,929
                                                                     ----------
Investing Activities
 Purchases of property and equipment...............................    (155,637)
 Increase in assets whose use is limited...........................     (20,548)
                                                                     ----------
Net cash used in investing activities..............................    (176,185)
                                                                     ----------
Financing Activities
 Advances to Partners..............................................     (60,409)
 Advances from affiliate...........................................     112,505
 Principal payments on long-term debt..............................    (500,000)
 Refundable deposits received......................................     576,303
 Refundable deposits paid..........................................    (492,700)
                                                                     ----------
Net cash used in financing activities..............................    (364,301)
                                                                     ----------
Decrease in cash...................................................     (38,557)
Cash, beginning of year............................................     181,744
                                                                     ----------
Cash, end of year..................................................  $  143,187
                                                                     ==========

                      See notes to financial statements.

                              

                                      F-22

<PAGE>

                                LAKEHOUSE EAST

                               (A PARTNERSHIP)

                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION

   F.L.C. Lakehouse,  Inc., Don Blivas, Janice Blivas, Fred Fiala, and John Rowe
d/b/a Lakehouse East (the "Partnership") is a partnership organized and existing
under  the  laws of  Florida.  The  principal  business  is the  management  and
maintenance of a life care facility. The financial statements include only those
assets,  liabilities  and results of operations  which relate to the business of
the Partnership. The statements do not include any assets, liabilities, revenues
or expenses attributable to the partners' individual activities.



                                                       Ownership Interests
                    Partners                             October 31, 1993
                    --------                             ----------------

F.L.C. Lakehouse, Inc...................                    60.50%
Donald Blivas...........................                    16.50
Janice Blivas...........................                     9.00
John Rowe...............................                     7.50
Fred Fiala..............................                     6.50
                                                            -----
                                                           100.00%
                                                           ------

         On December 1, 1993,  100% of the common  stock of Central Park Lodges,
Inc.,  parent  company of F.L.C.  Lakehouse,  Inc.,  was purchased by Integrated
Health Services,  Inc. ("IHS").  This transaction did not have any effect on the
accounts of the Partnership.

   The  acquisition  by IHS is subject to approval of the Florida  Department of
Insurance ("DOI"). IHS has applied to the DOI for approval, however, the DOI has
not acted on the  application.  IHS  expects  the  application  to be  approved,
however,  if it is disapproved,  the DOI could take action that would be adverse
to IHS and the Partnership  including revocation of the certificate of authority
for operation of the facility or require IHS to divest its ownership interest.

   The minority shareholders have filed suit against FLC Lakehouse, Inc. IHS and
others alleging among other matters that the acquisition of FLC Lakehouse,  Inc.
by IHS required the consent of the minority partners or that arrangements should
have been made to have the minority partners' interests also purchased. The case
is in the preliminary stages of discovery,  however, as it represents litigation
among the  partners,  it is not  expected  to have any  impact on the  financial
position of the partnership.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   Property and Equipment: Property and equipment are stated at historical cost.
Additions  and  betterments  that  extend the life of an asset are  capitalized.
Maintenance and repair  expenditures  are expensed as incurred.  Depreciation is
computed on the  straight-line  method based on the following  estimated  useful
lives:



                    Building and improvements ...  20-40 years
                    Furniture and equipment .....   5-10 years



   Unearned Entrance Fees and Refundable Deposits:  The Partnership accounts for
the  nonrefundable  portion  of  entrance  fees  related  to the sale of certain
residency and care agreements as "unearned  entrance fees" and recognizes income
from these fees over the estimated  remaining life  expectancy of each resident,
with the  life  expectancy  reevaluated  annually.  The  refundable  portion  is
accounted for as "refundable deposits" and is not amortized.  Residency and care
agreements  may be  terminated  by  residents at any time for any reason with 30
days notice. Within 120 days of termination, the minimum

                                      F-23

<PAGE>

                            LAKEHOUSE EAST
                                 (A Partnership)

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

refund  amount per  contract of the total  entrance  fee will be refunded to the
resident or the  resident's  estate.  If the  contract is  terminated  within 24
months of  move-in,  the refunds  may be higher.  Payments  of such  refunds are
charged against the resident's  unamortized  entrance fee and refundable deposit
and any gain or loss is included in revenue or expense.

   Income Taxes:  The Partnership is not considered a taxable entity for Federal
and State income tax purposes. Any taxable income or losses,  investment credits
and certain other items,  therefore,  are the  responsibility of the partners on
their  income tax returns in  accordance  with the  partnership  agreement.  The
Partnership  uses a fiscal year ending  December  31, for  reporting  income tax
items to the partners.

3. ASSETS WHOSE USE IS LIMITED

   Assets  whose use is limited for  entrance  fee  deposits  held in escrow are
restricted by the statutes of the State of Florida.

   Assets whose use is limited for minimum liquid reserve funds consists of cash
and cash  equivalents  that are required to be  maintained  by  continuing  care
facilities in accordance with Section 651.035, Florida Statutes. The Partnership
has met its required minimum liquid reserves at October 31, 1993.

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   The following  transactions between the Partnership and related organizations
have been reflected in the financial statements:

   The Partnership  records expenses payable to a partner for management fees as
well as payroll costs, data processing fees and miscellaneous other charges paid
on behalf of the  Partnership.  Through  December 1993,  these advances from the
partner  were  charged  interest  at 2% above the prime  rate  (which  was 6% at
October 31, 1993).  The Partnership  recognized  $116,665 of interest expense in
the year ended October 31, 1993 related to these advances.


                                      F-24

<PAGE>
                              

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Partners
F.L.C. Lakehouse, Inc.,
Don Blivas, Janice Blivas, Fred Fiala
and John Rowe
d/b/a Lakehouse East:

We have audited the  accompanying  statements  of  operations  and cash flows of
F.L.C.  Lakehouse,  Inc., Don Blivas,  Janice  Blivas,  Fred Fiala and John Rowe
d/b/a  Lakehouse  East (a  Partnership)  for the month ended  November 30, 1993.
These  financial   statements  are  the   responsibility  of  the  Partnership's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the results of  operations  and cash flows of Lakehouse
East for the month ended November 30, 1993 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

                                             KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Baltimore, Maryland
June 5, 1996


                                      F-25

                                       
<PAGE>

                 

                        LAKEHOUSE EAST (A PARTNERSHIP)
                           STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

              
                                               Month ended
                                            November 30, 1993
                                            -----------------
Revenues:
 Monthly service fees...........                $ 194,661
 Earned entrance fees ..........                  109,709
 Other..........................                    6,797
                                                ---------
Total revenues..................                  311,167
                                                ---------
Operating expenses:.
 Community operations...........                  228,267
 Management fees (note 3).......                   17,519
 Depreciation ..................                   37,068
 Interest (note 3) .............                   10,846
                                                ---------
Total operating expenses........                  293,700
                                                ---------
Net earnings...................                 $  17,467
                                                =========

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-26


<PAGE>

                               

                        LAKEHOUSE EAST (A PARTNERSHIP)
                           STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                                                             
                                                                 Month ended
                                                               November 30, 1993
                                                               -----------------
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net earnings......................................................  $  17,467
 Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash used by
  operating activities:
  Depreciation.....................................................     37,068
  Earned entrance fees.............................................   (109,709)
  Entrance fees received...........................................     20,875
  Decrease in accounts receivable .................................    140,341
  Decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets....................      2,047
  Decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses................   (109,632)
                                                                     ---------
Net cash used by operating activities..............................     (1,543)
                                                                     ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Advances from Partners............................................     27,088
 Advances from affiliate...........................................     73,037
 Principal payments on long-term debt..............................   (125,000)
 Refunds of deposits and entrance fees.............................   (112,725)
                                                                     ---------
Net cash used by financing activities..............................   (137,600)
                                                                     ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Purchases of property and equipment...............................     (9,965)
 Decrease in assets limited as to use..............................      6,671
                                                                     ---------
 Net cash used by investing activities ............................     (3,294)
                                                                     ---------
Decrease in cash...................................................   (142,437)
Cash, beginning of period..........................................    143,187
                                                                     ---------
Cash, end of period................................................  $     750
                                                                     =========

               See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-27


                                       
<PAGE>

                        LAKEHOUSE EAST (A PARTNERSHIP)

                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1993

(1) ORGANIZATION

   F.L.C.  Lakehouse,  Inc., Don Blivas, Janice Blivas, Fred Fiala and John Rowe
d/b/a Lakehouse East (the "Partnership") is a partnership organized and existing
under the laws of the state of Florida. The principal business is the management
and  maintenance  of a 164-unit life care  facility.  The  financial  statements
include  only the  results of  operations  which  relate to the  business of the
Partnership. The ownership interests of the partners at November 30, 1993 are as
follows:




               F.L.C. Lakehouse, Inc...................   60.50%
               Donald Blivas...........................   16.50%
               Janice Blivas ..........................    9.00%
               John Rowe...............................    7.50%
               Fred Fiala..............................    6.50%
                                                         ------
                                                         100.00%
                                                         ======

   On December 1, 1993,  100% of the common stock of Central Park Lodges,  Inc.,
parent company of F.L.C.  Lakehouse,  Inc.,  was purchased by Integrated  Health
Services,  Inc. ("IHS").  In connection with the December 1, 1993 acquisition of
CPL, IHS  originally  obtained the  controlling  interests in two  partnerships,
Lakehouse  East,  which owns and  operates a  retirement  facility  including an
assisted  care wing, 21 garden  apartments  and 18 villas,  and Lakehouse  West,
which owns and operates an adjacent  retirement  facility consisting of a single
building.  The 39.5% minority partners subsequently filed a suit against IHS and
CPL alleging that the CPL  acquisition  triggered a provision in the partnership
agreements  requiring  the sale of the minority  interests  in the  partnership.
Settlement  of  the  suit  was  subsequently  reached  pursuant  to a  Partition
Agreement  between the parties.  Under this agreement,  an IHS subsidiary became
the sole owner of Lakehouse  East and the former  minority  partners  became the
sole partners of the partnership which is the sole owner of Lakehouse West.


(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


   Revenue Recognition

   In some cases,  residents of the  Lakehouse  East  facility have entered into
life-care  contracts  whereby the  resident  pays an  entrance  fee as well as a
monthly rental payment.  Additionally,  residents pay a monthly service fee that
is  recognized  as revenue in the  period in which it is earned.  Other  revenue
represents charges for additional services.

   Under most life-care  contracts  (membership  agreements),  entrance fees are
partially refundable to the resident.  The minimum refund amount pursuant to the
resident's  membership  agreement  (generally  50% of the total entrance fee) is
payable to the resident or the resident's  estate within 120 days of termination
of the agreement, which may occur at any time after 30 days notice. In addition,
a portion of the  remainder  of the  entrance  fee is payable if the contract is
terminated  within 24 months of  move-in,  determined  on a  declining  pro rata
basis. The minimum refund amount and the estimated amount of the remainder which
is  expected  to be  refunded  based  on past  experience  of the  facility  are
accounted for as refundable  deposit  liabilities.  The remaining  amount of the
entrance fee is accounted for as deferred  revenue  under the caption  "unearned
entrance  fees." Such  deferred  revenue is  amortized to  operations  of future
periods based on the estimated life of the resident,  adjusted annually based on
the actuarially determined estimated remaining life expectancy of each resident,
on the straight-line method. Unamortized deferred revenue is recorded as revenue
upon the resident's death or contract termination.

                                      F-28



<PAGE>

                         LAKEHOUSE EAST (A PARTNERSHIP)
                    Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

   Property and Equipment

   Property and  equipment  are recorded at  historical  cost.  Depreciation  of
property and  equipment  are computed  using the  straight-line  method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:



          Buildings and improvements ...          20-40 years
          Furniture and equipment.......          5-10 years




   Use of Estimates


   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

   Income Taxes

   The  Partnership  is not  considered  a taxable  entity for Federal and state
income tax  purposes.  Any  taxable  income or losses,  investment  credits  and
certain other items, therefore,  are the responsibility of the partners on their
income tax returns in accordance with the partnership agreement. The Partnership
uses a fiscal year  ending  December  31 for  reporting  income tax items to the
partners.


(3) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   The following  transactions between the Partnership and related organizations
have been reflected in the financial statements.

   The Partnership  records expenses payable to a partner for management fees of
$17,519,  as well as payroll costs, data processing fees and miscellaneous other
charges paid on behalf of the Partnership.  During November 1993, these advances
from the partner were charged  interest at 2% above the prime rate (which was 6%
at November 30,  1993).  The  Partnership  recognized  approximately  $11,000 of
interest  expense for the one month  period  ended  November 30, 1993 related to
these advances.

   The  Partnership  shares  a  centralized  cash  account  with  an  affiliated
partnership,  Lakehouse  West,  which results in intercompany  balances  between
Lakehouse East and Lakehouse West. 

                                      F-29



<PAGE>



                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



The Partners
Liberty/Carrington Pointe Limited Partnership:

We have audited the  accompanying  statements  of  operations  and cash flows of
Carrington  Pointe  (a  facility  owned  by  Liberty/Carrington  Pointe  Limited
Partnership)  for each of the years in the three-year  period ended December 31,
1995.  These  financial  statements  are the  responsibility  of the  facility's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the results of operations,  and cash flows of Carrington
Pointe (a facility owned by  Liberty/Carrington  Pointe Limited Partnership) for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                             KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Baltimore, Maryland
June 5, 1996

                                      F-30


                                       
<PAGE>

                                      
                  
                              CARRINGTON POINTE
     (A FACILITY OWNED BY LIBERTY/CARRINGTON POINTE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                           
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


      
                                        Years ended December 31,
                               --------------------------------------
                                     1993          1994          1995
                                     ----          ----          ----
Revenues:
 Monthly service fees........  $3,191,293    $3,368,346    $3,485,989
 Other ......................      89,848        81,551       102,412
                               ----------    ----------    ----------
Total revenues...............   3,281,141     3,449,897     3,588,401
                               ----------    ----------    ----------
Facility operating expenses:
 Salaries, wages and benefit    1,012,499     1,062,616     1,074,229
 Other operating expenses ...     909,755       942,577       862,676
Management fees (note 2) ....     230,895       240,938       249,470
Depreciation ................     406,166       416,074       425,153
                                ---------     ---------     ---------
Total expenses...............   2,559,315     2,662,205     2,611,528
                               ----------     ---------     ---------
Net earnings.................  $  721,826    $  787,692    $  976,873
                               ==========    ==========    ==========


               See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-31



<PAGE>

               

                              CARRINGTON POINTE
     (A FACILITY OWNED BY LIBERTY/CARRINGTON POINTE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)
                          
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Years ended December 31,
                                                               ------------------------------------------
                                                                      1993          1994          1995
                                                                      ----          ----          ----  
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net earnings................................................  $   721,826   $   787,692   $   976,873
 Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided
  by operating activities:
  Depreciation ..............................................      406,166       416,074       425,153
  Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets...        2,345         4,810        (3,272)
  Increase in accounts receivable ...........................      (10,490)       (5,033)          (84)
  Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other
   liabilities ..............................................      (15,906)      (60,595)      125,535
                                                                ----------    ----------     ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities....................    1,103,941     1,142,948     1,524,205
Cash flows from financing activities--decrease in amounts
 due to affiliates ..........................................   (1,045,931)   (1,090,218)   (1,508,281)
Cash flows from investing activities--purchases of property,
 plant and equipment ........................................      (18,268)      (99,040)       (4,200)
                                                                ----------     ---------      --------
Increase (decrease) in cash..................................       39,742       (46,310)       11,724
Cash, beginning of period....................................       13,577        53,319         7,009
                                                                ----------     ---------     ---------
Cash, end of period..........................................  $    53,319   $     7,009   $    18,733
                                                               ===========   ===========   ===========

</TABLE>


               See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-32


<PAGE>

                                CARRINGTON POINTE

       (A FACILITY OWNED BY LIBERTY/CARRINGTON POINTE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP)

                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995

(1) DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

   Carrington  Pointe  (the  facility)  is a 172-unit  assisted-living  facility
located in Fresno,  California.  The facility  provides  various services to its
residents, including meals, social activities and other personal services.

   Liberty/Carrington  Pointe  Limited  Partnership  (the  "Partnership")  is  a
partnership  organized and existing under the laws of  Massachusetts  which owns
and operates the Carrington Pointe facility.

   The partners' interest in the Partnership are as follows:


                                             Partnership     Ownership
          Partners                            Interest       Interests
          --------                            --------       ---------
Liberty Real Estate Properties, Inc. ...      General            1%
Atlantic Real Estate L.P................      Limited           99%
                                                               ---
                                                               100%
                                                               ===


   On December 15, 1995, a subsidiary of Integrated Health Services,  Inc. (IHS)
acquired the facility from  Liberty/Carrington  Pointe Limited Partnership.  The
purchase  price was  approximately  $11,900,000  adjusted  for  certain  accrued
liabilities, prepayments and deposits assumed by IHS. These financial statements
include no  adjustments  to establish a new basis of accounting for the facility
related to the change in ownership.

   IHS recorded the acquisition of Carrington Pointe as of December 31, 1995. In
connection with a corporate  reorganization  in 1996,  Carrington  Pointe is now
owned by a subsidiary  of  Integrated  Living  Communities,  Inc.  which is also
wholly-owned by IHS.

   Monthly Service Fees

   Resident units are rented on a month to month basis and rent is recognized in
the  months  the  units  are  occupied.  Service  fees  paid  by  residents  for
assisted-living  and other  related  services are  recognized in the period such
services are rendered as other revenue.

                                      F-33




<PAGE>

                                CARRINGTON POINTE
(A Facility Owned by Liberty/Carrington Pointe Limited Partnership)--(Continued)

   Property and Equipment

   Depreciation  and  amortization  of property and equipment are computed using
the  straight-line  method  over the  estimated  useful  lives of the  assets as
follows:

               Buildings and improvements ...  40 years
               Land improvements.............  25 years
               Furniture and equipment.......  10 years
               Vehicles .....................   5 years



   Income Taxes

   Neither the partnership nor the facility are considered  taxable entities for
Federal and state income tax  purposes.  Accordingly,  no  provision  for income
taxes is reflected in the financial  statements.  Any taxable  income or losses,
investment  credits and certain  other  items,  therefore,  are  reported by the
partners in their income tax returns.

   Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(2) MANAGEMENT FEES

   Integrated Health Services,  Inc. (IHS) performed management services for the
facility  until  the date of  acquisition  by IHS.  Pursuant  to the  management
agreement, the management fee is 6.5% of gross receipts plus a monthly charge of
$15 per employee.







                                      F-34



<PAGE>

                              


                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


The Partners
C.S. Denton Partners, Ltd.:


We have audited the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Vintage Health Care Center
Retirement Division (the Company) (wholly-owned by C.S. Denton Partners, Ltd., a
Partnership)  as of December 31, 1994 and 1995,  and the related  statements  of
operations,  changes  in  division  equity  and cash  flows for the years  ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Vintage  Health Care Center
Retirement  Division  as of December  31, 1994 and 1995,  and the results of its
operations  and cash flows for the years  ended  December  31,  1994 and 1995 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
   
                                                         KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Baltimore, Maryland
June 5, 1996


                                      F-35



<PAGE>

                  

                VINTAGE HEALTH CARE CENTER RETIREMENT DIVISION
         (WHOLLY-OWNED BY C.S. DENTON PARTNERS, LTD., A PARTNERSHIP)
                  
                                 BALANCE SHEETS


                                                           December 31,
                                                  -------------------------
                                                       1994         1995
                                                       ----         ----
Assets
Current assets:
 Cash.....................................        $  132,046   $  168,738
 Accounts receivable......................             4,661        4,828
                                                  ----------   ----------
Total current assets......................           136,707      173,566
Property, plant and equipment, net (note
 4).......................................         4,134,082    4,015,263
                                                  ----------   ----------
                                                  $4,270,789   $4,188,829
                                                  ==========   ==========
Liabilities and Division Equity
                                              
Rent collected in advance.................        $    6,959   $    3,673
Security deposits.........................           132,046      168,738
Note payable (note 5).....................         4,352,000    4,692,000
                                                  ----------   ----------
Total current liabilities.................         4,491,005    4,864,411
Division equity...........................          (220,216)    (675,582)
                                                    ---------   ---------
                                                  $4,270,789   $4,188,829
                                                  ===========  ==========

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-36


<PAGE>



                VINTAGE HEALTH CARE CENTER RETIREMENT DIVISION
         (WHOLLY-OWNED BY C.S. DENTON PARTNERS, LTD., A PARTNERSHIP)
                          
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS




                                                   Years ended December 31,
                                                   -----------------------
                                                       1994         1995
                                                       ----         ----
Revenues
 Monthly service fees..............               $1,514,305   $1,598,439
 Other revenue.....................                   43,341       22,946
                                                  ----------  -----------
Total revenues.....................                1,557,646    1,621,385
                                                  ----------  -----------
Expenses:
 Facility Operations...............                1,202,861    1,208,570
 Management fees...................                   77,882       81,069
 Depreciation......................                  192,082      199,687
 Interest..........................                  234,491      428,629
                                                   ---------    ---------
Total expenses.....................                1,707,316    1,917,955
                                                  ----------    ---------
Net loss...........................               $ (149,670)  $ (296,570)
                                                  ==========   ==========


               See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-37



<PAGE>

             
                 VINTAGE HEALTH CARE CENTER RETIREMENT DIVISION
           (WHOLLY-OWNED BY C.S. DENTON PARTNERS, LTD., A PARTNERSHIP)
                
                    STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN DIVISION EQUITY
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Balance at January 1, 1994.................................................  $(143,221)
 Net earnings..............................................................   (149,670)
 Net increase in division equity arising from transactions with Parent
  Company..................................................................     72,675
                                                                              --------
Balance at December 31, 1994...............................................   (220,216)
 Net earnings..............................................................   (296,570)
 Net decrease in division equity arising from transactions with Parent
  Company..................................................................   (158,796)
                                                                              --------
Balance at December 31, 1995...............................................  $(675,582)
                                                                             =========

</TABLE>


               See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                      F-38



<PAGE>

                
                VINTAGE HEALTH CARE CENTER RETIREMENT DIVISION
         (WHOLLY-OWNED BY C.S. DENTON PARTNERS, LTD., A PARTNERSHIP)
                          
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>
                                                                        Years ended December 31,
                                                                        ------------------------

                                                                         1994         1995
                                                                         -----        -----
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net loss.........................................................  $(149,670)   $(296,570)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
   Depreciation...................................................    192,082      199,687
   Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable and rent collected
    in advance....................................................      1,735       (3,453)
   Increase in security deposits..................................      2,486       36,692
                                                                     --------    ---------
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities..................     46,633      (63,644)
                                                                     --------    ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:
 Increase (decrease) in division equity representing net, advances
  from (distributions to) Parent Company .........................     72,675     (158,796)
 Increase in note payable.........................................         --      340,000
                                                                    ---------    ---------
 Net cash flows from financing activities:........................     72,675      181,204
                                                                    ---------    ---------
Cash flows from investing activities--property, plant and
 equipment additions..............................................   (116,822)     (80,868)
                                                                    ---------    ---------
 Increase in cash.................................................      2,486       36,692
Cash, beginning of period.........................................    129,560      132,046
                                                                    ---------    ---------
Cash, end of period...............................................  $ 132,046    $ 168,738
                                                                    =========    =========

</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-39



<PAGE>




                VINTAGE HEALTH CARE CENTER RETIREMENT DIVISION
          (WHOLLY-OWNED BY C.S. DENTON PARTNERS, LTD., A PARTNERSHIP)


                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995


(1) DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   Description of Business and Basis of Presentation


   The Vintage Health Care Center Retirement Division (the Retirement  Division)
consists of a 43 unit  assisted  living and a 62 unit  congregate  care facility
also. The Retirement  Division  represents an operating  Division of the Vintage
Health Care  Center,  (the Parent  Company)  )which  includes a skilled  nursing
facility.  Vintage Health Care Center represents substantially all of the assets
of C.S. Denton Partners, Ltd. (the Partnership). The financial statements of the
Retirement  Division  include the activity of the assisted living and congregate
care  facility  only and do not  include the  activity  of the  skilled  nursing
facility. The Partnership was organized under the laws of the State of Texas and
its principal business is to own and operate the Vintage Health Care Center.

   The  Vintage  Health  Care  Center  is  located  on a  campus  containing  an
assisted-living  and  congregate  care  living  facility  and a  skilled-nursing
facility  which  share  certain  operating  expenses.   Allocations  of  various
operating  expenses  have been made by management on a monthly basis in order to
present the  separate  operating  expenses of the  Retirement  Division  and the
skilled-nursing facility. 

   Revenue Recognition

   Rent is  recognized in the month the units are occupied and service fees paid
by residents are recognized in the period the services are provided.

   Income Taxes


   Neither  the  Partnership  nor the  Vintage  Health  Care  Center  Retirement
Division are considered  taxable for Federal and State income tax purposes.  Any
taxable income or losses, investment credits and certain other items, therefore,
are the  reponsibility of the Partners on their income tax returns in accordance
with  the  Partnership  agreement.  The  Partnership  uses a fiscal  year  ended
December 31 for reporting income tax items to the partners.


   Statements of Cash Flow


   Under a cash management facility provided by the Partnership,  the Retirement
Division's cash balances are transferred to a centralized account and applied to
reduce  division  equity.  The  facility's  cash needs for  operating  and other
purposes are similarly provided through an increase in division equity.

   Division Equity

   Division  equity   represents  net  advances  from  the  Partnership  to  the
Retirement  Division less the  cumulative  deficit  (annual  losses in excess of
earnings  in  prior  years)  of  the  Retirement  Division.  Advances  from  the
Partnership  represent  the  cash  paid  by the  Partnership  on  behalf  of the
Retirement  Division in excess of cash received by the  Partnership on behalf of
the Retirement division. 

                                      F-40


<PAGE>

               

                 VINTAGE HEALTH CARE CENTER RETIREMENT DIVISION
                                      -
   (Wholly-Owned by C.S. Denton Partners, Ltd., a Partnership) (Continued)

   Property and Equipment

   Depreciation  and  amortization  of property and equipment are computed using
the  straight-line  method  over the  estimated  useful  lives of the  assets as
follows:



               Building and improvements ...  20-30 years
               Equipment....................  5-10 years


   Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

   Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments


   The carrying amounts of cash, accounts receivable, rent collected in advance,
security  deposits  and notes  payables  approximate  fair value  because of the
short-term maturity of these instruments. 

(2) MANAGEMENT FEES


   Autumn America Retirement,  Ltd.,  wholly-owned by Robert Chilton,  performed
management services for the Retirement Division until the date of acquisition by
Integrated Health Services,  Inc. (IHS).  Pursuant to the management  agreement,
the  managment  fee is 5% of gross  receipts.  Management  fees  paid to  Autumn
America  Retirement,  Ltd. were approximately  $77,882 and $81,069 for the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.


(3) OWNERSHIP


   The  partners'  interests  in the  Partnership  during  1994 and 1995 were as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Ownership Interests
                                                                   ---------------------------------------
                                                   Partnership     January 1, 1994       April  1, 1995 to
                Partners                            Interest       to April 1, 1995      December 31, 1995
                --------                            ---------      ----------------      -----------------
<S>                                                <C>               <C>                     <C>    
Pinnacle Properties IX, Inc.
  (wholly-owned by Thomas Scott).................  Limited            49.5%                  99.0%
Robert Chilton...................................  Limited            49.5%                    --
Denton NH, Inc. (50% owned by Pinnacle
  Properties IX, Inc., and 50% owned by Robert
  Chilton).......................................  General             1.0%                  1.0%
                                                                     -----                 -----
                                                                     100.0%                 100.0%
                                                                     =====                  =====

</TABLE>


   On  April  1,  1995,   Pinnacle  Properties  IX,  Inc.  purchased  the  49.5%
partnership  interest in C.S. Denton  Partners,  Ltd. held by Robert Chilton and
the 50.0% interest in Denton NH, Inc., held by Robert Chilton.  This transaction
effectively gave Thomas Scott a 100% interest in C.S. Denton Partners, Ltd.

                                      F-41





<PAGE>

                VINTAGE HEALTH CARE CENTER RETIREMENT DIVISION
    (Wholly-Owned by C.S. Denton Partners, Ltd., a Partnership)--(Continued)

   On January 29, 1996,  an IHS  subsidiary  purchased  the Vintage  Health Care
Center. On June 1, 1996 the IHS subsidiary contributed a condominium interest in
the  assisted  living and  congregate  care  portion of the Vintage  Health Care
Center to Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc. (ILC).  Between January 29, 1996
and June 1, 1996 ILC will lease the assisted and independent  living communities
from IHS at a monthly rental of $35,000.

(4) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

   Property, plant and equipment consist of the following at December 31:



                                                       December 31,
                                                  ------------------------
                                                     1994        1995
                                                     ----        ----
Land                                             $  458,620   $  458,620
Building and improvements ....                    3,652,735    3,674,637
Equipment.....................                      525,788      584,754
                                                  ---------   ----------
                                                  4,637,143    4,718,011
Less accumulated depreciation..                     503,061      702,748
                                                  ---------   ----------
Total........................                    $4,134,082   $4,015,263
                                                 ==========   ==========



(5) NOTE PAYABLE

   On March 31,  1995,  CS Denton  Partners  Ltd.  entered  into a $6.9  million
promissory  note  with  Nationsbank,  of which  approximately  $4.7  million  is
allocated to the retirement division.  Proceeds of the note were used to pay off
a $6.4 million note between  Chemical  Bank and CS Denton  Partner Ltd, of which
approximately $4.4 million was allocated to the retirement  division.  The March
31,  1995 note  bears  interest  at the prime  rate  plus one  percent  (9.5% at
December 31, 1995),  payable  monthly.  Interest  paid on the note  approximates
interest expense included in the financial  statements.  The March 31, 1995 note
was paid off in connection  with the January,  1996 sale of Vintage  Health Care
Center. 

                                      F-42


<PAGE>

                             

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


The Tenants In Common
Terrace Gardens Tenants In Common:

We have audited the  accompanying  balance sheets of Terrace  Gardens Tenants In
Common (d/b/a Terrace Gardens Healthcare and Retirement Center) (the "Company"),
a facility owned by seven tenants in common (see note 1) as of December 31, 1994
and 1995,  and the related  statements of operations,  owners'  deficit and cash
flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period ended  December 31, 1995.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial  position of Terrace  Gardens  Tenants In
Common (d/b/a Terrace Gardens  Healthcare and Retirement  Center) as of December
31, 1994 and 1995,  and the results of their  operations and cash flows for each
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

                                                  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Baltimore, Maryland
June 5, 1996

                                       F-43



<PAGE>
                 

                        TERRACE GARDENS TENANTS IN COMMON
            (D/B/A TERRACE GARDENS HEALTHCARE AND RETIREMENT CENTER)
          
                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                December 31,
                                                                        -----------------------
                                                                             1994          1995
                                                                             ----          ----
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>
Assets
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents...........................................  $  205,187    $  319,481
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $19,084
  in 1995 ...........................................................     498,417       449,025
 Other current assets................................................      54,282        51,597
                                                                       ----------    ----------
Total current assets.................................................     757,886       820,103
Property, plant and equipment, net (note 2)..........................   8,362,121     8,044,779
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of
 $116,482 at December 31, 1994 and $131,446 in 1995 .................     154,549       139,585
                                                                          -------       -------
                                                                       $9,274,556    $9,004,467
                                                                       ==========    ==========
Liabilities and Partners' Equity
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses (note 6)......................  $  332,719    $  342,084
 Refundable security deposits........................................     340,802       342,837
 Current portion of long-term debt (notes 3 and 4)...................     309,203       314,086
                                                                       ----------    ----------
Total current liabilities............................................     982,724       999,007
                                                                       ----------    ----------
Long-term debt:
 Mortgage payable, less current portion (note 3).....................   8,197,556     7,977,558
 Note payable, less current portion (note 4).........................     188,000       116,000
                                                                       ----------    ----------
Total liabilities....................................................   9,368,280     9,092,565
Owner's deficit......................................................     (93,724)      (88,098)
                                                                       ----------    ----------
                                                                       $9,274,556    $9,004,467
                                                                       ==========    ==========

</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-44




<PAGE>

                            
              
                      TERRACE GARDENS TENANTS IN COMMON
           (D/B/A TERRACE GARDENS HEALTHCARE AND RETIREMENT CENTER)

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Years ended December 31,
                                                             ------------------------

                                                         1993         1994         1995
                                                         -----        ----         -----
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues:
 Nursing facility:
  Basic medical services, net....................  $1,819,752   $1,821,085   $1,828,533
  Specialty medical services.....................     158,412      165,379      189,793
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                    1,978,164    1,986,464    2,018,326
 Assisted living and congregate living facilities:
  Monthly service fees...........................   3,672,034    3,780,651    3,813,841
  Other..........................................      67,801       79,937       94,150
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                    3,739,835    3,860,588    3,907,991
 Other ..........................................      16,317       15,138       16,747
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------
Total revenues...................................   5,734,316    5,862,190    5,943,064
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------
Facility operating expenses:
 Salaries, wages and benefits....................   2,780,287    2,800,350    2,871,205
 Other operating expenses........................   1,031,840    1,177,705    1,196,466
 Administrative .................................     509,349      503,182      545,941
                                                   ----------    ---------    ---------
                                                    4,321,476    4,481,237    4,613,612
Interest.........................................     586,376      626,946      738,870
Depreciation and amortization....................     361,292      367,223      344,956
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------

Total expenses...................................   5,269,144    5,475,406    5,697,438
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------
Net earnings.....................................  $  465,172   $  386,784   $  245,626
                                                   ==========   ==========   ===========

</TABLE>

                                       F-45





<PAGE>

                 
                        TERRACE GARDENS TENANTS IN COMMON
            (D/B/A TERRACE GARDENS HEALTHCARE AND RETIREMENT CENTER)
 
                   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN OWNERS' DEFICIT
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995

                                   
Owners' deficit at December 31, 1992................................  $(325,680)
 Net earnings.......................................................    465,172
 Distribution to tenants in common..................................   (270,000)
                                                                      ---------

Owners' deficit at December 31, 1993................................   (130,508)
 Net earnings.......................................................    386,784
 Distribution to tenants in common..................................   (350,000)
                                                                      ---------

Owners' deficit at December 31, 1994................................    (93,724)
 Net earnings.......................................................    245,626
 Distribution to tenants in common..................................   (240,000)
                                                                      ---------

Owners' deficit at December 31, 1995................................  $ (88,098)
                                                                      =========

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-46

                            




<PAGE>

                  
                      TERRACE GARDENS TENANTS IN COMMON
           (D/B/A TERRACE GARDENS HEALTHCARE AND RETIREMENT CENTER)

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Years ended December 31,
                                                            -------------------------------------
                                                                 1993        1994        1995
                                                                 ----        ----        ----
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net earnings.............................................  $ 465,172   $ 386,784   $ 245,626
 Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization...........................    361,292     367,223     344,956
  Decrease (increase) in other assets.....................     24,698     (15,940)      2,685
  Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable..............    (22,528)    (72,538)     49,392
  Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.......     13,580      11,024       9,365
  Increase (decrease) in security deposits ...............    (27,477)    (22,876)      2,035
                                                            ---------    --------   ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities.................    814,737     653,677     654,059
                                                            ---------    --------   ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Payments on mortgages payable............................   (229,505)   (237,203)   (215,115)
 Payments on note payable.................................    (72,000)    (72,000)    (72,000)
 Distributions to tenants in common.......................   (270,000)   (350,000)   (240,000)
                                                            ---------     -------     -------
Net cash used by financing activities.....................   (571,505)   (659,203)   (527,115)
                                                            ---------    --------    --------
Cash flows from investing activities--
 purchase of property, plant and equipment ...............    (76,912)   (150,179)    (12,650)
                                                            ---------    --------     -------
Increase (decrease) in cash...............................    166,320    (155,705)    114,294
Cash, beginning of period.................................    194,572     360,892     205,187
                                                            ---------    ---------   --------
Cash, end of period.......................................  $ 360,892   $ 205,187   $ 319,481
                                                            =========   =========   =========

</TABLE>

               See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-47




<PAGE>



                        TERRACE GARDENS TENANTS IN COMMON

            (D/B/A TERRACE GARDENS HEALTHCARE AND RETIREMENT CENTER)

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995

(1) DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

   Terrace Gardens  Tenants In Common (a Kansas tenancy in common),  hereinafter
referred to as the Company,  owns and operates  Terrace  Gardens  Healthcare and
Retirement Center (the Facility) which consists of a 120-unit  congregate living
facility,  a 122 bed assisted  living  facility  and a 100 bed nursing  facility
located in  Wichita,  Kansas.  The  Facility  provides  various  services to its
residents,  including  intermediate  nursing care, meals,  social activities and
other personal services.

   The Facility is owned by seven tenants in common.  Ownership interests in the
facility are as follows:

                                                  Ownership
     Tenants in Common                             Interest
     -----------------                             --------
Herb Krumsick........................                  33%
Nestor Weigand, Jr...................                  17%
Ross Tidemann, Managing co-owner ....                  19%
Chester West, Administrator..........                  10%
Dr. Jon Kardatzke, Medical Doctor ...                   5%
Terrace Gardens L.P..................                   6%
Louis Weiss..........................                  10%
                                                      ---
                                                      100%
                                                      ===
   
   In February, 1996, Integrated Living Communities,  Inc. (ILC) entered into an
agreement to acquire the facility from the tenants in common above. The purchase
price is approximately  $12.20 million adjusted for certain accrued liabilities,
prepayments  and  deposits to be assumed by ILC.  The  purchase is  scheduled to
close simultaneous with the initial public offering of common stock of ILC.
    
   Basis of Accounting

   The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis
of accounting.

   Revenue Recognition

   Nursing  facility  revenues  include  revenues  from two nursing units at the
Facility.  Basic medical services  revenues  represent routine service (room and
board)  charges  of the  nursing  units.  Specialty  medical  services  revenues
represent ancillary service charges of the nursing units.

   Assisted living revenues include revenues from a congregate  living apartment
building as well as revenues  from three  assisted  living  units.  Service fees
represent  monthly rental charges to residents of the apartment  units and daily
room and board charges in the assisted living units.

   Revenues are  recorded at  established  rates and  adjusted  for  differences
between such rates and estimated amounts reimbursable by third party payors when
applicable.  Revenues  are  recognized  in the period the units are occupied and
service fees paid by residents  are  recognized in the period that such services
are provided.

                                      F-48


<PAGE>



                        TERRACE GARDENS TENANTS IN COMMON
      (D/B/A Terrace Gardens Healthcare and Retirement Center) (Continued)

   Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

   Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

   The carrying  amounts of cash,  accounts  receivable,  other current  assets,
other assets,  accounts  payable,  and accrued  expenses  approximate fair value
because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.  The carrying amount of
the mortgage  payable  approximates  its fair value because the interest rate is
adjusted quarterly.

   Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization of
property and  equipment  are computed  using the  straight-line  method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

               Buildings............  40 years
               Land improvements ...  25 years
               Equipment............  10 years

   Income Taxes

   The  Facility is not  considered  taxable  for  Federal and state  income tax
purposes  and,  accordingly,  the Company does not record a provision for income
taxes.  Any taxable  income or loss,  investment  tax credits and certain  other
items are the  responsibility  of the  tenants in common on their tax returns in
accordance with their ownership interests.

   Deferred Financing Costs

   Long-term  debt  financing  costs are deferred and amortized over the term of
the financing using the straight-line method.

(2) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

   Property and equipment consist of the following:


                                              1994         1995
                                              ----         ----
Land and improvements.........           $   458,558  $   458,558
Building and improvements.....             9,856,692    9,856,692
Furniture and equipment ......             1,097,723    1,110,373
                                         -----------  -----------
                                          11,412,973   11,425,623
Less accumulated depreciation.             3,050,852    3,380,844
                                         -----------   ----------
Total........................            $ 8,362,121  $ 8,044,779
                                         ===========  ===========



                                      F-49


<PAGE>




                        TERRACE GARDENS TENANTS IN COMMON
      (D/B/A Terrace Gardens Healthcare and Retirement Center)--(Continued)

(3) MORTGAGES PAYABLE

   As tenants  in common,  Herb  Krumsick,  Ross  Tidemann,  Chester  West,  Jon
Kardatzke and Weigand Properties,  Inc., borrowed $4,800,000 from Eureka Federal
Savings and Loan  Association  (Eureka)  with a  promissory  note dated July 21,
1987.  The interest  rate on the Eureka note is adjusted  quarterly to equal the
90-day  U.S.  Treasury  bill rate plus 3%,  rounded up to the nearest 1/8 %. The
borrowers  are to make monthly  payments of  principal  and  interest,  adjusted
quarterly,  based  upon a 25 year fully  amortizing  schedule  of equal  monthly
payments.  All remaining principal and unpaid interest is due on August 1, 2007.
The  promissory  note is secured  by a mortgage  and  security  interest  in the
premises.  Any default in the terms and provisions of the Eureka promissory note
shall be construed as an event of default under the  Mid-Kansas  note  described
below.

   Also as tenants in common,  Herb Krumsick,  Ross Tidemann,  Chester West, Jon
Kardatzke and Weigand  Properties,  Inc.,  borrowed  $4,800,000  from Mid-Kansas
Federal Savings and Loan Association of Wichita  (Mid-Kansas)  with a promissory
note dated July 21, 1987. The interest rate on the  Mid-Kansas  note is adjusted
quarterly to equal the 90-day U.S.  Treasury  bill rate plus 3 1/8 %, rounded up
to the nearest 1/8 %.  Monthly  payments of  principal  and  interest,  adjusted
quarterly,  are based upon a 25 year fully amortizing  schedule of equal monthly
payments.  All remaining principal and unpaid interest shall be due on August 1,
2007. The promissory  note is secured by a mortgage on and security  interest in
the premises.  Any default of the  borrowers in the terms and  provisions of the
Mid-Kansas  note  shall be  construed  as an event of  default  under the Eureka
mortgage note described above.

   At December 31, 1995,  the annual  maturities  of the  mortgages for the five
years ending December 31, 2000 and thereafter are as follows:


                         1996........  $  242,086
                         1997........     262,828
                         1998........     285,347
                         1999........     309,797
                         2000........     336,341
                         Thereafter .   6,783,245
                                       ----------
                                       $8,219,644
                                       ==========

(4) NOTE PAYABLE

   As tenants  in common,  Ross  Tidemann,  Herb  Krumsick,  Chester  West,  Jon
Kardatzke  and Weigand  Properties,  Inc.  entered  into a note with E.  Stanley
Kardatzke, Jon Kardatzke, E. E. Kardatzke, and Vera L. Kardatzke on December 31,
1986 in the original amount of $2,480,000.  This note was subsequently  assigned
to Jon  Kardatzke as the only payee.  This note is secured by a second  mortgage
and  security  agreement  covering the property  located in Wichita,  Kansas.  A
default  under the  promissory  notes  mentioned  in note 3 shall  constitute  a
default under this note.  The note as amended bears interest at a rate of 9.75%.
The principal  balance of the note is payable in monthly  principal  payments of
$6,000 plus accrued interest. Annual maturities are as follows:



                         1996......... $ 72,000
                         1997.........   72,000
                         1998.........   44,000
                                       --------
                                       $188,000
                                       ========

   Interest paid on the mortgages and note  approximated  the amount of interest
expense during the three-year period ended December 31, 1995.

                                      F-50


<PAGE>


                        TERRACE GARDENS TENANTS IN COMMON
     (D/B/A Terrace Gardens Healthcare and Retirement Center)-- (Continued)

(5) CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

   Receivables  from  patients and  third-party  payors at December 31, 1994 and
1995 by payor class are as follows:

                                               1994   1995
                                               ----   ----
                    Medicaid...............     15%    19%
                    Private and other......     85%    81%


(6) ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

   Accounts  payable and accrued  expenses at December 31, 1994 and December 31,
1995 are summarized as follows:

               
                                                   1994       1995
                                                   ----       ----
               Accounts payable..............   $170,320   $174,713
               Accrued salaries and wages....    105,556    114,963
               Other accrued expenses........     56,843     52,408
                                                --------   --------
                                                $332,719   $342,084
                                                ========   ========


(7) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   The  Facility  has  recorded a  receivable  at December 31, 1995 from Chester
West,  administrator and a tenant in common, in the amount of $14,000,  which is
included in other  current  assets.  In  addition,  the  Facility  has  recorded
compensation  to Mr. West of $106,000 in 1993,  $119,943 in 1994 and $116,800 in
1995.  Ross Tidemann,  the managing  co-owner,  has been paid management fees of
$24,000 in 1993,  $24,000 in 1994 and $24,000 in 1995.  Jon  Kardatzke,  Medical
Director and a Tenant In Common,  has been paid compensation of $21,600 in 1993,
$21,600 in 1994 and $21,600 in 1995.

                                      F-51


<PAGE>
   No  dealer,  salesperson  or other  person  has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any  representations  other than those  contained in this
Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or  representations  must not
be relied upon as having  been  authorized  by the  Company or any  Underwriter.
Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under
any  circumstances,  create any implication that there has been no change in the
affairs of the Company since the date hereof or that the  information  contained
herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the date hereof.  This Prospectus
does not  constitute an offer to sell or a  solicitation  of an offer to buy any
securities  offered hereby by anyone in any  jurisdiction in which such offer or
solicitation  is not  authorized  or in which the  person  making  such offer or
solicitation  is not  qualified  to do so or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to
make such offer or solicitation.

                              --------------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
                                                     PAGE
                                                    ------
Prospectus Summary................................    3
Risk Factors......................................    6
Company History...................................   17
Use of Proceeds...................................   18
Dividend Policy...................................   18
Capitalization....................................   19
Dilution..........................................   20
Pro Forma Financial Information...................   21
Selected Consolidated Financial Data..............   25
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations...............   26
Business..........................................   33
Management........................................   48
Certain Transactions..............................   55
Principal and Selling Stockholders................   57
Description of Capital Stock......................   58
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...................   61
Underwriting......................................   63
Legal Matters.....................................   64
Experts...........................................   64
Additional Information............................   64
Index to Financial Statements.....................  F-1
    
                              -------------------

   Until , 1996  (25  days  after  the  date of this  Prospectus),  all  dealers
effecting   transactions   in  the   registered   securities,   whether  or  not
participating  in this  distribution,  may be required to deliver a  Prospectus.
This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver
a  Prospectus  when  acting as  Underwriters  and with  respect to their  unsold
allotments or subscriptions.



<PAGE>

                                5,130,600 SHARES


                                     [Logo]


                       INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.






                                  COMMON STOCK





                                 ----------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                         , 1996
                                 ----------------











                                SMITH BARNEY INC.

                               ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                  INCORPORATED

                          Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
                             Securities Corporation


<PAGE>



                                   PART II

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

   The following  table sets forth the Company's  estimates  (other than the SEC
registration  fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq  National  Market  listing
fee) of the expenses in  connection  with the issuance and  distribution  of the
shares of Common Stock being registered,  other than underwriting  discounts and
commissions and the Representatives non-accountable expense allowance:


          SEC registration fee..............  $   46,610.69
          NASD filing fee ..................      14,017.10
          Nasdaq National Market listing
          fee...............................      43,124.13
          Printing and engraving expenses ..     150,000.00*
          Legal fees and expenses...........     250,000.00*
          Accounting fees and expenses .....     750,000.00*
          Blue sky fees and expenses........      30,000.00*
          Transfer agent and registrar
          fees..............................      10,000.00*
          Miscellaneous expenses ...........      56,248.08*
                                              --------------
             Total:.........................  $1,350,000.00*
                                              ==============
- ----------
*Estimated

   The Selling  Stockholder will not pay any of the foregoing  expenses,  all of
which the Company has agreed to pay.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

   Section  145(a)  of the  General  Corporation  Law of the  State of  Delaware
("GCL") provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or
is a party or is  threatened  to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative  (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation),  by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
the  corporation  or is or was  serving at the request of the  corporation  as a
director,  officer,  employee  or agent of another  corporation  or  enterprise,
against expenses,  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if
he acted in good faith and in a manner he  reasonably  believed  to be in or not
opposed to the best  interests  of the  corporation,  and,  with  respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

   Section 145(b) of the GCL provides that a Delaware  corporation may indemnify
any  person  who was or is a party  or is  threatened  to be made a party to any
threatened,  pending  or  completed  action  or suit by or in the  right  of the
corporation  to procure a judgment  in its favor by reason of the fact that such
person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses actually
and reasonably  incurred by him in connection  with the defense or settlement of
such  action  or  suit if he  acted  under  similar  standards,  except  that no
indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which
such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation  unless and
only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall
determine that despite the adjudication of liability,  such person is fairly and
reasonably  entitled to be  indemnified  for such expenses which the court shall
deem proper.

   Section  145 of the GCL  further  provides  that to the extent a director  or
officer of a corporation has been  successful in the defense of an action,  suit
or proceeding  referred to in  subsections  (a) and (b) or in the defense of any
claim,  issue  or  matter  therein,  he shall be  indemnified  against  expenses
actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him  in  connection   therewith,   that
indemnification  provided  for by  Section  145 of the GCL  shall  not be deemed
exclusive  of any other rights to which the  indemnified  party may be entitled;
and that the  corporation  may purchase and maintain  insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director,  officer, employee or agent of the corporation,
or is or was serving at the request of the

                                      II-1


<PAGE>

corporation as a director,  officer, employee or agent of another corporation or
enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or incurred by him in any
such  capacity  or  arising  out  of his  status  as  such  whether  or not  the
corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liabilities under
such Section 145.

   The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company
shall indemnify certain persons,  including officers,  directors,  employees and
agents,  to the fullest extent  permitted by Section 145 of the GCL of the State
of  Delaware.  Reference is made to the Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation
filed as Exhibit 3.1. The Company's  directors and officers are insured  against
losses  arising  from  any  claim  against  them as such  for  wrongful  acts or
omission, subject to certain limitations.

   Under  Section  9  of  the  Underwriting  Agreement,   the  Underwriters  are
obligated,  under certain  circumstances,  to indemnify officers,  directors and
controlling  persons  of the  Company  against  certain  liabilities,  including
liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act.  Reference  is  made  to the  form  of
Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

   
   In January 1996 the Company  issued 100 shares of Common Stock to  Integrated
Health Services,  Inc.  ("IHS") in  consideration of IHS'  contribution to it of
certain  assets.  In June 1996 the  Company  issued to IHS  4,960,900  shares of
Common  Stock as a dividend to effect a  49,610-for-1  stock split of the Common
Stock on June 10, 1996. The foregoing  transaction was exempt from  registration
under the  Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2)  thereunder.  In August 1996,
IHS  surrendered  1,063,100  shares of Common Stock to the Company.  At June 30,
1996, IHS had paid total consideration of $42,387,000, representing the net book
value of the  facilities  contributed  as capital to the Company by IHS less the
cash distributions received by IHS from the Company.
     
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>          <C>

Item 16.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Exhibits 

No.          Description
- ---          -----------
1            Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
2.1          Asset Purchase Agreement,  dated as of , 1996, by and among Terrace
             Gardens,  L.P.,  Herbert L. Krumsick,  Jon Kardatzke,  Louis Weiss,
             Chester  West,  Ross G.  Tidemann,  Nestor  R.  Weigand,  Jr.,  and
             Integrated  Living  Communities  at Terrace  Gardens,  Inc.+
2.2          Asset Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996, between Cabot
             Pointe I, Inc. and Integrated  Living  Communities at Cabot Pointe,
             Inc. and Certain Shareholders of Cabot Pointe I, Inc.+
3.1          Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
3.2          Bylaws.*
4.1          Specimen Common Stock Certificate (Description).+
5            Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
10.1         Declaration of Condominium of West Palm Beach, a Condominium, dated
             as of June 3, 1996,  by Central  Park Lodges of West Palm Beach and
             Integrated Living Communities of West Palm Beach, Inc.+
10.2         Services  Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996,  between Integrated
             Living Communities of West Palm Beach, Inc. and Central Park Lodges
             of West Palm Beach, Inc.+
10.3         Amendment to Services Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996, between
             Integrated Living  Communities of West Palm Beach, Inc. and Central
             Park Lodges of West Palm Beach, Inc.+
10.4         Declaration of Condominium of Treemont, a Condominium,  dated as of
             June 1, 1996,  by Cambridge  Group of Texas,  Inc.  and  Integrated
             Living Communities of Dallas, Inc.+
10.5         Services  Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996,  between Integrated
             Living  Communities of Dallas,  Inc. and Cambridge  Group of Texas,
             Inc.+

                                      II-2

<PAGE>

10.6         Amendment to Services Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996, between
             Integrated Living  Communities of Dallas,  Inc. and Cambridge Group
             of Texas, Inc.+
10.7         Declaration of Condominium of Vintage,  a Condominium,  dated as of
             June 1, 1996, by Integrated Health Services at Great Bend, Inc. and
             Integrated Living Communities of Denton (Texas), Inc.+
10.8         Services  Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996,  between Integrated
             Living  Communities of Denton (Texas),  Inc. and Integrated  Health
             Services at Great Bend, Inc.+
10.9         Amendment to Services Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996, between
             Integrated   Living   Communities  of  Denton  (Texas),   Inc.  and
             Integrated Health Services at Great Bend, Inc.+
10.10        Administrative  Services Agreement,  effective June 1, 1996, by and
             between Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc. and Integrated Health
             Services, Inc.+
10.11        Lease  Agreement,  dated as of June 18, 1996,  between The Hartmoor
             Homestead,  L.C., as Landlord, and Integrated Living Communities at
             Wichita, Inc., as Tenant.+
10.12        Purchase  Option  Agreement,  dated  as of June  18,  1996,  by and
             between The Hartmoor  Homestead,  L.C.,  as Owner,  and  Integrated
             Living Communities at Wichita, Inc., as Optionee.+
10.13        Right of First Refusal Agreement, dated as of June 18, 1996, by and
             between  The  Hartmoor   Homestead,   L.C.  and  Integrated  Living
             Communities at Wichita, Inc.+
10.14        Lease Agreement,  dated as of June 18, 1996,  between The Homestead
             of  Garden  City,   L.C.,  as  Landlord,   and  Integrated   Living
             Communities at Garden City, Inc., as Tenant.+
10.15        Purchase  Option  Agreement,  dated  as of June  18,  1996,  by and
             between  The  Homestead  of  Garden  City,   L.C.,  as  Owner,  and
             Integrated Living Communities at Garden City, Inc., as Optionee.+
10.16        Right of First Refusal Agreement, dated as of June 18, 1996, by and
             between The Homestead of Garden City,  L.C. and  Integrated  Living
             Communities at Garden City, Inc.+
10.17        Sublease,  dated  as of June 1,  1996,  between  Integrated  Living
             Communities of Bradenton,  Inc. and Integrated  Health  Services of
             Lester, Inc. (relating to "The Shores").+
10.18        Guaranty,   dated  as  of  June  1,  1996,  by  Integrated   Living
             Communities,  Inc. for the benefit of Integrated Health Services of
             Lester, Inc. and Litchfield Asset Management Corp.+
10.19        Sublease,  dated  as of June 1,  1996,  between  Integrated  Living
             Communities of Bradenton,  Inc. and Integrated  Health  Services of
             Lester, Inc. (relating to "Cheyenne").+
10.20        Registration  Rights Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996,  between
             Integrated Living Communities, Inc. and Integrated Health Services,
             Inc.
10.21        Purchase and Sale Agreement,  dated as of October 4, 1995,  between
             Liberty  Carrington Pointe . Limited  Partnership,  as Seller,  and
             Integrated Management-Carrington Pointe, Inc., as Buyer.+
10.22        First  Amendment  to  Purchase  and  Sale  Agreement,  dated  as of
             December  15,  1995,  between   Liberty/Carrington  Pointe  Limited
             Partnership,   as  Seller,  and  Integrated   Management-Carrington
             Pointe, Inc., as Buyer.+
10.23        Employment Agreement,  dated as of May 1, 1996, between the Company
             and Edward J. Komp.+
10.24        Employment Agreement,  dated as of May 1, 1996, between the Company
             and Kayda Johnson.+
10.25        Employment Agreement,  dated as of May 1, 1996, between the Company
             and John Poole.+
10.26        Employment Agreement,  dated as of May 1, 1996, between the Company
             and Kyle Shatterly.+
10.27        Form of Indemnification Agreement for officers and directors.+
10.28        Stock Incentive Plan.
10.29        Form of Option Agreement under Stock Incentive Plan.
10.30        Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.
10.31        Form of Option Agreement under  Non-Employee  Director Stock Option
             Plan.

                                      II-3


<PAGE>

10.32        Form of Non-Plan Director Option.
10.33        Integrated   Living   Communities,   Inc.   Supplemental   Deferred
             Compensation  Plan.*  
10.34        Revolving  Credit  Demand Note,  dated  February  29, 1996,  in the
             principal  amount of  $750,000,  between  Lori Zito  d/b/a  Elderly
             Development  Company,  as Borrower,  and Integrated Health Services
             Retirement  Management,  Inc., as Lender, as amended by Allonge and
             Amendment  of  Revolving  Credit  Demand  Note  dated as of July 9,
             1996.+
10.35        Revolving Credit and Security  Agreement,  dated as of February 29,
             1996,  between  Lori Zito d/b/a  Elderly  Development  Company,  as
             Borrower,  and Integrated  Health Services  Retirement  Management,
             Inc., as Lender,  as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit
             and Security Agreement dated as of July 9, 1996.+
10.36        Development  Services  Agreement,  dated as of June 3, 1996, by and
             among  Integrated  Living  Communities,   Inc.,  Integrated  Health
             Services, Inc. and Aguirre, Inc.
10.37        Letter  of  Intent  Agreement,  dated  as of June 26,  1996,  among
             Integrated   Living   Communities,   Inc.  and   Capstone   Capital
             Corporation.+
10.38        Loan  Commitment  letter,  dated June 11,  1996,  from  Health Care
             Property Investors, Inc. to the Company.+
10.39        Asset Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of January , 1996,  among C.S.
             Denton Partners,  Ltd., Thomas Scott and Integrated Health Services
             at Great Bend, Inc.+
10.40        Letter Agreement Re: Options to Receive Assignments of Various Land
             Contracts   dated  March  27,  1996   between   Integrated   Living
             Communities, Inc. and The Homestead Company, L.C.+
10.41        Letter Agreement Re: Options to Receive Assignments of Various Land
             Contracts   dated  March  21,  1996   between   Integrated   Living
             Communities, Inc. and Lori Zito d/b/a Elderly Development Company.+
10.42        Revolving Credit Note, dated June 30, 1996, in the principal amount
             of $75,000,000,  between  Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc., as
             Maker, and Integrated Health Services, Inc., as Lender.+
10.43        Letter  of Intent  Agreement,  dated as of March  18,  1996,  among
             Integrated Living Communities, Inc. and The Homestead Company, L.C.
10.44        Revolving  Credit  Note,  dated March 18,  1996,  in the  principal
             amount  of  $800,000,  between  The  Homestead  Company,  L.C.,  as
             Borrower,  and Integrated  Health Services  Retirement  Management,
             Inc.,  as Lender,  as amended by Allonge and Amendment of Revolving
             Credit Note dated as of July 12, 1996.
10.45        Revolving  Credit  and  Security  Agreement,  dated as of March 18,
             1996,  between  The  Homestead  Company,  L.C.,  as  Borrower,  and
             Integrated Health Services Retirement Management,  Inc., as Lender,
             as amended by  Amendment  No. 1 to  Revolving  Credit and  Security
             Agreement dated as of July 12, 1996.
10.46        Indemnification  Agreement  dated  August 15,  1996 by and  between
             Integrated Health Services, Inc. and Integrated Living Communities,
             Inc.
10.47        Ancillary  Services Agreement dated as of June 3, 1996 by and among
             Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc.,  Integrated Health Services,
             Inc. and Aguirre, Inc.
21.          Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1         Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
23.2         Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.3         Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5).
24.1         Power of Attorney (included on signature page).+
24.2         Certified Resolution.+
27.          Financial Data Schedule+
</TABLE>
- ----------
* To be filed by amendment.

+ Previously filed.

                                      II-4


<PAGE>

(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

   A.  The  undersigned   registrant   hereby   undertakes  to  provide  to  the
Underwriters   at  the  closing   specified  in  the   Underwriting   Agreement,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

   B. Insofar as  indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the registrant  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,
the  registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

   C. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

   (1) For purposes of  determining  any liability  under the  Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  the information  omitted from the form of prospectus filed as
part of this registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
a form of prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
or  497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be  part  of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

   (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability under the Securities Act of
1933,  as  amended,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a form  of
prospectus  shall be deemed to be a new registration  statement  relating to the
securities  offered  therein,  and the offering of such  securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
   
   Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to Registration  Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Owings Mills and State of Maryland on the 22nd day of August, 1996.
    



                                 By: /s/ Edward J. Komp
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                     Edward J. Komp
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer
   
   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  this
Amendment  No. 2 to  Registration  Statement  has been  signed by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             SIGNATURE                           TITLE                                   DATE
             ---------                           -----                                   ----

<S>                                 <C>                                              <C>                                   
/s/ Edward J. Komp                  
- -----------------------------       President, Chief Executive
          Edward J. Komp            Officer and Director
                                    (principal executive officer)                     August 22, 1996
                                    
/s/ John B. Poole*                  
- -----------------------------       Senior Vice President--
          John B. Poole             Chief Financial Officer
                                    (principal financial and accounting officer)      August 22, 1996

/s/ Robert N. Elkins*
- -----------------------------       Chairman of the Board of Directors                August 22, 1996
          Robert N. Elkins, M.D.    

- -----------------------------       Director
        Luis Bared                  

/s/ Lawrence P. Cirka*
- -----------------------------       Director                                          August 22, 1996
          Lawrence P. Cirka         

/s/ Charles A. Laverty*
- -----------------------------       Director                                          August 22, 1996
          Charles A. Laverty        

/s/ Lisa Merritt*
- -----------------------------       Director                                          August 22, 1996
          Lisa Merritt              

*By: /s/ Edward J. Komp
    --------------------------
          Edward J. Komp 
      (as attorney-in-fact for 
   each of the persons indicated)                
    
</TABLE>
                                      II-6


<PAGE>
                                EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
No.          Description                                                                   Page
- ---          -----------                                                                   ----
   
<S>          <C>                                                                           <C>
1            Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
2.1          Asset Purchase Agreement,  dated as of , 1996, by and among Terrace
             Gardens,  L.P.,  Herbert L. Krumsick,  Jon Kardatzke,  Louis Weiss,
             Chester  West,  Ross G.  Tidemann,  Nestor  R.  Weigand,  Jr.,  and
             Integrated  Living  Communities  at Terrace  Gardens,  Inc.+
2.2          Asset Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996, between Cabot
             Pointe I, Inc. and Integrated  Living  Communities at Cabot Pointe,
             Inc. and Certain Shareholders of Cabot Pointe I, Inc.+
3.1          Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
3.2          Bylaws.*
4.1          Specimen Common Stock Certificate (Description).+
5            Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
10.1         Declaration of Condominium of West Palm Beach, a Condominium, dated
             as of June 3, 1996,  by Central  Park Lodges of West Palm Beach and
             Integrated Living Communities of West Palm Beach, Inc.+
10.2         Services  Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996,  between Integrated
             Living Communities of West Palm Beach, Inc. and Central Park Lodges
             of West Palm Beach, Inc.+
10.3         Amendment to Services Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996, between
             Integrated Living  Communities of West Palm Beach, Inc. and Central
             Park Lodges of West Palm Beach, Inc.+
10.4         Declaration of Condominium of Treemont, a Condominium,  dated as of
             June 1, 1996,  by Cambridge  Group of Texas,  Inc.  and  Integrated
             Living Communities of Dallas, Inc.+
10.5         Services  Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996,  between Integrated
             Living  Communities of Dallas,  Inc. and Cambridge  Group of Texas,
             Inc.+
10.6         Amendment to Services Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996, between
             Integrated Living  Communities of Dallas,  Inc. and Cambridge Group
             of Texas, Inc.+
10.7         Declaration of Condominium of Vintage,  a Condominium,  dated as of
             June 1, 1996, by Integrated Health Services at Great Bend, Inc. and
             Integrated Living Communities of Denton (Texas), Inc.+
10.8         Services  Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996,  between Integrated
             Living  Communities of Denton (Texas),  Inc. and Integrated  Health
             Services at Great Bend, Inc.+
10.9         Amendment to Services Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996, between
             Integrated   Living   Communities  of  Denton  (Texas),   Inc.  and
             Integrated Health Services at Great Bend, Inc.+
10.10        Administrative  Services Agreement,  effective June 1, 1996, by and
             between Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc. and Integrated Health
             Services, Inc.+
10.11        Lease  Agreement,  dated as of June 18, 1996,  between The Hartmoor
             Homestead,  L.C., as Landlord, and Integrated Living Communities at
             Wichita, Inc., as Tenant.+
10.12        Purchase  Option  Agreement,  dated  as of June  18,  1996,  by and
             between The Hartmoor  Homestead,  L.C.,  as Owner,  and  Integrated
             Living Communities at Wichita, Inc., as Optionee.+
10.13        Right of First Refusal Agreement, dated as of June 18, 1996, by and
             between  The  Hartmoor   Homestead,   L.C.  and  Integrated  Living
             Communities at Wichita, Inc.+
<PAGE>


Exhibit
No.          Description                                                                   Page
- ---          -----------                                                                   ----
10.14        Lease Agreement,  dated as of June 18, 1996,  between The Homestead
             of  Garden  City,   L.C.,  as  Landlord,   and  Integrated   Living
             Communities at Garden City, Inc., as Tenant.+
10.15        Purchase  Option  Agreement,  dated  as of June  18,  1996,  by and
             between  The  Homestead  of  Garden  City,   L.C.,  as  Owner,  and
             Integrated Living Communities at Garden City, Inc., as Optionee.+
10.16        Right of First Refusal Agreement, dated as of June 18, 1996, by and
             between The Homestead of Garden City,  L.C. and  Integrated  Living
             Communities at Garden City, Inc.+
10.17        Sublease,  dated  as of June 1,  1996,  between  Integrated  Living
             Communities of Bradenton,  Inc. and Integrated  Health  Services of
             Lester, Inc. (relating to "The Shores").+
10.18        Guaranty,   dated  as  of  June  1,  1996,  by  Integrated   Living
             Communities,  Inc. for the benefit of Integrated Health Services of
             Lester, Inc. and Litchfield Asset Management Corp.+
10.19        Sublease,  dated  as of June 1,  1996,  between  Integrated  Living
             Communities of Bradenton,  Inc. and Integrated  Health  Services of
             Lester, Inc. (relating to "Cheyenne").+
10.20        Registration  Rights Agreement,  dated as of June 1, 1996,  between
             Integrated Living Communities, Inc. and Integrated Health Services,
             Inc.
10.21        Purchase and Sale Agreement,  dated as of October 4, 1995,  between
             Liberty  Carrington Pointe . Limited  Partnership,  as Seller,  and
             Integrated Management-Carrington Pointe, Inc., as Buyer.+
10.22        First  Amendment  to  Purchase  and  Sale  Agreement,  dated  as of
             December  15,  1995,  between   Liberty/Carrington  Pointe  Limited
             Partnership,   as  Seller,  and  Integrated   Management-Carrington
             Pointe, Inc., as Buyer.+
10.23        Employment Agreement,  dated as of May 1, 1996, between the Company
             and Edward J. Komp.+
10.24        Employment Agreement,  dated as of May 1, 1996, between the Company
             and Kayda Johnson.+
10.25        Employment Agreement,  dated as of May 1, 1996, between the Company
             and John Poole.+
10.26        Employment Agreement,  dated as of May 1, 1996, between the Company
             and Kyle Shatterly.+
10.27        Form of Indemnification Agreement for officers and directors.+
10.28        Stock Incentive Plan.
10.29        Form of Option Agreement under Stock Incentive Plan.
10.30        Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.
10.31        Form of Option Agreement under  Non-Employee  Director Stock Option
             Plan.
10.32        Form of Non-Plan Director Option.
10.33        Integrated   Living   Communities,   Inc.   Supplemental   Deferred
             Compensation  Plan.*  
10.34        Revolving  Credit  Demand Note,  dated  February  29, 1996,  in the
             principal  amount of  $750,000,  between  Lori Zito  d/b/a  Elderly
             Development  Company,  as Borrower,  and Integrated Health Services
             Retirement  Management,  Inc., as Lender, as amended by Allonge and
             Amendment  of  Revolving  Credit  Demand  Note  dated as of July 9,
             1996.+
10.35        Revolving Credit and Security  Agreement,  dated as of February 29,
             1996,  between  Lori Zito d/b/a  Elderly  Development  Company,  as
             Borrower,  and Integrated  Health Services  Retirement  Management,
             Inc., as Lender,  as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit
             and Security Agreement dated as of July 9, 1996.+
<PAGE>
Exhibit
No.          Description                                                                   Page
- ---          -----------                                                                   ----
10.36        Development  Services  Agreement,  dated as of June 3, 1996, by and
             among  Integrated  Living  Communities,   Inc.,  Integrated  Health
             Services, Inc. and Aguirre, Inc.
10.37        Letter  of  Intent  Agreement,  dated  as of June 26,  1996,  among
             Integrated   Living   Communities,   Inc.  and   Capstone   Capital
             Corporation.+
10.38        Loan  Commitment  letter,  dated June 11,  1996,  from  Health Care
             Property Investors, Inc. to the Company.+
10.39        Asset Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of January , 1996,  among C.S.
             Denton Partners,  Ltd., Thomas Scott and Integrated Health Services
             at Great Bend, Inc.+
10.40        Letter Agreement Re: Options to Receive Assignments of Various Land
             Contracts   dated  March  27,  1996   between   Integrated   Living
             Communities, Inc. and The Homestead Company, L.C.+
10.41        Letter Agreement Re: Options to Receive Assignments of Various Land
             Contracts   dated  March  21,  1996   between   Integrated   Living
             Communities, Inc. and Lori Zito d/b/a Elderly Development Company.+
10.42        Revolving Credit Note, dated June 30, 1996, in the principal amount
             of $75,000,000,  between  Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc., as
             Maker, and Integrated Health Services, Inc., as Lender.+
10.43        Letter  of Intent  Agreement,  dated as of March  18,  1996,  among
             Integrated Living Communities, Inc. and The Homestead Company, L.C.
10.44        Revolving  Credit  Note,  dated March 18,  1996,  in the  principal
             amount  of  $800,000,  between  The  Homestead  Company,  L.C.,  as
             Borrower,  and Integrated  Health Services  Retirement  Management,
             Inc.,  as Lender,  as amended by Allonge and Amendment of Revolving
             Credit Note dated as of July 12, 1996.
10.45        Revolving  Credit  and  Security  Agreement,  dated as of March 18,
             1996,  between  The  Homestead  Company,  L.C.,  as  Borrower,  and
             Integrated Health Services Retirement Management,  Inc., as Lender,
             as amended by  Amendment  No. 1 to  Revolving  Credit and  Security
             Agreement dated as of July 12, 1996.
10.46        Indemnification  Agreement  dated  August 15,  1996 by and  between
             Integrated Health Services, Inc. and Integrated Living Communities,
             Inc.
10.47        Ancillary  Services Agreement dated as of June 3, 1996 by and among
             Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc.,  Integrated Health Services,
             Inc. and Aguirre, Inc.
21.          Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1         Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
23.2         Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.3         Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5).
24.1         Power of Attorney (included on signature page).+
24.2         Certified Resolution.+
27.          Financial Data Schedule+
</TABLE>
- ----------
* To be filed by amendment.

+ Previously filed.

    



                            RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF
                                       OF
                                 INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                       INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.

   INTEGRATED  LIVING  COMMUNITIES,  INC.  (the  "Corporation",   a  corporation
organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware (the "GCL"),  in order to amend and restate its Certificate of
Incorporation pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the GCL, certifies as follows:

   1. The name of the  Corporation is Integrated  Living  Communities,  Inc. The
original  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation  was filed with the
Secretary  of  State  of  Delaware  on  November  17, 1995  and  was  amended on
January 11, 1996.

   2. This  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  restates  and  amends  the
provisions  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  as  heretofore  amended  or
supplemented.

   3. The Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation,  acting  at a  meeting  duly
noticed  and held  pursuant  to  Section  141 of the GCL  adopted  a  resolution
proposing and  declaring  advisable  the adoption of a Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation of the Corporation in the form hereinafter set forth in Item 6.

   4. The stockholders of the Corporation, acting by written consent pursuant to
the provisions of Section 228 of the GCL, duly adopted this Restated Certificate
of Incorporation in the form hereinafter set forth in Item 6.

   5. The aforesaid  Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  was duly adopted in
accordance  with the  applicable  provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the
GCL.

   6. The text of the Certificate of  Incorporation,  as amended or supplemented
heretofore,  is hereby  amended and  restated  so as to read in its  entirety as
follows:

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE I

                                      Name
                                      ----
The name of the Corporation is: Integrated Living Communities, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    Purposes
                                    -------

The purpose of the  Corporation  is to engage in any lawful act or activity  for
which a corporation  may be organized  under the General  Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the GCL.

                                  ARTICLE III

                               Agent for Service
                               -----------------

The name and address in the State of Delaware  of the  Corporation's  registered
agent for service of process is:  Corporation Trust Center,  1209 Orange Street,
in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 Capital Stock
                                 -------------

A.   The total number of shares of stock which the  Corporation is authorized to
     issue is fifty-five  million  (55,000,000)  shares,  of which fifty million
     (50,000,000)  shares,  par value  $.01 per share.  Thereof  shall be Common
     Stock and five million (5,000,000) shares, par value $.01 per share thereof
     shall be Preferred Stock.

B.   The Board of Directors is hereby  expressly  authorized,  by  resolution or
     resolutions  from time to time adopted,  to provide for the issuance of the
     Preferred  Stock in series and to fix and state, to the extent not fixed by
     the provisions  hereinabove set forth and subject to limitations prescribed
     by  law,  the  voting  powers,  designations,   preferences  and  relative,
     participating, optional and other special rights of the shares of each such
     series  and  the  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions  thereof,
     including, but not limited to, determiniation of any of the following:

     (a)  the   distinctive   serial   designation  and  the  number  of  shares
          constituting the series;

                                       2

<PAGE>

     (b)  the dividend rate,  whether  dividends shall be cumulative and, if so,
          from which date,  the  payment  date or dates for  dividends,  and the
          participating  or  other  special  rights,  if any,  with  respect  to
          dividends;


     (c)  the voting  powers,  full or limited in addition to the voting  powers
          provided by law;

     (d)  whether  the  shares  shall be  redeemable,  and,  if so, the price or
          prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, the shares may
          be redeemed;

     (e)  the  amount  or  amounts  payable  upon  the  shares  in the  event of
          voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
          Corporation;

     (f)  whether  the shares  shall be  entitled to the benefit of a sinking or
          retirement  fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of shares
          of the series,  and, if so  entitled,  the amount of such fund and the
          manner of its application,  including the price or prices at which the
          shares may be redeemed or purchased  through the  applications of such
          fund; and

     (g)  whether the shares shall be  convertible  into, or  exchangeable  for,
          shares of any other  class or  classes  or of any other  series of the
          same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation and, if
          so convertible or exchangeable, the conversion price or prices, or the
          rates of exchange,  and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such
          conversion or exchange may be made and any other terms and  conditions
          of such conversion or exchange.

     Each share  of  each series of Preferred Stock shall have the same relative
rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of the same
series.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                    By-Laws
                                    -------

In  furtherance  and not in  limitation  of the  objects,  purposes  and  powers
conferred by statute,  the Board of Directors is expressly  authorized  to make,
alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.


                                       3

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                  Certain Rights of Creditors and Stockholders
                  --------------------------------------------

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its
creditors  or  any  class  of  them  and/or  between  the  Corporation  and  its
stockholders  or any class of them, any court of equitable  jurisdiction  within
the  State  of  Delaware  may,  on  the  application  in a  summary  way  of the
Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder  thereof or on the  application of
any receiver or receivers  appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of
Section  291  of  Title  8 of  the  GCL or on the  application  of  trustees  in
dissolution or of any receiver or receivers  appointed for the Corporation under
the  provisions  of  Section  279 of Title 8 of the GCL,  order a meeting of the
creditors  or  class  of  creditors  and/or  of the  stockholders  or  class  of
stockholders of the  Corporation,  as the case may be,  to be  summoned  in such
manner  as  the  said  court  directs.  If a  majority  in  number  representing
three-fourths  in value of the  creditors or class of  creditors,  and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders  of the  Corporation,  as the case may be,
agree  to  any  compromise  or  arrangement  and to  any  reorganization  of the
Corporation  as  consequence  of  such  compromise  or  arrangement,   the  said
compromise or arrangement  and the said  reorganization  shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said  application  has been  made,  be binding on all the
creditors  or class of  creditors,  and/or on all the  stockholders  or class of
stockholders  of  this  Corporation,  as the  case  may  be,  and  also  on this
Corporation.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                                Indemnification
                                ---------------

The  Corporation  shall have the power to  indemnify  any person who was or is a
party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any  threatened,  pending  or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative  (other than an action by or in the right of the  Corporation)  by
reason of the fact tht he is or was a  director,  officer,  employee or agent of
the  Corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of the  Corporation  as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership, joint
venture,  trust or other  enterprise,  against  expenses  (including  attorneys'
fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection  with such action,  suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the  Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal  action or
proceedings,  had no reasonable  cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The
termination of any action, upon a plea of nolo

                                       4
<PAGE>

contendere or equivalent,  shall not, of itself,  create a presumption  that the
person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect
to interests  of the  Corporation, and, with  respect to any criminal  action or
proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                            Limitation of Liability
                            -----------------------

A  director  of  the  Corporation  shall  have  no  personal  liability  to  the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his fiduciary
duty as a director, provided, however, this Article shall not eliminate or limit
the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty
to the Corporation or its  stockholders;  (ii) for acts or omissions not in good
faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing violation of a law;
(iii) for the unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock  repurchases under
Section  174 of the GCL or (iv) for any  transaction  from  which  the  director
derived an improper personal benefit.  This Article shall not eliminate or limit
the  liability  of a director  for any act or  omission  occurring  prior to the
effective date of this Article.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                               Board of Directors
                               ------------------

A.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred
     Stock,  the number of directors  constituting the entire Board of Directors
     shall be as fixed from time to time by vote of a majority of the  directors
     constituting  the entire Board of Directors,  provided,  however,  that the
     number of  directors  shall not be reduced so as to shorten the term of any
     director at the time in office.

B.   The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal
     in number as the then total  number of  directors  constituting  the entire
     Board of Directors  permits  with the term of office of one class  expiring
     each year. At the annual meeting of stockholders in 1996,  directors of the
     first class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the next
     succeeding  annual meeting,  directors of the second class shall be elected
     to hold office for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting,
     and directors of the third class shall be elected to hold office for a term
     expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting.

                                       5

<PAGE>

     Any  vacancies  in  the  Board  of  Directors  for  any  reason,   and  any
     directorships  resulting from any increase in the number of directors,  may
     be filled  only by the Board of  Directors,  acting  by a  majority  of the
     directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so
     chosen  shall hold  office  until the next  election of the class for which
     such directors shall have been chosen and until their  successors  shall be
     elected  and  qualified.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  and  except  as
     otherwise  required by law,  whenever the holders of any one or more series
     of Preferred Stock shall have the right,  voting  separately as a class, to
     elect one or more directors of the  Corporation,  the terms of the director
     or directors  elected by such holders shall be governed by the terms of the
     resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article IV hereof
     and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to
     this  Article IX unless  expressly  provided by such terms.  Subject to the
     foregoing,  at each annual  meeting of  stockholders  the successors to the
     class of  directors  whose term shall then expire  shall be elected to hold
     office  for a term  expiring  at the third  succeeding  annual  meeting  of
     stockholders.  When the number of directors is changed,  any  newly-created
     directorships  or any  decrease in  directorships  shall be so  apportioned
     among the  classes  by the Board of  Directors  as to make all  classes  as
     nearly equal in number as possible.

C.   Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of this  Restated  Certificate  of
     Incorporation  or the By-Laws of the Corporation (and  notwithstanding  the
     fact that some lesser  percentage  may be specified by law,  this  Restated
     Certificate  of  Incorporation  or the  By-Laws  of the  Corporation),  any
     director or the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation may be removed
     at any time,  but only for cause  and only by the  affirmative  vote of the
     holders of 75% or more of the  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the
     Corporation  entitled  to  vote  generally  in the  election  of  directors
     (considered  for  this  purpose  as one  class)  cast at a  meeting  of the
     stockholders called for that purpose.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  and
     except as  otherwise  required by law,  whenever  the holders of any one or
     more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a
     class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the provisions of
     section (c) of this Article shall not apply with respect to the director or
     directors elected by such holders of Preferred Stock.

D.   The provisions of this Article shall not be amended or repealed,  nor shall
     any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation be adopted that
     is  inconsistent  with this  Article,  unless such  action  shall have been
     approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least

                                       6

<PAGE>

     75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation  entitled
     to vote  thereon cast at a  meeting  of the  stockholders  called  for that
     purpose.


                                   ARTICLE X

                                    Duration
                                    --------

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                          Stockholder Meetings; Books
                          ---------------------------

Meetings  of the  stockholders  may be held  within  or  without  the  State  of
Delaware,  as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept,
subject  to any  provisions  contained  in the  statutes,  outside  the State of
Delaware at such place or places as may be  designated  from time to time by the
Board of Directors  in the By-Laws of the  Corporation.  Any action  required or
permitted to be taken at any annual or special  meeting of  stockholders  of the
Corporation  must be  effected  at a duly  called  annual or special  meeting of
stockholders  and  may  not  be  effected  by  any  consent  in  writing  by the
stockholders, unless the number of stockholders is fewer than two. At any annual
or special  meeting of  stockholders  only such  business  shall be conducted as
shall have been brought before such meeting in the manner  provided from time to
time in the By-Laws of the Corporation.  Except as otherwise required by law and
subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, if any, special meetings of
stockholders  may only be called by the Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation
pursuant  to a  resolution  approved  by a  majority  of  the  entire  Board  of
Directors,   the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of   Directors  or  the   President.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation
to the contrary,  the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent
(80%) of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors
voting together as a single class shall be required to alter,  amend,  adopt any
provision inconsistent with or repeal this Article XI.

                                  ARTICLE XII

                                   Amendments
                                   ----------

The  Corporation  reserves  the right to  amend,  alter,  change  or repeal  any
provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner
now or hereinafter prescribed by

                                       7

<PAGE>

statute,  and all rights conferred upon stockholders  herein are granted subject
to this reservation.

     7. This  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  was duly  adopted by the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  on May  24,  1996,  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the GCL.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have hereunto set their hands and seal
this 4th day of June 1996.



                                           INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.


                                           By:   /s/ Edward J. Komp
                                               -------------------------------
                                               Edward J. Komp
                                               President



ATTEST:

Kyle Shatterly
- -------------------------
Asst. Secretary




<PAGE>
                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                     RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                   * * * * *

     Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc. a corporation  organized and existing
under and by virtue of the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware,
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY;

     FIRST:  That at a meeting of the Board of  Directors of  Integrated  Living
Communities,  Inc.,  resolutions  were duly  adopted  setting  forth a  proposed
amendment to the Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of said  corporation,
declaring  said  amendment  to  be  advisable  and  calling  a  meeting  of  the
stockholders  of said  corporation  for  consideration  thereof.  The resolution
setting forth the proposed amendment as follows:

           RESOLVED,    that   the   Restated   Certificate   of
           Incorporation of Integrated Living Communities,  Inc.
           be amended by changing the Fourth  Article  Section A
           thereof sot that, as amended,  saind Article shall be
           and read as follows:


           The  total  number  of  shares  of  stock  which  the
           Corporation  is  authorized  to issue is one  hundred
           five  million  (105,000,000)  shares,  of  which  one
           hundred million  (100,000,000) shares, par value $.01
           per  share  thereof  shall be  Common  Stock and five
           million  (5,000,000) shares, par value $.01 per share
           thereof shall be Preferred Stock.

     SECOND: That thereafter,  pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors,
a special meeting of the  stockholders  of said  corporation was duly called and
held, upon written waiver of notice signed by all  stockholders at which meeting
the  necessary  number of shares as required  by statute  were voted in favor of
the.

     THIRD:  That  said  was  duly  adopted in accordance with the provisions of
Section 242 of the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  That this
Certificate of Amendment of the 
<PAGE>

Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective on June 12, 1996.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said  Integrated  Living  Communities, Inc.  has caused
this certificate to be signed by Edward J. Komp, its President,  this Twelth day
of June, 1996.


                                             Integrated Living Communities, Inc.

                                             
                                             By:  /s/ Edward Komp
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Edward J. Komp
                                                President

                                       2



 
                              FULBRIGHT & JAWORSKI
                                     L.L.P.
                           A REGISTERED FIFTH AVENUE
                         NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103-3198

                                                                   HOUSTON
                                                               WASHINGTON, D.C.
                                                                   AUSTIN
                                                                 SAN ANTONIO
                                                                   DALLAS
  TELEPHONE: 212/318-3000                                         NEW YORK
  FACSIMILE: 212/752-5958                                        LOS ANGELES
WRITER'S INTERNET ADDRESS:                                        LONDON
                                                                  HONG KONG
WRITER'S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER:

August 26, 1996

Integrated Living Communities, Inc.
10065 Red Run Boulevard
Owings Mills, Maryland  21117

Re:      Registration Statement on Form S-1
         Registration No. 333-05877

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

         In connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration
No.  333-05877  (the  "Registration   Statement")  filed  by  Integrated  Living
Communities,  Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Act"),  relating  to the public  offering of an
aggregate of up to 5,900,190  shares of the Company's  Common  Stock,  par value
$.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of which 3,205,290 shares of authorized but
heretofore  unissued  shares of Common Stock  (including up to 769,590 shares of
Common  Stock which will be purchased by the  underwriters  if the  underwriters
exercise  in  full  the  option   granted  to  them  by  the  Company  to  cover
over-allotments)  are being offered by the Company and up to 2,694,900 presently
issued and  outstanding  shares of Common Stock are being  offered by Integrated
Health Services,  Inc.  ("IHS"),  we, as counsel for the Company,  have examined
such  corporate  records,  other  documents  and  questions  of law  as we  have
considered  necessary  or  appropriate  for the  purposes of this  opinion.  Our
opinion set forth below is limited to the General  Corporation  Law of the State
of Delaware.

         We assume that appropriate action will be taken, prior to the offer and
sale of the shares of Common Stock, to register and qualify such shares for sale
under all applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws.

         In our  examination  of the  foregoing  documents,  we have assumed the
genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all documents submitted to
us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted
to us as certified or photostatic  copies, and the authenticity of the originals
of such latter documents.

         Based on the  foregoing,  we  advise  you that in our  opinion  (i) the
shares of Common  Stock being  issued and sold by the Company have been duly and
validly  authorized and, when issued and sold in the manner  contemplated by the
Underwriting

<PAGE>


Integrated Living Communities, Inc.
August 26, 1996
Page 2

Agreement,  a form of which will  be filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement  (the  "Underwriting  Agreement"),  and upon receipt by the Company of
payment  therefor  as provided in the  Underwriting  Agreement,  will be legally
issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and (ii) the shares of Common Stock being
sold by IHS have been duly and validly authorized and are legally issued,  fully
paid and non-assessable.

         We hereby  consent to the  filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement and the reference to this firm under the caption  "Legal
Matters"  in  the  Prospectus  contained  therein.  This  consent  is  not to be
construed  as an admission  that we are a party whose  consent is required to be
filed with the  Registration  Statement  under the  provisions of the Act or the
rules and  regulations  of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  promulgated
thereunder.

         The opinion  expressed  herein is solely for your  benefit,  and may be
relied upon only by you.

                                                 Very truly yours,

                                                 /s/ Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.






                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                  AGREEMENT, dated as of June 1, 1996, by and between Integrated
Living Communities, Inc. (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, and Integrated
Health Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("IHS").

                                    RECITALS:
                                    ---------

                  WHEREAS,  the  Company,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  IHS,
proposes  to offer  shares  of its  Common  Stock to the  public  pursuant  to a
registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission (as
hereinafter defined) under the Securities Act (as hereinafter defined).

                  WHEREAS, the Company and IHS desire to establish certain terms
and conditions  upon which the Company will register the shares of the Company's
Common Stock owned by IHS.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and mutual
covenants  and  agreements of the parties as set forth herein and other good and
valuable  consideration,  receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the parties
hereto agree as follows:

                  Section  1.  Definitions.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the
following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

                  "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission
or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

                  "Common Stock" shall mean the Company's Common Stock, $.01 par
value per share.

                  "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended,  and the rules and  regulations  thereunder,  and shall  include any
successor statute.

                  "Holder"  shall  mean any  holder of  outstanding  Registrable
Securities.

                  "Register,"  "registered" and "registration"  shall refer to a
registration  effected  by  preparing  and filing a  registration  statement  in
compliance  with the  Securities  Act,  and the  declaration  or ordering of the
effectiveness of such registration statement.

                  "Registered  Securities"  shall  mean  Registrable  Securities
which have been  registered  under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration
statement filed with and declared effective by the Commission.

                  "Registrable Securities" shall mean shares of Common Stock now
owned or  hereafter  acquired  by IHS or its  assignees  pursuant  to Section 10
hereof which have 



<PAGE>


not been (a)  registered  under the  Securities  Act  pursuant  to an  effective
registration  statement filed  thereunder and disposed of in accordance with the
registration statement covering them or (b) publicly sold pursuant to Rule 144.

                  "Registration  Expenses"  shall mean all expenses  incurred by
the Company in compliance  with Sections 2, 4 and 5 hereof,  including,  without
limitation,  all  registration,  filing and National  Association  of Securities
Dealers  fees,  all fees and expenses of complying  with  securities or blue sky
laws,  all  word  processing,  duplicating  and  printing  expenses,  messenger,
telecommunications, mailing and delivery expenses, the fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the
expenses of any special audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident
to such performance and compliance,  the fees and disbursements  incurred by the
holders of  Registrable  Securities  to be  registered  (including  the fees and
disbursements  of one law firm and one accounting  firm retained by such Holders
in  accordance  with Section 2 hereof),  premiums and other costs of policies of
insurance  against  liabilities  arising  out  of  the  public  offering  of the
Registrable  Securities  being  registered  and any  fees and  disbursements  of
underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding
Selling Expenses, if any, provided that, in any case where Registration Expenses
are not to be borne by the Company,  such expenses shall not include salaries of
Company  personnel or general overhead  expenses of the Company,  auditing fees,
premiums  or  other  expenses  relating  to  liability   insurance  required  by
underwriters  of the Company or other expenses for the  preparation of financial
statements or other data normally prepared by the Company in the ordinary course
of its business or which the Company would have incurred in any event.

                  "Rule  144"  shall  mean  Rule  144   promulgated   under  the
Securities Act, or any successor rule then in force.

                  "Securities  Act" shall mean the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended,  and the rules  and  regulations  thereunder,  and  shall  include  any
successor statute.

                  "Selling  Expenses" shall mean all underwriting  discounts and
selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities.


                  Section 2. Piggyback Registration.
                             -----------------------

                  (a) If the Company  shall  determine  to  register  any of its
securities  either for its own  account or the  account of a security  holder or
holders  exercising their respective demand  registration  rights,  other than a
registration  on any form  which  does not  permit  secondary  sales or does not
include  substantially  the same information as would be required to be included
in a registration  statement  covering the sale of Registrable  Securities,  the
Company will:

                           (i)  promptly  give to  each  Holder  written  notice
                  thereof  (which shall include a list of the  jurisdictions  in
                  which  the  Company   intends  to  


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                  attempt to qualify such  securities  under the applicable blue
                  sky or other state securities laws); and


                           (ii)  include in such  registration  (and any related
                  qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in
                  any  underwriting   involved  therein,   all  the  Registrable
                  Securities  specified in a written request or requests made by
                  any Holder within  twenty-five  (25) days after receipt of the
                  written notice from the Company described in clause (i) above.
                  Such  written  request may specify all or a part of a Holder's
                  Registrable Securities.

For  purposes of any  registration  pursuant to this  Section 2 the Holders of a
majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities to be registered shall choose
the  counsel  for all of the  selling  Holders.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing
provisions,  the Company may withdraw any registration  statement referred to in
this Section 2 for any reason  without  thereby  incurring  any liability to the
Holders   requesting   inclusion  of  their   Registrable   Securities  in  such
registration.

                  (b)  Underwriting.  If the  registration  of which the Company
gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting,  the
Company  shall so advise  each  Holder  as a part of the  written  notice  given
pursuant to Section 2(a)(i). If any Holder proposes to distribute its securities
through  such  underwriting  it shall  (together  with the Company and the other
persons who, by virtue of agreements  with the Company,  are entitled to include
their   securities  in  any  such   registration   (the  "Other   Stockholders")
distributing  their  securities   through  such  underwriting)   enter  into  an
underwriting  agreement in customary form with the  underwriter or  underwriters
selected by the Company.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2,
if the managing underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a
limitation  on the number of shares to be  underwritten,  the  Company  shall so
advise all  holders of  securities  requesting  registration,  and the number of
shares of securities  that are entitled to be included in the  registration  and
underwriting  shall be allocated in the following manner:  the securities of the
Company held by officers and  directors  of the Company  shall be excluded  from
such  registration  and  underwriting  to the extent required by such limitation
(pro rata based upon the number of  securities  requested to be included in such
registration by each such person),  and, if further  limitation on the number of
shares is required,  the  securities  of the Company held by Other  Stockholders
(other than Other Stockholders  exercising demand registration  rights) shall be
excluded from such  registration  to the extent required by such limitation (pro
rata  based upon the  number of  securities  requested  to be  included  in such
registration by each such person),  and if a further limitation on the number of
shares is  required,  the  Registrable  Securities  that may be  included in the
registration  and  underwriting  shall  be  allocated  among  all  such  Holders
requesting  inclusion  in  the  registration  pursuant  to  this  Section  2  in
proportion,  as nearly as practicable,  to the respective amounts of Registrable
Securities  which they had requested to be included in such  registration at the
time of filing  the  registration  statement.  If any  Holder or any  officer or
director of the  Company or Other  Stockholder  disapproves  of the terms of any
such  underwriting,  he may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the
Company  and the  managing  underwriter.  Any  Registrable  Securities  or other
securities  


                                       -3-

<PAGE>


excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall, subject to the provisions of
Section 2(c), be withdrawn from such registration.


                  Section 3. Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses
incurred  in  connection  with any  registration,  qualification  or  compliance
pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall  be borne by the  Company,  and all  Selling
Expenses  shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered pro rata
on the basis of the number of their shares so registered


                  Section 4.  Registration  on Form S-3.  After the  Company has
qualified  for the use of Form S-3 or any  successor  form,  in  addition to the
rights contained in the foregoing  provisions of this Agreement,  the Holders of
Registrable Securities shall have the right to request registrations on Form S-3
(such  requests  shall be in  writing  and shall  state the  number of shares of
Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition
of such shares by such Holder or Holders);  provided,  however, that the Company
shall not be obligated to file more than one Form S-3 in any six-month period.

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Company  shall  not  be
required to effect registration under this Section 4 if counsel for the Company,
reasonably acceptable to the Holders requesting  registration,  shall deliver an
opinion  reasonably  acceptable  to the Holders  requesting  registration  that,
pursuant to Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act or  otherwise,  such Holders can
publicly  sell the  Registrable  Securities  as to which  registration  has been
requested  without  registration  under  the  Securities  Act  and  without  any
limitation  with  respect to  offerees,  manner of  offering  or the size of the
transaction.


                  Section  5.  Registration  Procedures.  In the  case  of  each
registration  effected by the Company  pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Company
will  keep  each  Holder  advised  in  writing  as to  the  initiation  of  each
registration  and  as  to  the  completion  thereof.  Whenever  the  holders  of
Registrable  Securities  have  requested  that  any  Registrable  Securities  be
registered pursuant to this Agreement,  the Company will use its best efforts to
effect  the  registration  and  the  sale  of  such  Registrable  Securities  in
accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto
the Company will at its expense and as expeditiously as possible:

                  (a)  Prepare  and file  with  the  Commission  a  registration
statement with respect to such  Registrable  Securities and use its best efforts
to cause such registration  statement to become effective;  provided that before
filing a  registration  statement or  prospectus  or any amendment or supplement
thereto,  including documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing
of any registration  statement,  the Company shall furnish to the Holders of the
Registrable   Securities   covered  by  such  registration   statement  and  the
underwriters,  if any, copies of all such documents  proposed to be filed, which
documents will be subject to the review of such Holders and underwriters;

                                       -4-


<PAGE>


                  (b) Prepare and file with the Commission  such  amendments and
post-effective  amendments  to a  registration  statement as may be necessary to
keep such registration effective for a period of twelve (12) months or until the
Holder or Holders have completed the distribution  described in the registration
statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; provided,  however, that the
Company,  in good faith,  may delay the filing of any amendment or supplement to
the  Registration  Statement for a reasonable  period of time, not to exceed 120
days, in order to permit the Company (A) to effect  disclosure or disposition or
consummation of any transaction requiring  confidential treatment which is being
actively  pursued  at such  time  and  which  would  require  disclosure  in the
Registration  Statement or (B) to negotiate,  effect or complete any transaction
which the Company reasonably believes might be jeopardized, delayed or made more
costly to the Company by disclosure in the Registration Statement;  and provided
further,  however,  that (i) such 12 month period shall be extended for a period
of time equal to the period the Holder  refrains  from  selling  any  securities
included in such  registration  in accordance  with the provisions of Section 11
hereof; (ii) such 12 month period shall be extended by the number of days during
the  period  from and  including  the date of the giving of notice  pursuant  to
Section 5(e) hereof to and  including  the date when each Holder of  Registrable
Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies
of the supplemented or amended  prospectus  contemplated by Section 5(e) hereof;
and (iii) in the case of any registration of Registrable  Securities on Form S-3
which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 12 month
period shall be  extended,  if  necessary,  to keep the  registration  statement
effective  until all such  Registrable  Securities are sold,  provided that Rule
415, or any successor  rule under the Securities  Act,  permits an offering on a
continuous or delayed basis,  and provided  further that applicable  rules under
the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a  post-effective  amendment
permit,  in lieu of filing a  post-effective  amendment  which (y)  includes any
prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of the  Securities Act or (z) reflects
facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information
set forth in the registration  statement,  the incorporation by reference in the
registration statement of periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Exchange Act that contain the information  required to be included in (y)
and (z) above;

                  (c) Cause the related  prospectus  to be  supplemented  by any
required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented,  to be filed pursuant to
Rule 424 under  the  Securities  Act;  and  comply  with the  provisions  of the
Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such
registration  statement  during  such  period in  accordance  with the  intended
methods of  disposition  by the sellers  thereof set forth in such  registration
statement or supplement to such prospectus;

                  (d) Furnish such number of  prospectuses  and other  documents
incident thereto,  including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus as
a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

                  (e) Notify each  seller of  Registered  Securities  covered by
such  registration  statement at any time when a prospectus  relating thereto is
required to be delivered  under the Securities Act of the happening of any event
as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration  statement, as
then in effect,  includes  an 

                                       -5-

<PAGE>


untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits to state a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading
in the light of the circumstances then existing,  and at the request of any such
seller,  prepare and furnish to such seller a  reasonable  number of copies of a
supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as
thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not
include an untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

                  (f) Cause all such Registered  Securities to be listed on each
securities  exchange on which similar  securities issued by the Company are then
listed or, if not then listed,  cause such Registered  Securities to be included
in a national automated quotation system;

                  (g) Provide a transfer  agent and registrar for all Registered
Securities and a CUSIP number for all such Registered  Securities,  in each case
not later than the effective date of such registration;

                  (h) Make  available for  inspection  during  regular  business
hours by any seller of Registrable Securities,  any underwriter participating in
any  disposition  pursuant to such  registration  statement,  and any  attorney,
accountant  or  other  agent   retained  by  any  such  seller  or   underwriter
(collectively,  the  "Inspectors"),  all financial and other records,  pertinent
corporate  documents and properties of the Company  (collectively the "Records")
as shall be reasonably  necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence
responsibility,  and cause the  Company's  officers,  directors,  employees  and
independent  accountants to supply all information  reasonably requested by such
seller, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such registration
statement.   Records  which  the  Company  determines,  in  good  faith,  to  be
confidential and which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential  shall not be
disclosed  by the  Inspectors  unless  (A) the  disclosure  of such  Records  is
necessary to avoid or correct any  misstatement or omission in the  registration
statement,  (B) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or
other order from a court of competent  jurisdiction,  or (C) the  disclosure  of
such Records is required by any governmental  regulatory body with  jurisdiction
over any seller of Registrable  Securities.  Such seller,  upon  learning,  that
disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, shall
notify  the  Company  and  allow  the  Company,  at its  expense,  to  undertake
appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential;

                  (i) Cooperate  with the sellers of Registered  Securities  and
the managing  underwriter(s),  if any, to facilitate the timely  preparation and
delivery of  certificates  representing  the  Registered  Securities to be sold,
without any restrictive  legends,  in such  denominations and registered in such
names as the  managing  underwriter(s)  may request at least two  business  days
prior to any sale thereof to the underwriters, if applicable;

                  (j) Obtain from its accountants  "cold-comfort" letters, dated
the effective date of the registration  statement and the date of the closing of
the sale of the 

                                       -6-

<PAGE>


Registered Securities,  and addressed to the Company and the selling Holders, in
form and substance as are  customarily  issued in connection  with  underwritten
public  offerings and  otherwise  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Company and a
majority-in-interest of the selling Holders;

                  (k) Obtain  from its  counsel  an  opinion,  addressed  to the
selling Holders,  with respect to the offering in form and substance  reasonably
satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the selling Holders;

                  (l)  Otherwise  use  its  best  efforts  to  comply  with  all
applicable  rules and regulations of the  Commission,  and make available to its
security  holders,  as soon as  reasonably  practicable,  an earnings  statement
covering  the  period of at least  twelve  months,  but not more  than  eighteen
months,  beginning  with  the  first  month  after  the  effective  date  of the
Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of
Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

                  (m) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a
registration  statement  filed  pursuant to Section 4 hereof,  the Company  will
enter into any underwriting  agreement  reasonably necessary to effect the offer
and  sale  of  Common  Stock,  provided  such  underwriting  agreement  contains
customary underwriting,  indemnification and contribution provisions;  provided,
however,  that no Holder will be liable for  indemnification  or contribution in
excess of the net proceeds such Holder received in the offering;

                  (n)  Use  its  best   efforts  to  register  or  qualify  such
Registrable  Securities  under  such other  securities  or blue sky laws of such
jurisdictions  as any seller  reasonably  requests and do any and all other acts
and things which may be reasonably  necessary or advisable to enable such seller
to  consummate  the  disposition  in  such   jurisdictions  of  the  Registrable
Securities  owned by such seller (provided that the Company will not be required
to (i) qualify  generally to do business in any jurisdiction  where it would not
otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph,  (ii) subject itself
to  taxation in any such  jurisdiction  or (iii)  consent to general  service of
process in any such jurisdiction);

                  (o) Use its best efforts to cause such Registrable  Securities
covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such
other  governmental  agencies or  authorities  as may be necessary to enable the
sellers  thereof to consummate the disposition of such  Registrable  Securities;
and

                  (p) Take all such other  actions as the  Holders of a majority
of  the  Registrable  Securities  being  sold  and  the  underwriters,  if  any,
reasonably  request in order to expedite or facilitate  the  disposition of such
Registrable Securities (including,  without limitation,  effecting a stock split
or combination of shares).



                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                  Section 6. Indemnification; Contribution.
                             -----------------------------

                  (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify
each Holder,  each of its officers,  directors,  members and partners,  and each
person   controlling   such  Holder,   with   respect  to  which   registration,
qualification or compliance has been effected  pursuant to this Agreement,  each
director and  controlling  person of the Company and each officer of the Company
who signed the registration  statement,  and each underwriter,  if any, and each
person who controls any  underwriter,  against all claims,  losses,  damages and
liabilities  (or actions,  proceedings or settlements,  if such  settlements are
effected with the written consent of the Company,  in respect  thereof)  arising
out of or based on any untrue  statement  (or  alleged  untrue  statement)  of a
material fact contained in any prospectus,  offering  circular or other document
(including  any  related  registration  statement,  notification  or  the  like)
incident to any such registration,  qualification or compliance, or any omission
(or alleged  omission) to state  therein a material  fact  required to be stated
therein or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,  or any
violation by the Company of the  Securities  Act or the Exchange Act or any rule
or  regulation  thereunder  applicable  to the Company and relating to action or
inaction  required  of the  Company in  connection  with any such  registration,
qualification  or compliance,  and will reimburse each such Holder,  each of its
officers,  directors,  members and partners,  and each person  controlling  such
Holder,  each  such  director,   controlling  person  and  officer,   each  such
underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and
any other expenses  reasonably  incurred in connection  with  investigating  and
defending  or  settling  any such  claim,  loss,  damage,  liability,  action or
proceeding;  provided,  however, that the Company will not be liable in any such
case to the extent  that any such  claim,  loss,  damage,  liability  or expense
arises  out of or is based on any  untrue  statement  or  omission  made in such
registration  statement,  prospectus,  offering  circular  or other  document in
reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the
Company by such  Holder or  underwriter  and stated to be  specifically  for use
therein.

                  (b) To the extent  permitted  by law,  each  Holder  will,  if
Registrable  Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to
which  such  registration,   qualification  or  compliance  is  being  effected,
indemnify the Company, each of its directors,  officers and controlling persons,
and each  underwriter,  if any, of the  Company's  securities  covered by such a
registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter
within the meaning of the  Securities  Act or the  Exchange Act or the rules and
regulations thereunder,  each other such Holder and Other Stockholder (if and to
the extent such Other  Stockholder  has agreed to  indemnify  the Holders as set
forth in this clause (b)) including Registrable  Securities and other securities
in the securities as to which such registration,  qualification or compliance is
being effected, and each of their officers, directors, members and partners, and
each person  controlling such Holder or Other  Stockholder,  against all claims,
losses,  damages and  liabilities  (or actions,  proceedings  or  settlements in
respect  thereof)  arising out of or based on any untrue  statement  (or alleged
untrue  statement)  of a  material  fact  contained  in  any  such  registration
statement,  prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or
alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading,  and will reimburse
the Company and such Holders, Other Stockholders,  


                                       -8-

<PAGE>


directors, officers, members, partners, persons, underwriters or control persons
for any legal or any other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with
investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability,
action or proceeding,  in each case to the extent, but only to the extent,  that
such untrue  statement  (or alleged  untrue  statement)  or omission (or alleged
omission) is made in such registration statement,  prospectus, offering circular
or other  document in reliance upon and in conformity  with written  information
furnished  to the Company by such Holder and stated to be  specifically  for use
therein;  provided,  however, that the obligations of each such Holder hereunder
shall be limited to an amount  equal to the net  proceeds to each such Holder of
securities sold as contemplated herein.

                  (c) Each party entitled to indemnification  under this Section
6 (the  "Indemnified  Party") shall give notice to the party required to provide
indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party
has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall
permit the  Indemnifying  Party to assume  the  defense of any such claim or any
litigation  resulting  therefrom,  provided  that  counsel for the  Indemnifying
Party,  who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation  resulting
therefrom,  shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not
unreasonably  be withheld),  and the  Indemnified  Party may participate in such
defense at such party's  expense,  and provided  further that the failure of any
Indemnified  Party to give  notice as  provided  herein  shall not  relieve  the
Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Agreement,  unless such failure
to notify  materially  adversely  affects the  Indemnifying  Party's  ability to
defend such action.  No Indemnifying  Party, in the defense of any such claim or
litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to
entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement  which does not include as an
unconditional  term  thereof  the giving by the  claimant or  plaintiff  to such
Indemnified  Party of a release  from all  liability in respect of such claim or
litigation.  Each  Indemnified  Party shall furnish such  information  regarding
itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying  Party may reasonably request
in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with the defense of
such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

                  (d) If the  indemnification  provided  for in this  Section  6
shall  for  any  reason  be  unenforceable  by an  Indemnified  Party,  although
otherwise  available in accordance with its terms, then each Indemnifying  Party
shall, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party,  contribute to the amount
paid or payable by such  Indemnified  Party as a result of the  losses,  claims,
damages,  liabilities or expenses with respect to which such  Indemnified  Party
has claimed indemnification, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative  fault of the  Indemnified  Party on the one hand and the  Indemnifying
Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted
in such losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses, as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault, in the case of an untrue
statement,  alleged untrue  statement,  omission or alleged  omission,  shall be
determined by, among other things,  whether such statement,  alleged  statement,
omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying
Party or the Indemnified  Party, and such parties'  relative intent,  knowledge,
access to  information  and  opportunity  to correct or prevent such  statement,
alleged  statement,  omission or alleged  omission.  The Company and each Holder
agree that it would not be just and equitable 


                                       -9-

<PAGE>


if contribution  pursuant hereto were to be determined by pro rata allocation or
by any  other  method  of  allocation  which  does not take  into  account  such
equitable considerations.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as
a result of the losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses  referred to
herein  shall be  deemed  to  include  any  legal or other  expenses  reasonably
incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending
against any action or claim which is the subject  hereof.  In no case,  however,
shall a Holder be responsible  for a portion of the  contribution  obligation in
excess of the net  proceeds to such Holder of  securities  sold as  contemplated
herein. No person guilty of fraudulent  misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution  from any
person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

                  (e)  Anything  to the  contrary  contained  in this  Section 6
notwithstanding,   no  Holder  shall  be  liable  for  any   indemnification  or
contribution  in  excess  of the net  proceeds  received  by it from any sale of
Registrable Securities which has been registered hereunder.


                  Section 7. Obligations of Holder.
                             ----------------------

                  (a) Each  Holder of  Registrable  Securities  included  in any
registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder
and the  distribution  proposed by such  Holder as the  Company  may  reasonably
request in writing and as shall be reasonably  required in  connection  with any
registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

                  (b)  Each  Holder  of the  Registrable  Securities  agrees  by
acquisition of such  Registered  Securities that upon receipt of any notice from
the Company  pursuant to Section 5(e),  such Holder will  forthwith  discontinue
such Holder's disposition of Registered  Securities pursuant to the registration
statement relating to such Registered  Securities until such Holder's receipt of
the copies of the  supplemented  or amended  prospectus  contemplated by Section
5(e) and,  if so directed by the  Company,  will  deliver to the Company (at the
Company's  expense) all copies,  other than permanent file copies,  then in such
Holder's possession of the prospectus relating to such Registered  Securities at
the time of receipt of such notice.

                  Section  8.   Limitations   on   Registration   of  Issues  of
Securities.  Any right given by the Company to any holder or prospective  holder
of the Company's  securities in connection  with the  registration of securities
shall be  conditioned  such that it shall be  consistent  with the rights of the
Holders provided in this Agreement.


                  Section 9. Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available
to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and  regulations  of the Commission
which may  permit a Holder  to sell  securities  of the  Company  to the  public
without registration, the Company agrees to:



                                      -10-


<PAGE>


                           (a) Make and keep public  information  available,  as
         those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities
         Act,  at  all  times   following  the  effective   date  of  the  first
         registration  under  the  Securities  Act filed by the  Company  for an
         offering of its securities to the general public;

                           (b) Use its best efforts to file with the  Commission
         in a timely  manner all  reports  and other  documents  required of the
         Company  under  the  Securities  Act and the  Exchange  Act at any time
         following  registration  of any of its securities  under the Securities
         Act or Exchange Act; and


                           (c)  So  long  as  a  Holder  owns  any   Registrable
         Securities,  furnish to such Holder  forthwith  upon  request a written
         statement  by the  Company  as to its  compliance  with  the  reporting
         requirements  of Rule 144 (at any time  following the effective date of
         the first  registration  statement filed by the Company for an offering
         of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and
         the Exchange Act following  registration of any of its securities under
         the Securities Act or Exchange Act, a copy of the most recent annual or
         quarterly  report of the Company,  and such other reports and documents
         so filed as a Holder may reasonably  request in availing  itself of any
         rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such
         securities without registration.


                  Section 10. Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights. The
rights to cause the Company to  register  the  securities  granted to IHS by the
Company  under  Sections  2 and 4 may be  transferred  or  assigned  by IHS to a
transferee or assignee of any of IHS' Registrable Securities; provided, however,
that the  Company  is given  written  notice  by IHS at the time of or  within a
reasonable time after said transfer or assignment,  stating the name and address
of said  transferee or assignee and  identifying  the securities with respect to
which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned;  and provided,
further,  that the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes the obligations
of IHS under this Agreement.


                  Section 11. "Market Stand-off" Agreement.  Each Holder agrees,
if  requested  by the  Company  and an  underwriter  of  Common  Stock (or other
securities) of the Company,  not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any
Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder during the
period  required  by  such  underwriter   following  the  effective  date  of  a
registration  statement of the Company filed under the Securitie Act without the
prior consent of such underwriter,  provided,  however, that all Holders,  Other
Stockholders  and  officers  and  directors  of the Company  enter into  similar
agreements on substantially similar terms.

                  Such  agreement  shall  be in  writing  in a  form  reasonably
satisfactory  to the  Company  and such  underwriter.  The  Company  may  impose
stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares (or securities) subject to
the foregoing restriction until the end of said period.



                                      -11-

<PAGE>

                  Section 12. Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities.  The
Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to
the  Registrable  Securities  which  would  adversely  affect the ability of the
Holders of Registrable  Securities to include such  Registrable  Securities in a
registration  undertaken  pursuant to this  Agreement  or which would  adversely
affect  the   marketability   of  such   Registrable   Securities  in  any  such
registration.

                  Section 13. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in
all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware,  without  application  of the
conflicts of laws principles thereof.


                  Section 14.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement  shall be
binding  upon,  and inure to the benefit  of, the  successors,  assigns,  heirs,
executors and administrators of the parties hereto.


                  Section  15.  Entire  Agreement;   Amendment.  This  Agreement
constitutes the full and entire  understanding and agreement between the parties
with regard to the subjects  hereof.  Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof
may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated, except by a written instrument
signed by the Company and the Holders of not less than a majority-in-interest of
the  Registrable  Securities.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  amendment,
modification,  supplement  or waiver of, or  departure  from,  Section 6 or this
sentence of this  Section 15 shall be effective  without the written  consent of
all Holders then holding Registrable Securities.


                  Section  16.  Attorney's  Fees.  In any  action or  proceeding
brought to enforce  any  provision  of this  Agreement,  or where any  provision
hereof or thereof is validly  asserted as a defense,  the successful party shall
be  entitled  to recover  reasonable  attorney's  fees in  addition to any other
available remedy.


Section 17. Notices, etc. All notices or other communications hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if  delivered  personally
or sent by telex, telefax or telegraphic communication,  by recognized overnight
courier  marked for overnight  delivery,  or by  registered  or certified  mail,
postage  prepaid,  addressed  as  follows:  (a) if to  IHS,  at  10065  Red  Run
Boulevard, Owings Mills, Maryland 21117, Attention:  Chairman of the Board or at
such other  address as IHS shall have  furnished to the Company in writing,if to
an  Investor,  as  indicated  on  Schedule 1 attached  hereto,  or at such other
address as such Investor shall have furnished to the Company in writing;  (b) if
to any other holder of any shares of Common Stock at such address as such holder
shall have  furnished  the  Company in  writing,  or,  until any such  holder so
furnishes  an address  to the  Company,  then to and at the  address of the last
holder thereof who has so furnished an address to the Company;  or (c) if to the
Company, at 10065 Red Run boulevard,  Owings Mills,  Maryland 21117,  Attention:
President,  or such other addresses as shall be furnished by like notice by such
party. All such notices and  communications  shall,  when telexed  (provided the
correct  answerback  has been  received)  or telefaxed  (immediately  thereafter
confirmed by telephone) or telegraphed,  be effective when telexed, telefaxed or
delivered  to the  telegraph  company,  respectively,  or if sent by  nationally
recognized  overnight  courier service,  be effective one business day after the
same has been delivered to such courier  service marked for overnight  delivery,
or, if mailed, be effective when received.
  
                                      -12-
<PAGE>

                  Section 18. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of
this  Agreement  shall be  interpreted  in such manner so as to be effective and
valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be
invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable  in any respect under any  applicable law or
rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity,  illegality or unenforceability shall
not affect any other provision of this Agreement.  If any provision contained in
this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as written,
a court of competent  jurisdiction  shall,  at any party's  request,  reform the
terms of this Agreement to the extent necessary to cause such otherwise  invalid
provisions to be enforceable under applicable law.


                  Section 19. Titles and Subtitles.  The titles of the sections,
paragraphs and  subparagraphs of this Agreement are for convenience of reference
only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.


                  Section 20.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one instrument.


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Agreement on the day, month and year first written above.


                                        INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.


                                        By: /S/ Edward J. Komp
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:  Edward J. Komp
                                            Title: President/CEO

                                        INTEGRATED HEALTH SERVICES, INC.


                                        By: /s/ Lawrence P. Cirka
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:  Lawrence P. Cirka
                                            Title: President



                                      -13-





                       INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
                            1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

                  1.   Purpose.   The   purpose   of   the   Integrated   Living
Communities, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to enable Integrated
Living  Communities,  Inc. (the  "Company") and its  stockholders  to secure the
benefits  of common  stock  ownership  by key  personnel  of the Company and its
subsidiaries.  The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") believes that
the  granting of  restricted  stock and  options  under the Plan will foster the
Company's ability to attract,  retain and motivate those individuals who will be
largely responsible for the continued  profitability and long-term future growth
of the Company.

                  2.   Stock Subject to the Plan. The Company may issue and sell
a total of 470,040  shares of its  common  stock,  $.01 par value  (the  "Common
Stock"), pursuant to the Plan. Such shares may be either authorized and unissued
or held by the Company in its treasury. Awards of restricted stock or options to
purchase  stock  ("Awards") may be granted under the Plan with respect to shares
of Common  Stock (i) which are covered by the  unexercised  portion of an option
which has terminated or expired by its terms, by  cancellation or otherwise,  or
(ii) which were unvested shares of restricted stock  subsequently  reacquired by
the Company.

                  3.   Administration.  The  Plan  will  be  administered  by  a
committee (the  "Committee")  consisting of at least two directors  appointed by
and  serving  at the  pleasure  of the  Board.  To the  extent  required  by the
applicable provisions of Rule 16(b)-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the  members of the  Committee  shall be  "disinterested  directors"  within the
meaning and for the  purposes  of said Rule.  Subject to the  provisions  of the
Plan, the Committee,  acting in its sole and absolute discretion, will have full
power and authority to grant Awards under the Plan, to interpret the  provisions
of the Plan, to fix and interpret the provisions of Award  agreements made under
the Plan, to supervise the  administration  of the Plan,  and to take such other
action as may be necessary or desirable in order to carry out the  provisions of
the Plan. A majority of the members of the Committee  will  constitute a quorum.
The  Committee  may act by the vote of a majority  of its  members  present at a
meeting at which there is a quorum or by unanimous written consent. The decision
of  the  Committee  as  to  any  disputed  question,   including   questions  of
construction, interpretation and administration, will be final and conclusive on
all persons.  The Committee will keep a record of its  proceedings  and acts and
will keep or cause to be kept such  books and  records  as may be  necessary  in
connection with the proper administration of the Plan.

                  4.   Eligibility.  Awards  may be  granted  under  the Plan to
present or future key employees of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company (a
"Subsidiary")  within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986 (the "Code"),  and to consultants to the Company or a Subsidiary who are
not  employees.  Awards  may not be  granted to  directors  of the  Company or a
Subsidiary  who are not also employees of or consultants to the Company and/or a
Subsidiary. Subject to the




<PAGE>



provisions  of the Plan,  the Committee may from time to time select the persons
to whom  Awards will be  granted,  and will fix the number of shares  covered by
each such  Award and  establish  the terms and  conditions  thereof,  including,
without   limitation,   the   exercise   price  of  options,   restrictions   on
exercisability  of options or on the  disposition  of the shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of options,  and whether or not the option is to be treated
as an incentive  stock option  within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code (an
"Incentive  Stock  Option"),   and  the  purchase  price,   vesting  provisions,
restrictions on transfer and repurchase price of restricted stock.

                  5.   Terms  and  Conditions  of  Option  Awards.  Each  option
granted  under  the Plan will be  evidenced  by a  written  agreement  in a form
approved  by the  Committee.  Each such  option will be subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in this paragraph and such additional  terms and conditions
not  inconsistent  with the Plan (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option,
not  inconsistent  with the  provisions of the Code  applicable  thereto) as the
Committee deems appropriate.

                           (a)      Option  Exercise  Price.  In the  case of an
option which is not treated as an Incentive Stock Option, the exercise price per
share may not be less than the par value of a share of Common  Stock on the date
the option is  granted;  and,  in the case of an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  the
exercise price per share may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a
share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted  (110% in the case of an
optionee who, at the time the option is granted, owns stock possessing more than
10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or
a Subsidiary  (a "ten percent  shareholder")).  For  purposes  hereof,  the fair
market value of a share of Common Stock on any date will be equal to the closing
sale price per share as  published  by a national  securities  exchange on which
shares of the  Common  Stock are  traded on such date or, if there is no sale of
Common  Stock on such  date,  the  average  of the bid and asked  prices on such
exchange  at the  closing  of  trading  on such date or, if shares of the Common
Stock are not listed on a national securities exchange on such date, the closing
price  or, if none,  the  average  of the bid and  asked  prices in the over the
counter  market at the close of trading on such date,  or if the Common Stock is
not traded on a national securities exchange or the over the counter market, the
fair market value of a share of the Common Stock on such date as  determined  in
good faith by the Committee.

                           (b)      Option  Period.  The period  during which an
option may be exercised  will be fixed by the  Committee  and will not exceed 10
years from the date the  option is granted (5 years in the case of an  Incentive
Stock Option granted to a "ten percent shareholder").

                           (c)      Exercise of  Options.  No option will become
exercisable  unless  the  person to whom the  option is  granted  remains in the
continuous  employ or service of the  Company or a  Subsidiary  for at least one
year (or for such other period as the Committee may designate) from the date the
option is granted.  Vesting or other  restrictions on the  exercisability  of an
option will be set forth in the related option agreement.

                                       -2-




<PAGE>



      All or part of the  exercisable  portion of an option may be  exercised at
any time during the option period. An option may be exercised by transmitting to
the  Company  (1) a  written  notice  specifying  the  number  of  shares  to be
purchased, and (2) payment of the exercise price in cash or by personal check or
by such other  means or in such other  manner of  payment as the  Committee  may
permit,  together with the amount,  if any, deemed necessary by the Committee to
enable the  Company to satisfy  its  income  tax  withholding  obligations  with
respect to such exercise  (unless other  arrangements  acceptable to the Company
are made with respect to the satisfaction of such withholding obligations).

                           (d)      Payment  of  Exercise  Price.  The  purchase
price of shares of Common Stock  acquired  pursuant to the exercise of an option
granted  under the Plan may be paid in cash and/or such other form of payment as
may be permitted  under the option  agreement,  including,  without  limitation,
previously-owned shares of Common Stock.

                           (e)      Rights as a Stockholder. No shares of Common
Stock will be issued in respect of the exercise of an option  granted  under the
Plan until full payment therefor has been made (and/or provided for where all or
a  portion  of the  purchase  price  is  being  paid in  installments),  and the
applicable income tax withholding obligation has been satisfied or provided for.
The holder of an option will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any
shares covered by an option until the date a stock  certificate  for such shares
is issued to him or her.  Except as otherwise  provided  herein,  no adjustments
shall be made for  dividends  or  distributions  of other  rights  for which the
record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

                           (f)      Nontransferability  of  Options.  No  option
granted under the Plan may be assigned or  transferred  except by will or by the
applicable  laws of  descent  and  distribution;  and each  such  option  may be
exercised during the optionee's lifetime only by the optionee.

                           (g)      Termination  of Employment or Other Service.
If an optionee  ceases to be employed by or to perform  services for the Company
and any  Subsidiary  for any  reason  other than  death or  disability  (defined
below),  then,  unless extended by the Committee  acting in its sole discretion,
each  outstanding  option granted to him or her under the Plan will terminate on
the date  three  months  after the date of such  termination  of  employment  or
service,  or, if earlier,  the date  specified  in the option  agreement.  If an
optionee's employment or service is terminated by reason of the optionee's death
or  disability  (or if the  optionee's  employment  or service is  terminated by
reason of his or her disability and the optionee dies within one year after such
termination of employment or service),  then,  unless  extended by the Committee
acting in its sole discretion,  each outstanding  option granted to the optionee
under  the Plan  will  terminate  on the date  one year  after  the date of such
termination  of  employment  or service  (or one year after the later death of a
disabled  optionee) or, if earlier,  the date specified in the option agreement.
For purposes hereof, the term "disability" means the inability of an optionee to
perform the customary duties of his or her

                                       -3-




<PAGE>



employment  or other  service  for the  Company or a  Subsidiary  by reason of a
physical  or mental  incapacity  which is  expected  to result in death or be of
indefinite duration.

                           (h)      Incentive  Stock Options.  In the case of an
Incentive  Stock  Option  granted  under  the  Plan,  at the time the  option is
granted,  the aggregate  fair market value  (determined at the time of grant) of
the shares of Common Stock with  respect to which  Incentive  Stock  Options are
exercisable  for the first time by the optionee during any calendar year may not
exceed $100,000.

                           (i)      Maximum  Option  Grant.  The maximum  option
grant which may be made to an  executive  officer of the Company in any calendar
year shall not cover more than 350,000 shares.

                           (j)      Other  Provisions.  The Committee may impose
such other  conditions  with  respect to the  exercise  of  options,  including,
without  limitation,  any conditions  relating to the  application of federal or
state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.

                  6.   Terms and  Conditions  of Restricted  Stock Awards.  Each
restricted  stock Award  granted  under the Plan will be  evidenced by a written
agreement in a form approved by the  Committee.  Each such Award will be subject
to the terms and  conditions  set forth in this  paragraph  and such  additional
terms and  conditions  not  inconsistent  with the Plan as the  Committee  deems
appropriate.

                           (a)      Purchase Price. The purchase price per share
of  restricted  stock  may not be less  than the par  value of a share of Common
Stock on the date the Award is granted.

                           (b)      Vesting and  Transferability  of  Restricted
Stock.  No shares of Restricted  Stock may be  transferred  unless the person to
whom the Award is  granted  remains in the  continuous  employ or service of the
Company or a  Subsidiary  for at least one year (or for such other period as the
Committee may  designate)  from the date the Award is granted.  Vesting or other
restrictions  on the  transferability  of  shares  of  restricted  stock and the
Company's right to repurchase unvested restricted stock will be set forth in the
related restricted stock agreement.

                           (c)      Payment.  Payment of the  purchase  price of
restricted stock may be made in cash or by personal check or by such other means
or in such other  manner of  payment as the  Committee  may  permit,  including,
without  limitation,  previously-owned  shares  of  Common  Stock,  and shall be
accompanied by the amount,  if any, deemed  necessary by the Committee to enable
the Company to satisfy its income tax  withholding  obligations  with respect to
such exercise (unless other arrangements acceptable to the Company are made with
respect to the satisfaction of such withholding obligations).

                                       -4-




<PAGE>



                           (d)      Maximum  Restricted Stock Grant. The maximum
restricted stock grant which may be made to an executive  officer of the Company
in any calendar year shall not cover more than 350,000 shares.

                           (e)      Other  Provisions.  The Committee may impose
such other  conditions with respect to the restricted  stock Awards,  including,
without  limitation,  any conditions  relating to the  application of federal or
state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.

                  7.  Capital Changes, Reorganization, Sale.

                           (a)      Adjustments Upon Changes in  Capitalization.
The  aggregate  number and class of shares for which Awards may be granted under
the Plan, the number and class of shares covered by each  outstanding  Award and
the exercise price,  purchase price and repurchase  price per share shall all be
adjusted  proportionately  for any  increase or decrease in the number of issued
shares of Common Stock resulting from a split-up or  consolidation  of shares or
any like capital adjustment, or the payment of any stock dividend.

                           (b)      Acceleration of  Exercisability  and Vesting
Upon  Change in Control of the  Company.  If there is a change of control of the
Company (as defined in subparagraph (g) below), then (A) all outstanding options
shall become fully exercisable whether or not the exercisability  conditions, if
any, set forth in the related option  agreements have been  satisfied,  and each
optionee  shall  have the right to  exercise  his or her  options  prior to such
change of  control  and for as long  thereafter  as the option  shall  remain in
effect  in  accordance  with its terms and the  provisions  hereof,  and (B) all
restricted  stock Awards  shall become  fully-vested,  and all  restrictions  on
transferability and all rights of the Company to repurchase shares of restricted
stock shall terminate at the effective time of such change in control.

                           (c)      Acceleration of  Exercisability  and Vesting
Upon Termination of Employment. If at any time within two years after any person
(as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), shall become the beneficial owner
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act) of 30% or more of the
Common Stock other than pursuant to a plan or  arrangement  entered into by such
person and the  Company  and either (1) the Company  terminates  the  optionee's
employment  other than for Cause (as defined in  subparagraph  (h) below) or (2)
the  optionee  leaves the employ of the  Company  for Good Reason (as defined in
subparagraph (i) below),  then (A) all outstanding options held by such optionee
shall become fully exercisable whether or not the exercisability  conditions, if
any, set forth in the related option  agreements have been  satisfied,  and such
optionee  shall  have the right to  exercise  his or her  options  prior to such
change of  control  and for as long  thereafter  as the option  shall  remain in
effect  in  accordance  with its terms and the  provisions  hereof,  and (B) all
restricted  stock  Awards of such  person  shall  become  fully-vested,  and all
restrictions on transferability and all rights

                                       -5-




<PAGE>



of the Company to repurchase  shares of restricted  stock shall terminate at the
effective time of such termination of employment.

                           (d)      Conversion  of  Options  on Stock  for Stock
Exchange.  If the  stockholders  of the Company receive capital stock of another
corporation  ("Exchange  Stock") in exchange for their shares of Common Stock in
any transaction  involving a merger (other than a merger of the Company in which
the  holders  of Common  Stock  immediately  prior to the  merger  have the same
proportionate ownership of Common Stock in the surviving corporation immediately
after the merger),  consolidation,  acquisition of property or stock, separation
or  reorganization  (other  than a mere  reincorporation  or the  creation  of a
holding company),  all options granted hereunder shall be converted into options
to purchase  shares of  Exchange  Stock  unless the Company and the  corporation
issuing the Exchange Stock, in their sole discretion,  determine that any or all
such options  granted  hereunder shall not be converted into options to purchase
shares of Exchange Stock but instead shall terminate,  subject to the provisions
of subparagraph (b) above and the optionees'  prior exercise rights  thereunder.
The amount and price of converted  options  shall be determined by adjusting the
amount and price of the options granted hereunder in the same proportion as used
for determining the number of shares of Exchange Stock the holders of the Common
Stock receive in such merger,  consolidation,  acquisition of property or stock,
separation or  reorganization.  In accordance with  subparagraph  (b) above, the
converted options shall be fully exercisable  whether or not the  exercisability
requirements set forth in the option agreement have been satisfied.

                           (e)      Fractional  Shares.  In  the  event  of  any
adjustment  in the  number of  shares  covered  by any  option  pursuant  to the
provisions  hereof, any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment will be
disregarded  and each such  option  will cover  only the  number of full  shares
resulting from the adjustment.

                           (f)      Determination  of  Board  to be  Final.  All
adjustments  under  this  paragraph  7  shall  be  made  by the  Board,  and its
determination  as to what  adjustments  shall be made,  and the extent  thereof,
shall be final, binding and conclusive. Unless an optionee agrees otherwise, any
change or adjustment to an Incentive Stock Option shall be made in such a manner
so as not to  constitute a  "modification"  as defined in Section  424(h) of the
Code  and so as not to  cause  the  optionee's  Incentive  Stock  Option  issued
hereunder to fail to continue to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

                           (g)      Change  of  Control  Defined.  For  purposes
hereof,  a change  in  control  of the  Company  is deemed to occur if (1) there
occurs  (a)  any  consolidation  or  merger  in  which  the  Company  is not the
continuing  or surviving  entity or pursuant to which shares of the Common Stock
would be converted into cash, securities or other property,  other than a merger
of the Company in which the holders of the Common Stock immediately prior to the
merger have the same  proportionate  ownership of common stock of the  surviving
corporation  immediately after the merger,  or (b) any sale, lease,  exchange or
other transfer (in one transaction or a series of

                                       -6-




<PAGE>



related  transactions) of all or substantially all the Company's assets; (2) the
Company's  stockholders  approve any plan or  proposal  for the  liquidation  or
dissolution of the Company;  or (3) during any period of two consecutive  years,
individuals  who at the beginning of such period  constitute the entire Board of
Directors  shall  cease for any reason to  constitute  a  majority  of the Board
unless the election,  or nomination for election by the Company's  stockholders,
of each  new  director  was  approved  by a vote of at least  two-thirds  of the
directors  then  still in office  who were  directors  at the  beginning  of the
period.

                           (h)      Cause Defined. For purposes hereof,  "Cause"
shall mean any or all of the  following:  (i) the optionee  materially  fails to
perform his duties;  (ii) the optionee materially breaches his obligation not to
disclose confidential  information of the Company; (iii) the optionee materially
breaches any  non-competition  covenant the optionee may be subject to; (iv) the
optionee is convicted of any felony; (v) the optionee commits theft,  larceny or
embezzlement  of the  Company's  tangible or  intangible  property;  or (vi) the
optionee's  employment is terminated for cause under any employment agreement he
has with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

                           (i)      Good Reason  Defined.  For purposes  hereof,
"Good  Reason"  shall  mean  any one or more of the  following:  (i) a  material
diminution of the optionee's responsibilities,  title, authority or status; (ii)
a reduction in salary or material  reduction in benefits (other than a reduction
in salary  permitted  by any  employment  agreement  to which the  optionee is a
party);  or (iii) the occurrence of any event which would constitute good reason
under  any  employment  agreement  the  optionee  has  with the  Company  or any
subsidiary of the Company.

                  8.   Amendment  and  Termination  of the  Plan.  The Board may
amend or  terminate  the Plan.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in the Plan with
respect to equity  changes,  any  amendment  which would  increase the aggregate
number of shares of Common  Stock as to which  Awards may be  granted  under the
Plan,  materially  increase the benefits  under the Plan, or modify the class of
persons  eligible  to  receive  Awards  under the Plan  shall be  subject to the
approval of the Company's  stockholders.  No amendment or termination may affect
adversely any outstanding Award without the written consent of the grantee.

                  9.   No Rights  Conferred.  Nothing  contained  herein will be
deemed to give any individual any right to receive an Award under the Plan or to
be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary.

                  10.  Governing Law. The Plan and each Award agreement shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  11.  Decisions  and  Determinations  of Committee to be Final.
Except to the extent rights or powers under this Plan are reserved  specifically
to the  discretion  of the  Board,  the  Committee  shall  have  full  power and
authority to interpret the Plan and any Award  agreement made under the Plan and
to determine all issues which arise

                                       -7-




<PAGE>


thereunder  or in  connection  therewith,  and the  decision of the Board or the
Committee, as the case may be, shall be binding and conclusive on all interested
persons.

                  12.  Term of the Plan.  The Plan shall be effective as of June
10, 1996, the date on which it was adopted by the Board and the sole stockholder
of the Company.  The Plan will  terminate  on June 10, 2006,  the date ten years
after the date of adoption by the Board,  unless sooner terminated by the Board.
The rights of grantees under Awards  outstanding at the time of the  termination
of the Plan shall not be affected  solely by reason of the termination and shall
continue  in  accordance  with the  terms of the  Award  (as then in  effect  or
thereafter amended).

                                                      -8-






                       INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------

                  AGREEMENT  made as of the ____ day of _______,  199__,  by and
between  Integrated  Living  Communities,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), and ________________________ (the "Optionee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              --------------------

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Integrated Living Communities,  Inc.
1996 Stock  Incentive  Plan (the  "Plan"),  the Company  desires to grant to the
Optionee  and the  Optionee  desires to accept an option to  purchase  shares of
common stock, $.01 par value, of the Company (the "Common Stock") upon the terms
and conditions set forth in this agreement.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  1. Grant.  The  Company  hereby  grants  to  the  Optionee  an
option to purchase  ______ shares of Common Stock, at a purchase price per share
of $____.  This option is  intended to be treated as an option  which does [not]
qualify as an incentive  stock  option  within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

                  2. Restrictions on  Exercisability.   Except  as  specifically
provided otherwise herein, the option will become exercisable in accordance with
the  following  schedule  based  upon the  period of the  Optionee's  continuous
employment  or service with the Company or a subsidiary  thereof  following  the
date hereof:

  Period                           Incremental                     Cumulative
  of Continuous                    Percentage of                   Percentage of
  Employment/                      Option                          Option
  Service                          Exercisable                     Exercisable
  -------                          -----------                     -----------

  [Less than 1 year                     0%                              0%
  1 year                               20%                             20%
  2 years                              20%                             40%
  3 years                              20%                             60%
  4 years                              20%                             80%
  5 or more years                      20%                            100%]





<PAGE>



No shares of Common Stock may be purchased  hereunder  unless the Optionee shall
have remained in the continuous employ or service of the Company or a subsidiary
thereof for at least one year from the date  hereof.  If the  Optionee  performs
services for the Company or a subsidiary  thereof in a capacity  other than as a
director or employee,  then, for purposes hereof,  those services will be deemed
to be  continuous  until  they are  terminated,  and they  will be  deemed to be
terminated at the time provided  therefor in the  consulting or other  agreement
governing the performance of such services or, if there is no such agreement, at
the time the Company or such subsidiary  notifies the Optionee that it no longer
contemplates  the utilization of such services.  Unless sooner  terminated,  the
option  will  expire if and to the extent it is not  exercised  within ten years
from the date hereof.

                  3. Exercise.  The option may be exercised in whole or in  part
in  accordance  with the above  schedule by  delivering  to the Secretary of the
Company (a) a written  notice  specifying  the number of shares to be purchased,
and (b) payment in full of the exercise price, together with the amount, if any,
deemed  necessary  by the  Company  to  enable  it to  satisfy  any  income  tax
withholding  obligations with respect to the exercise (unless other arrangements
acceptable  to the Company  are made for the  satisfaction  of such  withholding
obligations).  The  exercise  price  shall  be  payable  in  cash  or by bank or
certified  check. The Company may (in its sole and absolute  discretion)  permit
all or part of the  exercise  price to be paid with  previously-owned  shares of
Common Stock,  or in  installments  (together  with  interest)  evidenced by the
Optionee's secured promissory note.

                  4. Rights as  Stockholder.  No shares of Common Stock shall be
sold or  delivered  hereunder  until full  payment for such shares has been made
(or, to the extent  payable in  installments,  provided for). The Optionee shall
have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the option
until a stock  certificate for such shares is issued to the Optionee.  Except as
otherwise  provided  herein,  no  adjustment  shall  be made  for  dividends  or
distributions  of other  rights for which the  record  date is prior to the date
such stock certificate is issued.

                  5. Nontransferability.     The  option  is  not  assignable or
transferable except upon the Optionee's death to a beneficiary designated by the
Optionee or, if no designated  beneficiary shall survive the Optionee,  pursuant
to the Optionee's  will and/or the laws of descent and  distribution.  During an
Optionee's  lifetime,  the option may be  exercised  only by the Optionee or the
Optionee's guardian or legal representative.

                  6. Termination  of  Service,  Disability  or  Death.   If  the
Optionee ceases to be employed by or to perform services for the Company and any
subsidiary  thereof for any reason  other than death or  disability  (as defined
below),  then, unless sooner terminated under the terms hereof,  the option will
terminate on the date three months after the date of the Optionee's  termination
of employment or service. If the Optionee's  employment or service is terminated
by reason of the Optionee's death or disability (or if the Optionee's employment
or service is terminated  by reason of  disability  and the Optionee dies within
one year after such termination of employment

                                       -2-




<PAGE>



or service),  then, unless sooner terminated under the terms hereof,  the option
will  terminate  on the date  one year  after  the date of such  termination  of
employment  or  service  (or one year after the  Optionee's  later  death).  For
purposes  hereof,  the term  "disability"  means the  inability  of  Optionee to
perform the customary  duties of Optionee's  employment or other service for the
Company or a  subsidiary  thereof by reason of a physical  or mental  incapacity
which is expected to result in death or be of indefinite duration.

                  7. Securities  Laws  Compliance  Required.     Notwithstanding
anything  herein to the  contrary,  if the shares of Common Stock  issuable upon
exercise of options  granted under the Plan have not been  registered  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the  committee  appointed by the Board of
Directors to administer the Plan may condition the  exercisability of the option
upon compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

                  8. Change in Control; Capital Changes.

                     (a)   If any event constituting a "Change in Control of the
Company" shall occur,  the options  shall,  unless sooner  terminated  under the
terms  hereof,  immediately  become  exercisable.  A "Change  in  Control of the
Company"  shall be  deemed to occur if (i) there  shall be  consummated  (x) any
consolidation  or  merger  of the  Company  in  which  the  Company  is not  the
continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company's
Common Stock would be converted into cash,  securities or other property,  other
than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company's  Common Stock
immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate  ownership of common
stock of the  surviving  corporation  immediately  after the merger,  or (y) any
sale,  lease,  exchange or other  transfer  (in one  transaction  or a series of
related  transactions)  of all,  or  substantially  all,  of the  assets  of the
Company,  or (ii) the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  approve any plan or
proposal for  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the Company,  or (iii) during any
period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period
constitute  the entire  Board of  Directors  of the Company  shall cease for any
reason to constitute a majority  thereof unless the election,  or the nomination
for election by the Company's stockholders, of each new director was approved by
a vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  directors  then still in office who were
directors at the beginning of the period.

                     (b)   If at any time within two years after any person  (as
such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act")),  shall become the  beneficial  owner
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act) of 30% or more of the
Common Stock other than pursuant to a plan or  arrangement  entered into by such
person and the  Company  and either (1) the Company  terminates  the  optionee's
employment  other than for "Cause" or (2) the optionee  leaves the employ of the
Company for "Good Reason",  then all  outstanding  options held by such optionee
shall become fully exercisable whether or not the exercisability  conditions set
forth in Section 2 hereof have been  satisfied,  and the Optionee shall have the
right to exercise  this  option  prior to such change of control and for as long
thereafter as the option shall remain in effect in accordance with its

                                       -3-




<PAGE>



terms and the provisions hereof and the Plan. For purposes hereof, "Cause" shall
mean any or all of the following:  (i) the Optionee  materially fails to perform
his duties; (ii) the Optionee materially breaches his obligation not to disclose
confidential  information of the Company; (iii) the Optionee materially breaches
any  non-competition  covenant the Optionee may be subject to; (iv) the Optionee
is  convicted  of any  felony;  (v)  the  Optionee  commits  theft,  larceny  or
embezzlement  of the  Company's  tangible or  intangible  property;  or (vi) the
Optionee's  employment is terminated for cause under any employment agreement he
has with the Company or any  subsidiary  of the Company.  For  purposes  hereof,
"Good  Reason"  shall  mean  any one or more of the  following:  (i) a  material
diminution of the Optionee's responsibilities,  title, authority or status; (ii)
a reduction in salary or material  reduction in benefits (other than a reduction
in salary  permitted  by any  employment  agreement  to which the  Optionee is a
party);  or (iii) the occurrence of any event which would constitute good reason
under  any  employment  agreement  the  Optionee  has  with the  Company  or any
subsidiary of the Company.

                     (b)   In  the  event  of any stock split, stock dividend or
similar  transaction  which  increases  or decreases  the number of  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock,  appropriate  adjustment  shall be made by the Board of
Directors  of the Company to the number and option  exercise  price per share of
Common Stock which may be purchased  under the option.  In the case of a merger,
consolidation  or similar  transaction  which  results in a  replacement  of the
Company's Common Stock with stock of another corporation but does not constitute
a Change in Control of the Company,  the Company will make a reasonable  effort,
but  shall not be  required,  to  replace  the  option  granted  hereunder  with
comparable  options to  purchase  the stock of such other  corporation,  or will
provide  for  immediate  exercisability  of the  option,  with the option  being
terminated  if not  exercised  within the time period  specified by the Board of
Directors of the Company.

                     (c)   In  the  event  of  any  adjustment  in the number of
shares covered by any option pursuant to the provisions  hereof,  any fractional
shares  resulting from such  adjustment will be disregarded and each such option
will cover only the number of full shares resulting from the adjustment.

                     (d)   All adjustments under this Section 8 shall be made by
the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company,  and  its  determination  as to what
adjustments shall be made, and the extent thereof,  shall be final,  binding and
conclusive.

                  9. No Employment Rights.  Nothing in this agreement shall give
the  Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or a
subsidiary  thereof,  or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a
subsidiary thereof to terminate the employment or service of the Optionee.

                  10. Provisions of Plan.   The  provisions  of  the  Plan shall
govern  if and to the  extent  that  there  are  inconsistencies  between  those
provisions and the provisions  hereof.  The Optionee  acknowledges  receipt of a
copy of the Plan prior to the execution of this agreement.

                                       -4-




<PAGE>



                  11. Administration.  The committee appointed  by  the Board of
Directors  of the  Company  to  administer  the Plan will  have  full  power and
authority to interpret  and apply the  provisions  of this  agreement and act on
behalf of the Company in  connection  with this  agreement,  and the decision of
said committee as to any matter  arising under this  agreement  shall be binding
and conclusive as to all persons.

                  12. Miscellaneous.

                           (a)    This agreement shall be binding upon and shall
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their  respective  successors and
permitted assigns.

                           (b)    This  agreement  shall  be  governed   by  and
construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of Delaware.  This agreement
constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and may not be modified except by written  instrument  executed by
the parties.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this agreement has been executed as of the
date first above written.

                                          INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.

                                          By: ________________________________



                                          ____________________________________
                                          Optionee

                                       -5-




                       INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
                     NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

                  1.       Purpose.

                  The purpose of this  Non-Employee  Director  Stock Option Plan
(the "Plan") of Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc. (the  "Corporation") is to
strengthen  the  Corporation's  ability to attract  and retain the  services  of
knowledgeable and experienced  persons who, through their efforts and expertise,
can make a significant contribution to the success of the Corporation's business
by serving as members of the  Corporation's  Board of  Directors  and to provide
additional  incentive  for  such  directors  to  continue  to work  for the best
interests  of the  Corporation  and its  stockholders  through  ownership of its
Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock").  Accordingly, the Corporation
will compensate its non-employee  directors  through the annual grant of options
to purchase shares of the Corporation's Common Stock on the terms and conditions
hereafter established.

                  2.       Stock Subject to Plan.

                  The  Corporation  may issue and sell a total of  75,000 shares
of its Common Stock pursuant to the Plan.  Such shares may be either  authorized
and  unissued or held by the  Corporation  in its  treasury.  New options may be
granted  under the Plan with respect to shares of Common Stock which are covered
by the  unexercised  portion of an option which has terminated or expired by its
terms, by cancellation or otherwise.

                  3.       Administration of the Plan.

                  The Plan shall be  administered  by the Board of  Directors of
the Corporation (the "Board").  The interpretation and construction by the Board
of any provisions of the Plan or of any other matters  related to the Plan shall
be final.  The Board may from time to time adopt such rules and  regulations for
carrying out the Plan as it may deem advisable.  No member of the Board shall be
liable for any action or  determination  made in good faith with  respect to the
Plan.

                  The Board of Directors may at any time amend,  alter,  suspend
or terminate the Plan; provided,  however, that any such action would not impair
any option to purchase  Common Stock  theretofore  granted  under the Plan;  and
provided further that without the approval of the Corporation's stockholders, no
amendments or  alterations  would be made which would (i) increase the number of
shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by each non-employee director under
the Plan  (except as  permitted by  Paragraph  9), (ii)  increase the  aggregate
number of shares of Common  Stock as to which  options may be granted  under the
Plan (except as permitted by Paragraph  9), (iii)  decrease the option  exercise
price (except as permitted by Paragraph




<PAGE>



9), or (iv) extend the period during which outstanding options granted under the
Plan may be exercised;  and provided  further that Paragraph 5 of the Plan shall
not be amended more than once every six months other than to comply with changes
in the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  or the Employee  Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.

                  4.       Eligibility.

                  All  non-employee   directors  of  the  Corporation  shall  be
eligible to receive  options under the Plan.  Receipt of stock options under any
other stock option plan  maintained by the  Corporation or any subsidiary  shall
not, for that reason, preclude a director from receiving options under the Plan.

                  5.       Grants.

                  (i)      Each  non-employee  director   shall  be  issued   an
option  to  purchase   7,500  shares  of  the  Corporation's  Common  Stock (the
"Option") on the date of each annual meeting of  stockholders of the Corporation
(each  such  date  being a  "Grant  Date")  held  after  the  completion  of the
Corporation's  initial public offering of Common Stock to the public pursuant to
a registration  statement filed with, and declared  effective by, the Securities
and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  if,
immediately  following  such  meeting,  such  person  remains a director  of the
Corporation,  at the  following  price for the  following  term and otherwise in
accordance with the terms of the Plan:

                           (a)  The  option  exercise  price per share of Common
                  Stock shall be the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of the
                  Common Stock covered by such Option on the Grant Date.

                           (b)  Except as provided herein, the term of an Option
                  shall be for a period of ten (10) years from the Grant Date.

                  (ii)    "Fair  Market Value" shall mean, for each Grant  Date,
(A) if the Common  Stock is listed or  admitted to trading on the New York Stock
Exchange (the "NYSE") or the American Stock Exchange (the "ASE"), the average of
the high and low sale  price of the  Common  Stock on such  date or,  if no sale
takes  place on such date,  the  average of the  highest  closing bid and lowest
closing  asked  prices of the  Common  Stock on such  exchange,  in each case as
officially  reported on the NYSE or the ASE, or (B) if no shares of Common Stock
are then listed or  admitted  to trading on the NYSE or the ASE,  the average of
the high and low sale  prices of the  Common  Stock on such  date on the  Nasdaq
National  Market or, if no shares of Common  Stock are then quoted on the Nasdaq
National  Market,  the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common
Stock on such date on the  NASDAQ  Small Cap  Market  or, if no shares of Common
Stock are then quoted on NASDAQ Small Cap Market, the average of the highest bid
and lowest asked prices of the Common Stock on such date as

                                       -2-




<PAGE>



reported in the over-the-counter  system. If no bid and asked prices thereof are
then so quoted or published in the over-the-counter  market, "Fair Market Value"
shall mean the fair value per share of Common Stock  (assuming  for the purposes
of this calculation the economic equivalence of all shares of classes of capital
stock), as determined on a fully diluted basis in good faith by the Board, as of
a date which is 15 days preceding such Grant Date.

                       (iii)  Options granted  hereunder shall not be "incentive
stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended.

                  6.       Regulatory Compliance and Listing.

                  The issuance or delivery of any Option may be postponed by the
Corporation  for such  period  as may be  required  to comply  with the  Federal
securities  laws,  any  applicable   listing   requirements  of  any  applicable
securities  exchange and any other law or regulation  applicable to the issuance
or delivery of such Options, and the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue
or deliver  any  Options if the  issuance  or  delivery  of such  options  would
constitute  a  violation  of  any  law  or any  regulation  of any  governmental
authority or applicable securities exchange.

                  7.       Restrictions on Exercisability.

                  (i)            Except as provided in Section 7(ii) below, each
Option  granted  under the Plan  shall  become  exercisable as  to  2,500 shares
of Common Stock on the first anniversary of the Grant Date of such Option, as to
an  additional  2,500  shares of Common Stock on the second  anniversary  of the
Grant Date of such Option and as to the  remaining  2,500 shares of Common Stock
on the third anniversary of the Grant Date of such Option.

                  (ii)           If   any   event   constituting  a  "Change  in
Control of the  Corporation"  shall occur,  all Options  granted  under the Plan
which are outstanding at the time a Change in Control of the  Corporation  shall
occur shall immediately  become exercisable in full. A "Change in Control of the
Corporation"  shall be deemed to occur if (i) there shall be consummated (x) any
consolidation  or merger of the  Corporation in which the Corporation is not the
continuing  or  surviving  corporation  or  pursuant  to  which  shares  of  the
Corporation's  Common Stock would be converted  into cash,  securities  or other
property,  other than a merger of the  Corporation  in which the  holders of the
Corporation's  Common  Stock  immediately  prior  to the  merger  have  the same
proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately
after the merger,  or (y) any sale,  lease,  exchange or other  transfer (in one
transaction or a series of related  transactions) of all, or substantially  all,
of the assets of the  Corporation,  or (ii) the  stockholders of the Corporation
shall  approve  any plan or  proposal  for  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the
Corporation,  or (iii) during any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals
who at the beginning of such period constitute the

                                       -3-




<PAGE>

entire  Board of Directors  shall cease for any reason to  constitute a majority
thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Corporation's
stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the
period.

                  (iii)          If  at  any  time  within  two  years after any
person (as such term is used in Section  13(d) and  14(d)(2)  of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")),  shall  become the
beneficial  owner  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act) of
30% or more of the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock other than pursuant to
a plan or  arrangement  entered  into by such  person and the  Corporation,  the
holder of an Option is removed as a director of the Corporation  (other than for
justifiable  cause)  or the  Corporation  does not  renominate  the  holder  for
election as a director (other than for justifiable  cause),  then all Options of
such  holder  granted  under the Plan which are  outstanding  shall  immediately
become  exercisable in full. For purposes hereof,  justifiable  cause shall mean
any or all of the following:  (i) the optionee  materially  fails to perform his
duties as  a director;  (ii) the optionee is convicted  of any  felony; or (iii)
the  optionee  commits  theft,  larceny  or  embezzlement  of the  Corporation's
tangible or intangible property.

                  8.       Cessation as Director.

                  In the event that the holder of an Option granted  pursuant to
the Plan shall  cease to be a director  of the  Corporation  for any reason such
holder may exercise any portion of the Option that is  exercisable by him at the
time he ceases to be a director of the Corporation,  but only to the extent such
Option is  exercisable  as of such date,  within  six  months  after the date he
ceases  to be a  director  of the  Corporation  (one  year if he  ceases to be a
director  by reason  of death or  disability).  For  purposes  hereof,  the term
"disability"  means the inability of Optionee to perform the customary duties of
a director  by reason of a physical  or mental  incapacity  which is expected to
result in death or be of indefinite duration.

                  9.       Stock Splits, Mergers, etc.

                  In the event of any stock  split,  stock  dividend  or similar
transaction  which  increases or decreases the number of  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock,  appropriate  adjustment  shall be made by the Board of Directors,
whose  determination shall be final, to the number and option exercise price per
share of Common Stock which may be purchased under any outstanding  Options.  In
the case of a merger,  consolidation or similar  transaction  which results in a
replacement of the Corporation's  Common Stock with stock of another corporation
but does not constitute a Change in Control of the Corporation,  the Corporation
will make a  reasonable  effort,  but  shall not be  required,  to  replace  any
outstanding  Options granted under the Plan with comparable  options to purchase
the  stock  of  such  other  corporation, or will provide for immediate maturity
of all outstanding Options, with all Options not being exercised within the time
period specified by the Board of Directors being terminated.

                                       -4-




<PAGE>

                  10.      Transferability.

                  Options are not  assignable or  transferable,  except upon the
optionholder's  death to a beneficiary  designated by the optionee in accordance
with  procedures  established the Board or, if no designated  beneficiary  shall
survive the optionholder,  pursuant to the optionholder's will or by the laws of
descent and distribution,  to the extent set forth in Paragraph 8 and during the
optionholder's lifetime, may be exercised only by him.

                  11.      Exercise of Options.

                  An  optionholder  electing to  exercise  an Option  shall give
written  notice to the  Corporation of such election and of the number of shares
of Common Stock that he has elected to acquire.  An  optionholder  shall have no
rights of a  stockholder  with respect to shares of Common Stock  covered by his
Option  until  after the date of  issuance  of a stock  certificate  to him upon
partial or complete exercise of his option.

                  12.      Payment.

                  The Option  exercise price shall be payable in cash,  check or
in shares of Common  Stock upon the  exercise  of the  Option.  If the shares of
Common Stock are tendered as payment of the Option exercise price,  the value of
such shares shall be the Fair Market  Value as of the date of exercise.  If such
tender would result in the issuance of fractional  shares of Common  Stock,  the
Corporation  shall  instead  return  the  difference  in cash or by check to the
employee.

                  13.      Obligation to Exercise Option.

                  The granting of an Option shall  impose no  obligation  on the
director to exercise such option.

                  14.      Continuance as Director.

                  Nothing in the Plan  shall be deemed to create any  obligation
on the  part of the  Board  to  nominate  any  director  for  reelection  by the
Corporation's stockholders.

                  15.      Term of Plan.

                  The Plan shall be effective on June 10, 1996,  the date of its
adoption by the Board and sole  stockholder  of the  Corporation.  The Plan will
terminate on the date ten years after the date of adoption by the Board,  unless
sooner   terminated  by  the
                                       -5-




<PAGE>


Board.  The rights of optionees  under  options  outstanding  at the time of the
termination  of  the  Plan  shall  not  be  affected  solely  by  reason  of the
termination  and shall  continue in accordance  with the terms of the option (as
then in effect or thereafter amended).

                                       -6-






                       INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------

                  AGREEMENT  made as of the _________ day of  _________________,
____, by and between Integrated Living Communities, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), and _____________________________________ (the "Optionee").

                               W I T N E S S E T H
                               -------------------

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Integrated Living Communities,  Inc.
Non- Employee  Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"),  the Company desires to
grant to the Optionee  and the Optionee  desires to accept an option to purchase
shares of common stock, $.01 par value, of the Company (the "Common Stock") upon
the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  1. Grant.  The Company hereby grants to the Optionee an option
to  purchase  7,500  shares of  Common  Stock at a  purchase  price per share of
$______.  This  option is  intended  to be treated  as an option  which does not
qualify as an incentive  stock  option  within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

                  2. Restrictions  on  Exercisability.  Except  as  specifically
provided otherwise herein, the option will become exercisable as to 2,500 shares
on the first anniversary of the date hereof, as to an additional 2,500 shares on
the second  anniversary of the date hereof and as to the remaining  2,500 shares
on the third  anniversary  of the date hereof.  Unless  sooner  terminated,  the
option  will  expire if and to the extent it is not  exercised  within ten years
from the date hereof.

                  3. Exercise.  The option may be  exercised in whole or in part
in  accordance  with the above  schedule by  delivering  to the Secretary of the
Company (a) a written  notice  specifying  the number of shares to be purchased,
and (b) payment in full of the exercise price, together with the amount, if any,
deemed  necessary  by the  Company  to  enable  it to  satisfy  any  income  tax
withholding  obligations with respect to the exercise (unless other arrangements
acceptable  to the Company  are made for the  satisfaction  of such  withholding
obligations).  The  exercise  price  shall  be  payable  in  cash  or by bank or
certified  check. The Company may (in its sole and absolute  discretion)  permit
all or part of the  exercise  price to be paid with  previously-owned  shares of
Common Stock,  or in  installments  (together  with  interest)  evidenced by the
Optionee's secured promissory note.

                  4. Rights as  Stockholder.  No shares of Common Stock shall be
sold or  delivered  hereunder  until full  payment for such shares has been made
(or, to the extent  payable in  installments,  provided for). The Optionee shall
have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the option
until a stock certificate




<PAGE>



for such shares is issued to the Optionee.  Except as otherwise provided herein,
no adjustment  shall be made for dividends or  distributions of other rights for
which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

                  5. Nontransferability.   The  option  is  not   assignable  or
transferable except upon the Optionee's death to a beneficiary designated by the
Optionee or, if no designated  beneficiary shall survive the Optionee,  pursuant
to the Optionee's  will and/or the laws of descent and  distribution.  During an
Optionee's  lifetime,  the option may be  exercised  only by the Optionee or the
Optionee's guardian or legal representative.

                  6. Termination  of  Service.  If the  Optionee  ceases to be a
non-employee  director  of the  Company  for any  reason  other  than  death  or
disability,  then, unless sooner  terminated under the terms hereof,  the option
will  terminate  on the  date  six  months  after  the  date  of the  Optionee's
termination of service as a non-employee  director. If the Optionee's service as
a  non-employee  director is  terminated  by reason of the  Optionee's  death or
disability,  then, unless sooner  terminated under the terms hereof,  the option
will  terminate  on the  date one year  after  the date of death or  disability,
respectively.  For purposes hereof, the term "disability" means the inability of
Optionee to perform the  customary  duties of a director by reason of a physical
or mental  incapacity  which is expected to result in death or be of  indefinite
duration.

                  7. Compliance With Securities Laws.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein to the  contrary,  the option may not be  exercised  if in the opinion of
counsel  to the  Company,  such  exercise  and/or  issuance  would  result  in a
violation of federal or state securities laws.

                  8.       Acceleration of Exercisability; Capital Changes.

                           (a)   If any event  constituting a "Change in Control
of the Company" shall occur,  the option shall,  unless sooner  terminated under
the terms hereof,  immediately become  exercisable.  A "Change in Control of the
Company"  shall be  deemed to occur if (i) there  shall be  consummated  (x) any
consolidation  or  merger  of the  Company  in  which  the  Company  is not  the
continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company's
Common Stock would be converted into cash,  securities or other property,  other
than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company's  Common Stock
immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate  ownership of common
stock of the  surviving  corporation  immediately  after the merger,  or (y) any
sale,  lease,  exchange or other  transfer  (in one  transaction  or a series of
related  transactions)  of all,  or  substantially  all,  of the  assets  of the
Company,  or (ii) the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  approve any plan or
proposal for  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the Company,  or (iii) during any
period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period
constitute  the entire  Board of  Directors  of the Company  shall cease for any
reason to constitute a majority  thereof unless the election,  or the nomination
for election by the Company's

                                       -2-




<PAGE>



stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the
period.

                           (b)   If, at any time  within  two  years  after  any
person (as such term is used in Section  13(d) and  14(d)(2)  of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")),  shall  become the
beneficial  owner  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act) of
30% or more of the Company's  outstanding  Common Stock other than pursuant to a
plan or arrangement entered into by such person and the Company, the Optionee is
removed as a director of the Company (other than for  justifiable  cause) or the
Company does not renominate the Optionee for election as a director  (other than
for justifiable  cause),  then the option shall,  unless sooner terminated under
the terms hereof,  become immediately  exercisable in full. For purposes hereof,
justifiable  cause  shall  mean any or all of the  following:  (i) the  Optionee
materially  fails to  perform  his  duties  as a  director;  (ii)  the  Optionee
is convicted  of any felony;  or (iii) the Optionee  commits  theft,  larceny or
embezzlement of the Company's tangible or intangible property.

                           (c)   In the event of any stock split, stock dividend
or similar  transaction  which  increases or decreases the number of outstanding
shares of Common  Stock,  appropriate  adjustment  shall be made by the Board of
Directors  of the Company to the number and option  exercise  price per share of
Common Stock which may be purchased  under the option.  In the case of a merger,
consolidation  or similar  transaction  which  results in a  replacement  of the
Company's Common Stock with stock of another corporation but does not constitute
Change in Control of the Company, the Company will make a reasonable effort, but
shall not be required,  to replace the option granted  hereunder with comparable
options to purchase  the stock of such other  corporation,  or will  provide for
immediate  maturity  of the  option,  with the option  being  terminated  if not
exercised  within the time period  specified  by the Board of  Directors  of the
Company.

                           (d)   In the event of any adjustment in the number of
shares covered by any option pursuant to the provisions  hereof,  any fractional
shares  resulting from such  adjustment will be disregarded and each such option
will cover only the number of full shares resulting from the adjustment.

                           (e)   All  adjustments  under this Section 8 shall be
made by the Board of Directors of the Company,  and its determination as to what
adjustments shall be made, and the extent thereof,  shall be final,  binding and
conclusive.

                  9.       No Rights  to  Continue  Service.   Nothing  in  this
agreement  shall give the  Optionee  any right to continue in the service of the
Company,  or interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the
service of the Optionee.

                  10.      Provisions of Plan.  The provisions of the Plan shall
govern  if and to the  extent  that  there  are  inconsistencies  between  those
provisions and the provisions

                                       -3-




<PAGE>


hereof.  The  Optionee  acknowledges  receipt of a copy of the Plan prior to the
execution of this agreement.

                  11.       Administration.   The  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Company will have full power and authority to interpret and apply the provisions
of this  agreement  and act on behalf of the  Company  in  connection  with this
agreement,  and the  decision of the Board of Directors of the Company as to any
matter  arising under this  agreement  shall be binding and conclusive as to all
persons.

                  12.      Miscellaneous.

                           (a)   This agreement  shall be binding upon and shall
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their  respective  successors and
permitted assigns.

                           (b)   This  agreement  shall  be  governed   by   and
construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of Delaware.  This agreement
constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and may not be modified except by written  instrument  executed by
the parties.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this agreement has been executed as of the
date first above written.

                                      INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.

                                      By: ________________________________



                                      ------------------------------------
                                      Optionee

                                       -4-






                       INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------

                  AGREEMENT  made  as of the  10th  day of  June,  1996,  by and
between  Integrated  Living  Communities,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Corporation"), and _____________________________ (the "Optionee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              --------------------

                  WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to grant to the Optionee,  in
order to obtain and retain the  services  of the  Optionee  as a director of the
Corporation, and the Optionee desires to accept, an option to purchase shares of
common stock,  $.01 par value, of the Corporation  (the "Common Stock") upon the
terms and conditions set forth in this agreement.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  (1)  Grant.  The  Corporation  hereby  grants to the Optionee,
subject  to  approval  by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation,  an  option to
purchase  ____________  shares of Common  Stock,  at a purchase  price per share
equal to the  initial  public  offering  price  per  share of the  Common  Stock
pursuant to a registration  statement filed with, and declared effective by, the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Initial Public  Offering").  This option is intended to be treated
as an option  which does not qualify as an  incentive  stock  option  within the
meaning of Section 422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
"Code").

                  (2)  Restrictions on Exercisability.   Except as  specifically
provided otherwise herein, the option will become exercisable as to _______1/ on
shares on June 10, 1997, as to an additional  _______1/  shares on June 10, 1998
and as to the remaining  _______1/ shares on June 10, 1999;  provided,  however,
that this option  shall not be  exercisable  unless and until the closing of the
Initial Public Offering occurs. Unless sooner terminated, the option will expire
if and to the extent it is not exercised within ten years from the date hereof.

                  (3)  Exercise. The option may be exercised in whole or in part
in  accordance  with the above  schedule by  delivering  to the Secretary of the
Corporation  (a)  a  written  notice  specifying  the  number  of  shares  to be
purchased, and (b) payment


- --------
1/       that number of shares equal  to one-third of the total number of shares
         granted.




<PAGE>



in  full of the  exercise  price,  together  with  the  amount,  if any,  deemed
necessary by the  Corporation to enable it to satisfy any income tax withholding
obligations with respect to the exercise (unless other  arrangements  acceptable
to  the  Corporation  are  made  for  the   satisfaction  of  such   withholding
obligations).  The  exercise  price  shall  be  payable  in  cash  or by bank or
certified  check.  The  Corporation  may (in its sole and  absolute  discretion)
permit all or part of the exercise price to be paid with previously-owned shares
of Common Stock,  or in installments  (together with interest)  evidenced by the
Optionee's secured promissory note.

                  (4)  Rights as  Stockholder.  No shares of Common Stock  shall
be sold or delivered  hereunder until full payment for such shares has been made
(or, to the extent  payable in  installments,  provided for). The Optionee shall
have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the option
until a stock  certificate for such shares is issued to the Optionee.  Except as
otherwise  provided  herein,  no  adjustment  shall  be made  for  dividends  or
distributions  of other  rights for which the  record  date is prior to the date
such stock certificate is issued.

                  (5)  Nontransferability.  The  option  is  not  assignable  or
transferable except upon the Optionee's death to a beneficiary designated by the
Optionee or by the Optionee's  will or the laws of descent and  distribution  or
pursuant to a qualified  domestic relations order as defined by the Code. During
an Optionee's lifetime,  the option may be exercised only by the Optionee or the
Optionee's guardian or legal representative.

                  (6)  Termination of Service.  If the Optionee  ceases  to be a
director of the Corporation for any reason other than death or disability, then,
unless sooner  terminated  under the terms hereof,  the option will terminate on
the date six months after the date of the Optionee's termination of service as a
director. If the Optionee's service as a director is terminated by reason of the
Optionee's death or disability,  then,  unless sooner terminated under the terms
hereof,  the option will  terminate on the date one year after the date of death
or disability,  respectively.  For purposes hereof,  the term "disability" means
the  inability  of  Optionee to perform  the  customary  duties of a director by
reason of a physical or mental  incapacity  which is expected to result in death
or be of indefinite duration.

                  (7)  Compliance   With   Securities   Laws.    Notwithstanding
anything  herein to the  contrary,  the  option may not be  exercised  if in the
opinion of counsel to the  Corporation,  such  exercise  and/or  issuance  would
result in a violation of federal or state securities laws.

                                       -2-




<PAGE>



                  (8)  Acceleration of Exercisability; Capital Changes.

                       (A) If any event constituting a "Change in Control of the
Corporation"  shall occur, the option shall,  unless sooner terminated under the
terms hereof,  immediately  become  exercisable in full. A "Change in Control of
the Corporation"  shall be deemed to occur if (i) there shall be consummated (x)
any  consolidation  or merger of the Corporation in which the Corporation is not
the  continuing  or  surviving  corporation  or pursuant to which  shares of the
Corporation's  Common Stock would be converted  into cash,  securities  or other
property,  other than a merger of the  Corporation  in which the  holders of the
Corporation's  Common  Stock  immediately  prior  to the  merger  have  the same
proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately
after the merger,  or (y) any sale,  lease,  exchange or other  transfer (in one
transaction or a series of related  transactions) of all, or substantially  all,
of the assets of the  Corporation,  or (ii) the  stockholders of the Corporation
shall  approve  any plan or  proposal  for  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the
Corporation,  or (iii) during any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals
who at the beginning of such period  constitute the entire Board of Directors of
the  Corporation  shall cease for any reason to  constitute  a majority  thereof
unless  the  election,  or the  nomination  for  election  by the  Corporation's
stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the
period.

                       (B) If, at any time within two years after any person (as
such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the  Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act")),  shall become the  beneficial  owner
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act) of 30% or more of the
Corporation's  outstanding  Common  Stock  other  than  pursuant  to a  plan  or
arrangement  entered  into by such person and the  Corporation,  the Optionee is
removed as a director of the Corporation  (other than for justifiable  cause) or
the  Corporation  does not  renominate  the  Optionee for election as a director
(other  than for  justifiable  cause),  then the  option  shall,  unless  sooner
terminated under the terms hereof,  become immediately  exercisable in full. For
purposes hereof,  justifiable cause shall mean any or all of the following:  (i)
the  Optionee  materially  fails to perform his duties as a  director;  (ii) the
Optionee  is  convicted  of any felony;  or (iii) the  Optionee  commits  theft,
larceny or embezzlement of the Corporation's tangible or intangible property.

                       (C) If the Optionee dies  or  suffers  a  disability  (as
defined in Section 6 hereof),  the option shall,  unless sooner terminated under
the terms hereof, immediately become exercisable in full.

                       (D) In  the  event  of any stock split, stock dividend or
similar  transaction  which  increases  or decreases  the number of  outstanding
shares of Common Stock, the number of shares and option exercise price per share
of Common Stock which may be purchased  under this option each shall be adjusted
automatically to the nearest whole share  (disregarding  any fractional  shares)
and nearest  whole cent to reflect  such  transaction.  In the case of a merger,
consolidation or similar transaction

                                       -3-




<PAGE>


which results in a replacement of the  Corporation's  Common Stock with stock of
another  corporation  but  does  not  constitute  a  Change  in  Control  of the
Corporation,  the Corporation  will make a reasonable  effort,  but shall not be
required,  to  replace  this  option,  to  the  extent  then  outstanding,  with
comparable  options to  purchase  the stock of such other  corporation,  or will
provide for immediate  exercisability in full of this option, with which, to the
extent not exercised within the time period specified by the Board of Directors,
will thereafter terminate.

                  (9)  No Rights to Continue Service.  Nothing in this agreement
shall give the Optionee any right to continue in the service of the Corporation,
or  interfere  in any way with the right of the  Corporation  to  terminate  the
service of the Optionee.

                 (10)  Miscellaneous.

                       (a)  This agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure
to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their  respective  successors  and
permitted assigns.

                       (b)  This agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of Delaware.  This agreement  constitutes
the entire  agreement  between the parties  with  respect to the subject  matter
hereof and may not be  modified  except by written  instrument  executed  by the
parties.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this agreement has been executed as of the
date first above written.

                                     INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.

                                     By: _______________________________________


                                     ___________________________________________



                                       -4-



                  

                          DEVELOPMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT
                          ------------------------------

        THIS  DEVELOPMENT  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (this  "Agreement")  is made and
entered  into as of  (although  not  necessarily  on) June 3,  1996 by and among
INTEGRATED  LIVING  COMMUNITIES,   INC.  a  Delaware  corporation   ("Company"),
INTEGRATED HEALTH SERVICES,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("IHS"),  which is a
party to this  Agreement for the purposes and to the extent set forth in Section
7.D. of this Agreement, and AGUIRRE, INC., a Texas corporation ("Developer").


                              Preliminary Statement

         A.  Company  desires to investigate  and review such various factors as
Company, in its sole discretion,  may deem necessary and appropriate  pertaining
to the  desirability  and  feasibility  of entering  into "build to suit" leases
pursuant to which  Company  would  become the tenant,  occupant  and operator of
certain assisted living housing  facilities to be constructed on the hereinafter
referred to Sites (collectively, the "Projects") designed with the assistance of
Developer  in  consultation  with  Company  and/or  Company's  advisers so as to
address Company's needs and requirements (to meet minimum licensure requirements
for personal care  facilities),  such facilities to be acquired by and leased to
Company by Developer or an approved designee of Developer;

         B.  Developer has  counseled  and shall  continue to counsel and advise
Company in respect of the  investigation  and selection of sites, the review and
evaluation of the various engineering,  architectural, design, construction, and
other pertinent issues that arise in connection with the site  acquisition,  and
the development and construction of the Projects, and Developer has provided and
shall continue to provide Company with the benefit of Developer's  expertise and
capacity to provide  architectural,  engineering,  construction  management  and
other  professional  personnel and/or consultants whose expertise is utilized in
connection  with such  development  activities,  and  Developer has incurred and
shall  continue to incur a variety of costs and expenses in connection  with the
rendition of such services;

         C.  Company desires to retain  Developer to provide certain services to
Company in order to advise and assist Company in its investigation and review of
matters  pertaining  to  the  acquisition  of  the  Sites  and  development  and
construction  of the  contemplated  Projects,  and for the  benefit of  Company,
Developer  may as  hereinafter  provided  review and pursue the various forms of
financing  arrangements and  transactions  which could be utilized in connection
with  such  contemplated  development  so as  to  devise  appropriate  financing
arrangements  and  transactions  pursuant to which the Sites can be acquired and
the Projects constructed and leased to Company;



<PAGE>


         D.  Company  envisions  that Company  shall make a public  offering and
sale of securities (the  "Offering") on or around September 1, 1996 (the date on
which the  Company's  initial  public  offering  is  declared  effective  by the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  being  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the
"Offering Date");

         E.  Company  desires  to  negotiate  with  Developer  in  regard to the
possibility of entering into a "build to suit" lease agreement with Developer or
its approved designee pursuant to which Developer or its approved designee would
acquire the land for each Project and would develop and construct  each Project,
which would thereupon be leased to and occupied by Company (the entity acquiring
a  Project,  which  shall be  Developer  or a  designee  approved  by Company as
hereinafter provided, being hereinafter sometimes referred to as an "Owner");

         F.  Developer and Company  desire to set forth their mutual  agreements
in regard to the  services  which  Developer  shall from time to time provide to
Company,  the  procedures  to be followed by Developer and Company in connection
with the submittal by Developer to Company and Company's  review and response to
information,   studies,  and  other  data  pertaining  to  the  acquisition  and
development  of  sites  for the  Projects  and the  various  matters  pertaining
thereto;

         G.  In recognition of the fact that Company shall have no obligation to
enter into the contemplated Leases (as hereinafter defined) and the fact that at
Company's behest Developer has furnished and shall hereinafter  furnish valuable
services, devote extensive resources to designing the Prototypes (as hereinafter
defined),  to  conducting  the  preliminary  "due  diligence"  activities  to be
conducted by Developer as hereinafter provided and to develop a proposed form of
Lease to be submitted by Company for Developer's review and input as hereinafter
provided,  and in  recognition  of the  fact  that  (i) in  connection  with the
foregoing  described  services  and  activities,  Developer  has foregone and is
likely to forego the opportunity to participate in other business  opportunities
due to the time and effort  anticipated  to be devoted by  Developer's  staff in
connection  with  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions  contemplated  herein;
provided,  however,  that  Developer  shall  not  be  entitled  to  recover  any
compensation not provided for in this Agreement by virtue of having foregone any
such  opportunities)  and (ii)  Developer  shall from time to time incur various
costs and expenses,  including without limitation  interest on funds borrowed by
Developer  to pay for such costs and  expenses  and to fund  labor and  overhead
necessary  in  the  performance  of  Developer's   responsibilities  under  this
Agreement  (it being  acknowledged  that  Developer  intends to borrow  funds to
enable  Developer to fund labor,  overhead  and other costs and  expenses  which
shall be incurred by Developer in connection with Developer's performance of its
responsibilities   hereunder  and  attempts  to  consummate   the   transactions
contemplated   herein),   Company  and   Developer   wish  to  provide  for  the
reimbursement to Developer of Approved Costs (as hereinafter  defined)  incurred
by Developer and for the payment to Developer of a fee for Developer's  services
in connection with the investigation, review and analysis of the various matters
which  Developer  shall  address  in  performing  Developer's   responsibilities
hereunder; and IHS, which is affiliated with Company and wishes to induce

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  2                                          
- ---------------------          

<PAGE>



Developer  to enter  into  this  Agreement  with  Company  and  recognizes  that
Developer  will incur  substantial  costs and  expenses  (and will likely  incur
material  indebtedness  in order to fund such costs and  expenses) in connection
with this  Agreement,  desires to  guaranty  certain  obligations  of Company to
Developer  in the manner  and to the extent  provided  in Section  7.D.  of this
Agreement; and

         H.  It is contemplated  that in addition to the services to be rendered
hereunder,  the  parties  shall  hereinafter  endeavor  to  negotiate  a further
agreement  (the  "National  Agreement")  pursuant  to  which  Developer  or  its
affiliate  shall assist  Company in managing the  development  of projects other
than  the  Projects  and  performing  Project  maintenance  and  physical  plant
management services in connection with such projects; provided, however, that no
party shall be under any  obligation to enter into any such  National  Agreement
and the  failure of any such  National  Agreement  to be  consummated  shall not
affect or in any way  impair  the  parties'  respective  obligations  under this
Agreement.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  mutual
         covenants herein  contained and other good and valuable  consideration,
         the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby  acknowledged,  Company
         and Developer hereby agree as follows:

         1.  Appointment of Developer. Company appoints and authorizes Developer
as an  independent  contractor  to  perform  on  behalf  of  Company  such  site
investigation  and development  evaluation  activities as directed by Company in
its  sole  discretion  as it  relates  to the  evaluation  of the  desirability,
feasibility,  and cost of  developing  the Projects  upon the various sites from
time to time  considered by Company for the location of the Projects.  Developer
agrees to perform such services on Company's  behalf and for Company's  account,
as an  independent  contractor,  subject to and upon the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, and in connection therewith to engage and coordinate the efforts
of such  professionals  as Developer  reasonably  determines to be  experienced,
reputable and appropriate for the performance of the various responsibilities to
be  undertaken  pursuant  to this  Agreement  including  such  personnel  and/or
consultants as engineers,  architects,  designers,  landscape architects,  soils
consultants,  construction  contractors,  environmental  (with the environmental
consultant(s)  engaged by Developer  to be  satisfactory  to Company),  traffic,
legal and other  professional  consultants  for the  investigation,  evaluation,
financing, design, and construction of the Projects.

         2.       Site Identification and  Purchase Activities.

         A.  The Projects will be constructed upon the sites (collectively,  the
"Sites")  identified  on Exhibit A  attached  hereto  and any  additional  sites
designated  by  Developer  and Company  pursuant to a written  agreement to such
effect executed by and between Developer and Company.

         B.  Developer shall assist Company in conducting and coordinating  site
purchase

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  3                                          
- ---------------------          

<PAGE>



contract  negotiations with the various owners of the respective Sites and other
additional  potential  sites  designated by Developer and Company  pursuant to a
written  agreement to such effect executed by and between Developer and Company,
and,  in  connection   therewith,   coordinate  the  activities  of  architects,
engineers,  contractors,  and other consultants for the purpose of analyzing and
reviewing the Site  locations and such potential  additional  site locations and
development alternatives so as to facilitate the planning and development of the
Projects.

         C. Company and  Developer  acknowledge  that it is essential  that they
cooperate together in structuring  arrangements for the acquisition of the Sites
so as to render them readily financeable and thus enable Company (or, subject to
Section 4 below, Developer) to secure financing for the acquisition of the Sites
and the  construction  and  development  of the Projects  thereon.  Accordingly,
Company shall forthwith  provide  Developer with a complete copy of any contract
to  acquire a Site for any  Project  from time to time  entered  into by Company
(each, a "Contract"),  and any such Contract shall be assignable to Developer or
its  approved  designee at such time,  if ever,  as a Lease with respect to such
Project  is entered  into by  Developer  or such  designee  with  Company or its
affiliate, as tenant.

         D. Company  shall remit to the title  company or other escrow agent the
amount of any  "earnest  money" or  "option  fee" or other  form of  deposit  or
initial contract consideration or escrow payment required to be made pursuant to
each  Contract  but  Company's  failure to do so shall not  constitute a default
hereunder.  Company  shall  immediately  furnish to Developer a true and correct
copy of any  amendment  to or  modification  of any  Contract  from time to time
entered into by Company.

         E. It is  anticipated  that the date of closing for the  acquisition of
all of the Sites shall occur on or before  September 15, 1996 (the  "Acquisition
and Financing  Closing  Date") unless Company and Developer  agree  otherwise in
writing.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  or  anything  else  to  the  contrary
contained in this  Agreement,  it is understood  and agreed that the closing for
the  acquisition  of any Site  shall be  subject  to the  prior or  simultaneous
unconditional  execution  of the  Lease for such  Project,  the  closing  of the
Construction and Acquisition  Financing for such Project and the satisfaction of
the conditions to closing under the Contract for such Project, the conditions to
effectiveness,  if any,  under  such  Lease and the  conditions  to the  initial
funding  under  such  Construction  and  Acquisition  Financing.  It is  further
understood and agreed that except for payment of its Termination Development Fee
pursuant to Section 7 below and  reimbursement of all Approved Costs incurred by
Developer  (and,  if  applicable,  payment  of any sums from time to time due to
Developer  pursuant  to  Section  4 and/or  Section  7 and/or  Section 9 of this
Agreement, as the case may be), Company shall have no liability to Developer and
Developer  shall have no  liability  to Company in the event that a contract for
any Site is not entered  into or in the event that a Contract  for any Site does
not close, for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation, Company's or
its affiliate's or Developer's or its designee's failure or refusal to close.

         3.       Acquisition Due Diligence Activities.

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  4                                          
- ---------------------          

<PAGE>


         A. Upon  Company  or its  affiliate  entering  into a  Contract,  or if
request by Company prior to Company's or its affiliate entering into a Contract,
to the extent that the same has not been previously  performed,  Developer shall
conduct or arrange for the performance by Developer or, at Developer's election,
experienced,  reputable and appropriate  professionals engaged by Developer (and
in the case of any environmental consultants, approved by Company, of such tests
and reviews as Developer  determines  to be  necessary or desirable  (as well as
such tests and  reviews,  if any,  as Company  reasonably  requests),  including
without  limitation  studies and analysis relating to title and survey,  zoning,
required  permits  and/or  licenses,  access  (including  ingress  and  egress),
utilities,  environmental matters,  drainage, civil and geotechnical engineering
matters,  soils  conditions,  water rights,  site  improvement  cost  estimates,
Project  tax  burdens,   and  matters  anticipated  to  affect  the  timing  and
feasibility  of  construction  and  development   activities.   Developer  shall
coordinate with Company to refine conceptual planning of the Projects,  finalize
the  schematic  designs of the relevant  portions  thereof,  and,  following the
execution and delivery of the Leases, Developer shall prepare preliminary design
development  documents and thereupon  prepare and submit  requests for proposals
and bid materials to potential  contractors  and vendors in accordance  with the
respective  Leases.  Based upon such  reviews  and  responses  to  requests  for
proposals and bid  solicitations  and Developer's  analysis  thereof,  Developer
shall  prepare  and  submit  for  Company's  review  a  preliminary   budget  of
construction  and  development  costs and a  preliminary  schedule  for  various
material phases and activities in connection with the contemplated  construction
and development of the Project. Ultimately, following the execution and delivery
of a  Lease  and  the  financing  documents  for the  Project  subject  thereto,
Developer or the other applicable Owner shall enter into a construction contract
(which shall provide for the  establishment  of a payment and  performance  bond
covering the work subject thereto) with a general  contractor whose  performance
shall be reviewed by Developer in its  capacity as the  construction  management
coordinator (pursuant to a construction  management services agreement generally
in the form of  promulgated  by the American  Institute of  Architects  ["AIA"])
whose scope of work shall be  consistent  with the scope of work to be performed
by a general construction manager utilizing AIA guidelines and practices.

         B. In the event that a Contract or a Lease is never executed for a Site
or if the  acquisition  of title  under a  Contract  does not  close,  following
Developer's  receipt  of full  payment of all sums due to  Developer  under this
Agreement,  Developer shall upon request of Company  promptly deliver to Company
all reports,  studies,  records,  files, books and accounts with respect to such
Site  and/or the  Project to be built  thereon  then in  Developer's  possession
(provided, that Developer may retain copies thereof for its own internal use and
shall not be  required  to provide  any  internal  working  papers or  documents
intended  for  the  use of or  distribution  to  Developer's  staff);  it  being
understood  that the same were  prepared or obtained by Developer  for Company's
benefit and account and at Company's  expense and  accordingly,  that  following
Developer's  receipt  of full  payment of all sums due to  Developer  under this
Agreement,  Company  shall be entitled to receive the same upon  request or upon
termination of this Agreement.

         

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  5                                          
- ---------------------          

<PAGE>


         4.       Financing Arrangements.

         A.  Following  the  selection  of the  Site for  each  Project  and the
refinement of Developer's  and Company's  review and analysis of the anticipated
cost of  acquiring  the Site  and  constructing  the  Project  thereon,  and the
finalization of design,  preliminary  budgets,  etc.,  Developer and Company may
each negotiate with and solicit quotations and offers for financing from various
institutional sources of financing ("Financial Institutions") such as investment
banking firms,  life insurance  companies,  venture  capital  companies and such
other  potential  sources of funding for real estate  investment as Developer or
Company may deem  appropriate,  provided  that  before  Developer  contacts  any
Financial  Institution it shall have registered in writing with Company the name
of any such Financial  Institution that Developer desires to contact with regard
to any of the  Projects  and shall have  secured  Company's  written  consent to
Developer's contacting such Financial Institution (such registered and consented
to  Financial  Institutions  being  hereinafter  referred to  individually  as a
"Registered  Financial  Institution" and  collectively as "Registered  Financial
Institutions" ). In connection therewith,  Company agrees to promptly provide or
cause to be provided to Developer  such  information  and data as Developer  may
reasonably  request  in order to  provide  Developer  with  sufficient  detailed
information  to provide to a  Registered  Financial  Institution  and  Developer
agrees to promptly  provide or cause to be provided to Company such  information
and data as Company  may  reasonably  request in order to provide  Company  with
sufficient detailed information to provide to a Financial Institution. Developer
shall  furnish  Company  with  a  copy  of  any  proposed   information  package
contemplated to be provided to a Registered  Financial  Institution prior to the
submittal  thereof,  and Company shall  endeavor to promptly  review the matters
contained  therein and advise  Developer in writing of any respect in which such
information  package or any  matters  contained  therein  may be  inaccurate  or
misleading and shall furnish any information reasonably necessary or appropriate
to cure any defect  therein.  Developer  shall  cause any  Registered  Financial
Institution  to  which  it  submits  any such  information  package  to agree to
maintain  the  confidentiality  of  the  proprietary  information  furnished  in
connection  therewith,  subject to the ability of such Financial  Institution to
divulge  such  information  to  its  accountants,   legal  counsel,   and  other
consultants.


         B. It is understood that Company,  as well as Developer,  is soliciting
financing commitments and that Developer shall not contact or negotiate with any
Financial   Insitution   that  is  not  a  Registered   Financial   Institution.
Furthermore, in order to coordinate all efforts to solicit and obtain financing,
it is essential  that  Developer  only  contact,  and  Developer  agrees to only
contact, Registered Financial Institutions. Developer shall deliver to Company a
copy of any offer or  commitment  for financing  obtained by Developer  from any
Registered  Financial  Institution.  In the event that Company or any  affiliate
thereof does not enter into a Lease for a particular  Project with  Developer or
an approved designee of Developer,  but within one year from the Acquisition and
Financing  Closing  Date or  within  one year  from the date on which  Developer
delivered  a copy of any  offer  or  commitment  to  Company  from a  Registered
Financial  Institution  for the  financing of such Project or has most  recently
conducted  negotiations with such Financial  Institution,  whichever shall later
occur, as the 

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  6                                          
- ---------------------          

<PAGE>



case  may  be,  Company  enters  into a  commitment  or  transaction  with  such
Registered Financial Institution for the financing of such Project, then in such
case, in addition to any otherpayment  which may be due to Developer  hereunder,
Company shall pay to Developer upon the closing and initial  funding of the loan
under such  commitment  an advisory fee (the  "Financing  Advisory  Fee") in the
amount of one percent  (1.0%) of the aggregate sum of the maximum  amount of all
funds advanced or funded or committed by such Registered  Financial  Institution
to be advanced or funded for the financing of such Project.

         C. As employed herein the term "financing"  shall mean and refer to all
sources  of  funding  of any  and  every  nature  and  kind  including,  without
limitation,  equity investments  (whether direct or in the form of proceeds from
the issuance  and sale of  securities)  and direct and indirect  forms of credit
enhancement (e.g., the issuance of letters of credit) as well as the making of a
loan. Company agrees to provide Developer with a copy of any offer or commitment
for  financing  of any  Project and any  documents  or  instruments  executed by
Company and/or any affiliate thereof in connection therewith. The obligations of
Company under this Section 4 shall survive the termination or expiration of this
Agreement for a period of one year.

         D. Company shall be  responsible  for the payment of any commitment fee
which may be due in respect of any  financing  in regard to any  Project,  which
amount  shall be credited  against the rental  which would  otherwise be due and
payable under the Lease to be entered into in respect of such Project.

         E. As noted above,  Company reserves the right to independently seek to
obtain financing for any of the Projects from sources identified by Company.  If
Company desires  Developer to assist Company in securing and  coordinating  such
financing,  Company  and  Developer  shall  enter into a  mutually  satisfactory
consulting  agreement pursuant to which Developer shall render such services for
an agreed upon financing advisory fee.

         5.       Presentation of Lease.

         A.  Following  or  concurrently  with the  execution  and delivery of a
Contract for a Site and the refinement of Developer's  and Company's  review and
analysis of the  anticipated  cost of acquiring  the Site and  constructing  the
Project  thereon,  Company  and  Developer  shall seek to  negotiate  a mutually
satisfactory "build to suit" lease agreement (a "Lease") for such Project.  Upon
execution  of the Lease for such Site,  Company will assign its rights under the
Contract for such Site to Developer or to a designee approved by Company (herein
referred to as an  "approved  designee"),  it being agreed that any wholly owned
subsidiary of Developer is hereby approved by Company and shall for all purposes
be deemed to be an approved  Designee  and in respect of any other  contemplated
designee  Company's  approval  thereof  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld  or
delayed  provided  that in no event  shall  such  designee  be an  Operator  (as
hereinafter defined in Section 16), and such Owner will acquire the Site for the
Project and Developer (and such Owner if other than Developer) shall develop and
construct  the Project in accordance  with the Lease [or a separate  development

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  7                                          
- ---------------------          

<PAGE>



and construction agreement for such Project],  which would thereupon be occupied
and operated by Company or its  affiliate,  as tenant under such Lease.  In this
regard,  Developer and Company shall  endeavor as soon as possible to enter into
an agreement approving a standard base lease form to serve as the model for each
respective  Lease  to  be  entered  into  for  each  Project,   subject  to  the
modification of such lease form to address economic issues or matters particular
to the Project or lease transaction in question.

         B. Company and Developer shall use reasonable  efforts to negotiate and
enter  into the  Leases  for each  Project  on or  before  the  Acquisition  and
Financing Closing Date; provided, however, that neither Company or its affiliate
nor Developer or its designee  shall have any obligation to enter into any Lease
and either  Company or its affiliate or Developer or its designee may decline to
do so for any  reason  that  either  such  party  may in its sole  and  absolute
discretion  deem  appropriate.  In the event that Company or its  affiliate  and
Developer or its designee execute and deliver a Lease for a Project on or before
the date  set  forth  in  Section  7  below,  then in such  case no  Termination
Development  Fee with  respect  to such  Project  shall be payable  pursuant  to
Section 7 below.

         C. Although  the terms of the  respective  Leases  shall be  subject to
negotiation  and shall be  mutually  satisfactory  to each of the parties in its
sole  discretion,  it is  contemplated  that  the  following  matters  shall  be
reflected therein:

         (1)      All  sums  advanced  by  Company  pursuant  to this  Agreement
                  through the  Acquisition  and Financing  Closing Date shall be
                  applied  in  reduction  of the  amount  of rental  that  would
                  otherwise be payable pursuant to the Leases;

         (2)      The base and renewal  rental  shall be  determined  on a basis
                  that is mutually satisfactory to the parties;

         (3)      The initial  term of each Lease shall be no less than ten (10)
                  years,  with the tenant to be granted  four five year  renewal
                  options;

         (4)      The  Lease  shall be a "triple  net"  lease,  with the  tenant
                  responsible   for  the  payment  of  all  costs  and  expenses
                  (including,   without  limitation,   taxes,   insurance,   and
                  maintenance  expenses)  in  connection  with  the Site and the
                  Project in question; and

         (5)      The  Lease  may not be  assigned  by the  tenant,  nor may the
                  tenant  sublet the  premises,  except for a  subletting  to an
                  affiliate  or an  assignment  to an equally  creditworthy  and
                  responsible  successor  tenant  in  connection  with a merger,
                  consolidation or sale of all or substantially  all of tenant's
                  assets,  without the prior  written  consent of the  landlord,
                  which  shall  not  be   unreasonably   withheld,   delayed  or
                  conditioned,   and  the  prior   approval  of  the  landlord's
                  mortgagee, and may not be assigned by the landlord without the
                  consent of the tenant if the proposed  assignee is an Operator
                  (as  hereinafter defined)  but  shall

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  8                                          
- ---------------------          

<PAGE>

                  otherwise be freely  assignable by the landlord.  The landlord
                  under the Lease  shall not be an  Operator  at any time during
                  the  term  thereof.   The  Lease  shall  be  made   subjectand
                  subordinate  to any first fee mortgage or deed of trust on the
                  Project held by a Financial  Institution,  provided  that such
                  Financial    Institution    enters    into   a    recognition,
                  nondisturbance, subordination and attornment agreement between
                  tenant and such  Financial  Institution  in form and substance
                  mutually satisfactory to such parties;

         (6)      Each  respective  Lease  shall  provide  for  Developer  or  a
                  designee  that is a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of Developer to
                  enter  into a  written  agreement  to  provide  architectural,
                  construction  management,  furniture,  fixture  and  equipment
                  procurement,   and  Project  maintenance  and  physical  plant
                  management   services   (at   prevailing   market   rates   of
                  compensation)   in  respect  of  the  applicable   Project  in
                  question; and

         (7)      Each Lease shall  contain a right of first refusal in favor of
                  the  tenant  and  shall  also  grant to  tenant  an  option to
                  purchase  the Site and the Project on a basis that is mutually
                  satisfactory to the parties.

         6.       Reimbursement of Expenses.

         A.       Attached  hereto as Exhibit B for the purposes of illustration
is a spreadsheet prepared by Developer to illustrate Developer's  calculation of
various anticipated costs and expenses to be reimbursed to Developer pursuant to
this Agreement. Exhibit B is furnished for the purposes of illustration only, it
being  acknowledged  that the  nature  and  extent  of the  Approved  Costs  (as
hereinafter defined) to be incurred is not yet readily ascertainable and has not
yet been  determined.  Developer has incurred  Approved Costs (as defined below)
through the end of May,  1996 in an amount equal to  approximately  Four Hundred
Thousand Dollars  ($400,000.00),  and Developer has heretofore  received partial
reimbursement  for such  Approved  Costs in the amount of Two  Hundred  Thousand
Dollars  ($200,000.00) from Company.  Company hereby agrees to pay Developer the
additional  sum  of  Two  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($200,000.00)  immediately
following the date of Company's and  Developer's  execution and delivery of this
Agreement to reimburse  Developer  for  additional  Approved  Costs  incurred by
Developer.  On or before September 10, 1996, Developer shall submit to Company a
request for payment (the "First Draw  Request")  which shall contain an itemized
specification of the amount of all then  unreimbursed  Approved Costs previously
incurred by Developer in the performance of Developer's  responsibilities  under
this Agreement (the  "Reimbursable  Costs").  Company shall pay to Developer the
amount of the  Reimbursable  Costs covered by such Draw Request  within ten (10)
days from the delivery to Company  thereof or by September  20, 1996,  whichever
shall  occur  later.  In  the  event  that  the  execution  of the  Leases,  the
acquisitions  of  the  Sites,  and  the  closing  and  initial  funding  of  the
Acquisition  and  Construction  Financing do not occur on or before  October 31,
1996,  then in such case Developer shall submit to Company a request for payment
(the "Final Draw Request") 

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  9                                       
- ---------------------          

<PAGE>


which  shall  contain  an  itemized  specification  of the  amount  of all  then
unreimbursed  Approved  Costs  incurred  by  Developer  in  the  performance  of
Developer's responsibilities under this Agreement (the "Final Draw"). Such Final
Draw shall be due and payable  within ten (10) days from the delivery to Company
thereof.  Upon the full payment of the sums due hereunder,  this Agreement shall
terminate  unless Company and Developer  otherwise  agree in writing.  Developer
shall  provide  Company  with a  semimonthly  report of the  amount of costs and
expenses  incurred by Developer and shall permit Company to inspect  Developer's
books  and  records  in  respect  of  Approved  Costs for  which  Developer  was
reimbursed at any  reasonable  time within one year from the date of the payment
of the Final  Draw.  In  recognition  of the fact that  Developer  is  incurring
substantial  costs  and  expenses  in  connection  with this  Agreement  and the
transactions  contemplated  herein (and will be  obtaining  financing in respect
thereof),  Company shall  promptly pay to Developer the full amount of the First
Draw  Request and the Final Draw  Request and any other sum due pursuant to this
Section 6 without offset or deduction or set off of any kind and notwithstanding
any dispute  which may arise in regard to any item which may be included  within
any such draw  request,  but in the event  that any audit  performed  by Company
reveals that  Company has made an  overpayment  to  Developer,  Developer  shall
forthwith refund the amount of any such overpayment. Notwithstanding any term or
provision of this Agreement to the contrary,  in the event that Company fails to
make any payment to Developer when due under this Section 6, then in addition to
any other right or remedy  enjoyed by Developer,  from and after such time until
such time as  Developer  has  received  payment in full,  Developer  may suspend
performance of any or all of its duties and obligations under this Agreement and
in such case  Developer  shall not be liable nor  responsible in any way for any
damage or injury  or loss  arising  from or in any way  related  to  Developer's
failure to perform any such duties or obligations.

         B. As used herein,  "Approved  Costs" means all costs or expenses  (the
aggregate  amount  of which  shall  not  exceed  the  Maximum  Approved  Sum (as
hereinafter  defined) unless otherwise  approved in writing by Company) incurred
by  Developer  in  connection   with  the   performance   by  Developer  of  its
responsibilities  under  this  Agreement  and in  respect  of  the  transactions
contemplated  herein  including,  without  limitation  of the  generality of the
foregoing,  the direct  labor,  overhead,  and out of pocket  costs and expenses
attributable thereto, as well as all third party environmental,  engineering, or
other  consultants or professionals  engaged by Developer and any interest costs
incurred by Developer on funds borrowed by Developer from any bank to fund costs
and expenses  incurred by Developer in  connection  with this  Agreement and the
transactions  contemplated hereby, it being understood that Approved Costs shall
specifically  include  all such costs and  expenses  incurred  in respect of the
review and evaluation of any potential additional sites pursuant to Section 2.B.
hereof.  For the purposes hereof,  the Maximum Approved Sum shall mean the total
amount  for the  various  line  items and their  costs as shown on Exhibit B and
shall be an amount  equal to the greater of (i) the total sum shown on Exhibit B
or (ii) such other greater amount,  if any, as is hereafter  approved in writing
by Company.  If Developer  anticipates  that  Approved  Costs may be incurred by
Developer   in   connection   with  the   performance   by   Developer   of  its
responsibilities  under this  Agreement in excess of the Maximum  Approved  

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  10                                      
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>

Sum,  Developer may request  approval of an increase in the Maximum Approved Sum
in writing and if Company  approves such increase of the Maximum Approved Sum in
writing,  then such  increased  Maximum  Approved Sum so  expressly  approved by
Company shall also constitute the Maximum  Approved Sum under this Agreement for
Approved  Costs for which  Developer  may request  reimbursement  as provided in
Paragraph  A above.  In the event  that  Company  does not  approve  Developer's
request  for any  increase  in the  Maximum  Approved  Sum,  then in such  case,
notwithstanding  any  term or  provision  of  this  Agreement  to the  contrary,
Developer  shall not be required to incur any costs or expenses in excess of the
Maximum Approved Sum and shall not be required to perform any duty or obligation
hereunder  which could  entail  Developer's  incurring  any costs or expenses in
excess of the Maximum Approved Sum.

         C. Developer hereby  represents and certifies to Company that all costs
and expenses which form the basis of a Draw Request are (i) Approved Costs, (ii)
fair,  reasonabe and necessary costs and expenses actually incurred by Developer
in connection with the performance of its responsibilities  under this Agreement
with respect to the  Projects,  and (iii) if such cost or expense is for payment
to a third party for services  performed or materials  rendered,  such  services
were actually  performed and/or materials  rendered in a manner  satisfactory to
Developer  so that such third party was entitled to payment.  Developer  further
represents  and  warrants  that it will not engage any person or entity,  unless
such person or entity in Developer's  judgment is experienced  and reputable and
charges  competitive  rates.  Developer  agrees to consider  engaging or using a
contractor or vendor  recommended by Company in an effort to reduce costs unless
Developer has a reasonable objection to doing so.

         D. By its  signature  below,  to induce  Developer  to enter  into this
Agreement  with  Company,   Integrated  Health  Services,  Inc.  ("IHS")  hereby
unconditionally  guarantees to Developer  the payment of Approved  Costs and any
Termination  Development  Fee or any other sum due to Developer which Company is
obligated to pay pursuant to this Agreement,  as this Agreement may be hereafter
from time to time amended,  without the joinder or approval of IHS. If following
the Offering Date (i) the Offering is consummated  and IHS receives the proceeds
from the sale  thereof,  (ii)  Company's  creditworthiness  is  satisfactory  to
Developer and its lender,  and (iii) no default by Company in the performance of
its  obligations  under this  Agreement  has  occurred and is  continuing,  then
Developer  shall  executed  a  written  release  and  discharge  of IHS from its
guaranty hereunder (the "Release"), and from and after Developer's execution and
delivery of the Release, IHS shall have no further liability hereunder and shall
thereupon be released from any and all of its guarantee  obligations  hereunder.
For the purposes of clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, Company's
creditworthiness  shall be deemed to be satisfactory to Developer and its lender
if on the Offering Date or on the date of the first quarterly Form 10-Qfiling of
the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission the following conditions
have been  fulfilled:  (i) the  prospectus  or Form 10-Q  declares or contains a
financial   statement   evidencing   that   Company's  net  worth  is  at  least
$50,000,000.00  and (ii) the  prospectus  or Form 10-Q  declares  or  contains a
financial statement  evidencing that the Company has no less than 


         
DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  11                      
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>

$25,000,000.00 in cash.

         7.  Termination  Development  Fee. In the event that for any reason the
execution  of the Leases,  the  acquisitions  of the Sites,  and the closing and
initial funding of the Acquisition and Construction Financing of the Projects do
not occur with respect to any  Project(s)  on or before  October 31, 1996 or the
date this  Agreement  is  terminated,  whichever  is earlier  (the  "Termination
Development  Fee Payment  Date"),  then in such case (unless this  Agreement has
been  terminated  for cause (as  hereinafter  defined) by Company for any reason
other  than  gross  negligence),  Developer  shall  be  entitled  to a fee  (the
"Termination  Development  Fee") in an amount equal to fifteen  percent (15%) of
the total aggregate sum of the Approved Costs incurred by Developer  through the
Termination Development Fee Payment Date which are to be reimbursed to Developer
pursuant  to Section 6 above  with  respect to such  Project(s),  to  compensate
Developer for its services  hereunder.  The parties  acknowledge that because it
will be difficult (if not impossible) to allocate with any accuracy the Approved
Costs  between  the  various  Projects,  for the  purposes  of  determining  the
Termination  Development  Fee that Developer would be entitled to for a Project,
the aggregate sum of the Approved Costs  incurred by Developer  shall be divided
evenly between all Projects.  Company shall pay the Termination  Development Fee
to Developer within ten (10) days after the Termination  Development Fee Payment
Date.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the event that the  execution of the
Leases,  the  acquisitions of the Sites,  and the closing and initial funding of
the Acquisition and Construction Financing of such Project(s) occur on or before
March 31, 1997,  any  Termination  Development  Fee paid by Company to Developer
hereunder shall be credited  against the rental which would otherwise be due and
payable under the Leases.

         In the event that within three years from the termination  date of this
Agreement  Company (or any entity  controlled  by or under  common  control with
Company) goes forward in developing  any Project (or any similar type of project
utilizing design concepts derived from work performed by Developer)  without the
involvement  and  participation  of Developer,  in  recognition  of the material
assistance  provided  by  Developer,  Company  shall  also pay to  Developer  an
additional Termination Development Fee in an amount equal to two percent (2%) of
the aggregate  total sum of all  construction  costs  incurred in respect of the
construction  of any such  Project or other  project in which  Developer  is not
involved; provided, however, that no such additional Termination Development Fee
shall be due or payable in the event  that  Developer  was asked to serve as the
construction  management  coordinator in respect of the construction of any such
project whose design  utilizes or is derived from a Prototype and declined to so
serve (unless such declination was in good faith, such as, for example,  because
Company  would not enter into an AIA standard  form of  construction  management
agreement  or if Company is not  willing to agree to pay  Developer  at the then
prevailing  rate of  compensation  charged  by high  quality  architects  and/or
construction  managers in Dallas,  Texas for such services) or if this Agreement
is terminated for cause by Company for any reason other than gross negligence.

         

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  12                                          
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>


         8.  Cooperation;  Contact Persons.  Developer and Company shall use all
reasonable  efforts to cooperate  with each other in selecting the site for each
Project,  evaluating  and reviewing the various  alternatives  from time to time
presented  to Company for its  consideration,  and meeting  with each other upon
request and responding to each other's requests for  information.  To facilitate
the cooperation and coordination of Company andDeveloper, the parties agree that
Kyle  Shatterly  of  Company  and C.  Earl  Dedman  of  Developer  shall  be the
respective initially designated "Contact Persons" to whom inquiries and requests
for information. on a day-to-day basis, should be directed.

         9.  Prototype  Design.  Company has  requested  Developer to design two
prototype facilities  (collectively,  the "Prototypes").  Developer shall secure
and retain a copyright in respect of the design of each Prototype, but Developer
shall convey its  copyright  interests to Company  following its receipt of full
payment of the design fee for each  Prototype  pursuant  to a written  agreement
between  Developer and Company  providing  that unless  Developer  serves as the
construction management  coordinator,  or was asked to serve as the construction
management  coordinator and declined (unless such declination was in good faith,
such as, for example,  because Company would not enter into an AIA standard form
of  construction  management  agreement or if Company is not willing to agree to
pay  Developer  at the then  prevailing  rate of  compensation  charged  by high
quality  architects  and/or  construction  managers  in  Dallas,  Texas for such
services),  in respect of the  construction of any Project (or any other similar
project) whose design utilizes or is derived from a Prototype, Company shall pay
to Developer a fee in an amount equal to one and one half percent  (1.5%) of the
total  construction  costs incurred in respect of the  construction  of any such
Project. Upon Developer's conveyance to Company of its copyright interest in the
design of the Prototypes, Developer may not use or authorize any other person to
use such  design  except for work  performed  for the  Company or any  affiliate
thereof.  Until such time as Developer  shall have been paid in full pursuant to
this Agreement, Developer shall have and retain full and exclusive ownership and
all  rights to and in  respect  of all  designs  of all  Projects  performed  by
Developer  and all  drawings,  sketches and  materials  pertaining  thereto.  If
Developer  was  asked to serve as the  construction  management  coordinator  in
respect of the  construction of any Project (or any other similar project) whose
design  utilizes or is derived from a Prototype and declined to so serve (unless
such declination was in good faith, such as, for example,  because Company would
not enter into an AIA standard form of construction  management  agreement or if
the  parties  fail to agree  upon the  amount of  compensation  to be payable to
Developer for its services) , no such fee shall be due or payable.

         10. Termination of this  Agreement.  This Agreement  shall be in effect
for a period of one (1) year from the date hereof, provided, however, that:

         A. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without cause, for any
reason or for no reason, by Company,  which termination shall be effective least
thirty (30) days from the date on which written  notice  thereof from Company is
received by Developer. Upon any such termination of this Agreement, then Company
shall pay to Developer any  

         

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  13                                          
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>


sums due under this Agreement,  and unless otherwise provided in this Agreement,
neither  party shall have any other or further  obligation  or  liability to the
other.

         B.  This  Agreement may be terminated by Company at any time for cause,
which  termination shall be effective three (3) business days following the date
on which Company's  written notice of such termination is received by Developer.
For the  purpose  of  thisAgreement,  "cause"  shall  be  deemed  to mean  gross
negligence,  fraud, malfeasance,  bad faith material breach of this Agreement by
Developer or its approved  designee or the bankruptcy or insolvency of Developer
or its approved designee.

         C. Upon termination of this Agreement and the full payment to Developer
of all sums due under  this  Agreement,  Developer  shall  promptly  deliver  to
Company all reports, studies, records, files, books and accounts with respect to
the Projects and/or Sites then in Developer's  possession or control  (provided,
that  Developer may retain copies thereof for its own internal use and shall not
be required to provide any internal  working  papers or records of Developer nor
any document intended for the internal use of and/or distribution to Developer's
staff) and release and transfer to Company or its  affiliate  any and all right,
title or  interest it or any of its  affiliates  may have in and to the Sites or
any agreements relating thereto .

         11. Notices and  Communications.  All notices,  demands,  approvals and
requests  given by either party to the other  hereunder  shall be in writing and
shall  be  delivered  via a  reputable  overnight  delivery  service  or sent by
telecopy  (with hard copy to follow by  registered  or certified  mail,  postage
prepaid), to the parties at the following addresses:

If to Company:
- --------------

Integrated Living Communities, Inc.
c/o Integrated Health Services, Inc.
10065 Red Run Boulevard
Owings Mills, MD 21117
Attention:  Kyle Shatterly
            Senior Vice President
Telecopier No.: (410) 998-8501
Telephone No.: (410) 998-8927

         With a copy to:

Integrated Health Services, Inc.
10065 Red Run Boulevard
Owings Mills, MD 21117
Attention:  Marshall A. Elkins
Telecopier No.: (410) 998-8747
Telephone No.: (410) 998-8408


DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  14                                          
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>


If to Developer:
- ----------------

Aguirre, Inc.
12750 Park Central Drive, Suite 1508
Dallas, Texas 75231
Attention: C. Earl Dedman
Telecopier No. (214) 788-1583
Telephone No.:  214-788-1508

         With a copy to:

Bennett I. Abramowitz, Esq.
Fernandez, Forgerson & Knebel
1717 Main Street, Suite 2100
Dallas, Texas 75201
Telecopier No. (214) 747-2144
Telephone No.:  (214) 747-2100

         Either party may at any time change its  respective  address by sending
written  notice  of such  change  to the  other  party,  which  notice  shall be
effective  five (5)  business  days from the date of the other  party's  receipt
thereof.  Any other  type of notice  shall be deemed to have been given upon the
earlier  to occur of the  actual  receipt  thereof  or the  third  business  day
following  the mailing  thereof in accordance  with the terms hereof  (provided,
however,  that notice of termination  of this  Agreement  shall not be effective
until the day when it is actually received by the non-terminating party).

         12.      General Provisions

         A.  Developer  represents  and warrants  that it has  personnel who are
members of its staff who will  perform  services  to be  rendered  by  Developer
hereunder and are experienced in advising and consulting owners and operators in
all phases of developing housing, residential, health care facility and assisted
living  projects  in a variety of  locations  throughout  the  United  States of
America, including, but not limited to, the purchasing, financing, planning, and
constructing  of such  projects  from  inception  to obtaining  certificates  of
occupancies therefor.

         B. Developer shall maintain a  comprehensive  system of office records,
files, books and accounts with respect to the Projects and the Sites in a manner
consistent with the practices and procedures  customarily  employed by Developer
and in an manner  reasonably  satisfactory  to Company,  which  records shall be
subject to examination by Company at reasonable  hours.  The obligations of this
Paragraph  B  shall  survive  the  expiration  or  earlier  termination  of this
Agreement for a period of one year.

         C.  Comply with present and future  laws,  ordinances,  orders,  rules,
regulations
         

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  15                                          
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>


and  requirements  of all  federal,  state and  municipal  governments,  courts,
departments,  commissions, boards and officers, or any other body exercising the
functions  similar to those of any of the  foregoing,  which are  applicable  to
Developer and the performance of Developer's  duties hereunder and promptly give
notice to Company of any condition at any of the Projects  which,  to the actual
knowledge of Developer, violates any such law,ordinance, order, rule, regulation
or requirement.

         D. Developer  shall promptly give notice to Company of any condition or
circumstance  of which  Developer has actual  knowledge,  concerning  any of the
Sites or Projects which Developer  believes could have a material adverse effect
on Company or on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by Company as
to any Project.

         E. Developer agrees to perform the activities and duties required of it
under this Agreement in conformance with the professional  standards customarily
observed by advisors and  consultants  engaged in performing such activities and
duties. Developer shall make available to Company its knowledge,  skills, ideas,
experience and abilities with respect to all matters  pertaining to the Projects
and their  development and shall be available to consult with, advise and inform
Company and Company's  consultants  at reasonable  times during the term of this
Agreement.

         F.  It is the  intention  of the parties that  Developer  shall be, and
remain,  an  independent  contractor.  The  parties  do not  intend  to create a
partnership, co-tenancy, joint venture or agency of any kind.

         G. Developer and IHS have  heretofore  entered into that certain letter
agreement  (the  "Confidentiality  Agreement"),  a copy of which is  attached as
Exhibit C to this  Agreement,  with  respect to the  confidentiality  of certain
information pertaining to the transactions  contemplated herein. Developer, IHS,
and Company hereby ratify, adopt and affirm the Confidentiality Agreement, which
is  incorporated  herein by this  reference  and which shall govern  Developer's
obligations in respect of the disclosure of confidential information,  and agree
that the  termination  of this  Agreement  shall not  terminate  or  impair  the
effectiveness of the Confidentiality Agreement..

         H. Developer shall not,  without the prior written approval of Company,
make any news release,  public announcement,  denial or confirmation of any part
of the subject  matter of this  Agreement  or any  Contract  or other  agreement
entered into with respect to any of the Projects, or disclose to any third party
any  privileged or  confidential  information  obtained in connection  with this
Agreement  or any of the  Projects  except  incident to the  performance  of its
duties hereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, however, from
and after the  acquisition of the Sites,  Developer shall be able to disclose to
the public that  Developer has  performed  design and  development  services for
Company in respect of the Projects.

         I. Except for costs and expenses  reimbursable to Developer pursuant to
this



DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  16                                          
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>


Agreement, each party hereto shall bear its own costs and expenses in connection
with this  Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  

         13.  Lack of Authority.

         A.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Agreement,  Developer
shall have no authority to take any of the  following  actions,  except upon the
prior written approval of Company:

                  (1)      Acquire  any land or Project or  interest  therein in
the name of Company or any subsidiary or nominee thereof, or as agent of Company
or any subsidiary or nominee thereof;

                  (2)      Prior  to the  acquisition  of  the  Sites,  sell  or
otherwise transfer,  mortgage or encumber any part of the Projects or consent to
the placing of any encumbrance on any Project or any part thereof.

                  (3)      Make any contract or agreement in the name of Company
or any subsidiary or nominee  thereof,  or as agent of Company or any subsidiary
or nominee thereof,  or which in any way purports to bind or obligate Company or
any subsidiary or nominee thereof in any way;


                  (4)      Make any  expenditure  or  incur  any  obligation  on
behalf of Company or any subsidiary or nominee  thereof,  or as agent of Company
or any subsidiary or nominee thereof; and

                  (5)      Take  any  action  which  by any  provision  of  this
Agreement is required to be approved in advance in writing by Company.

         B.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as an authorization by
Company to Developer of any act restricted by law or any covenant or restriction
encumbering or affecting any Project.

         14. Indemnification.  Developer  hereby  indemnifies and agrees to hold
harmless Company against and from any and all liabilities, claims, suits, fines,
penalties,  damages,  losses,  fees,  costs and expenses  (including  reasonable
attorneys' fees and  disbursements)  up to an aggregate amount not to exceed One
Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000.00)  which  result  from (i)  Developer's  grossly
negligent  acts,  errors  or  omissions  or  misconduct  in the  performance  of
Developer's duties under this Agreement,  or (ii) the gross negligence,  willful
misconduct,  or willful material breach of this Agreement by Developer or any of
its employees.  Company  agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold Developer and its
employees  

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  17                                          
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>


harmless  from  and  against  any and all  liabilities,  claims,  suits,  fines,
penalties,  damages,  losses,  fees,  costs and expenses  (including  reasonable
attorneys' fees and  disbursements)  up to an aggregate amount not to exceed One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) arising out of or in connection with any willful
material breach by Company of this Agreement or the gross  negligence or willful
misconduct  of  Company  or  any  of  Company's  employees.  The  provisions  of
thisSection  shall survive the  expiration or  termination of this Agreement for
claims arising or accruing prior to such expiration or termination.

         15. Litigation.  In the event that any litigation  arises in respect of
this Agreement or any matter pertaining hereto, the prevailing party in any such
proceedings  shall be  entitled  to  recover  court  costs  and the costs of its
attorneys  fees and related  legal  expenses as part of any judgment  awarded to
such prevailing party.

         16. Covenant Not To Compete and Right of First Opportunity

         A.  During the term of this Agreement and, if Developer or its approved
designee  and  Company  enter into any Lease in respect  of any  Project,  for a
period of one and one half (1-1/2)  years after the date of the  termination  of
this  Agreement,  neither  Developer nor any  corporation,  partnership or other
business  entity or person  controlling,  controlled by or under common  control
with Developer  ("Restricted Party"),  shall,  directly or indirectly,  operate,
manage,  own,  control,  be a  consultant  (except for  arranging  or  providing
financing)  for or enter into a service  contract  (except to arrange or provide
financing)  with, any entity existing or to be formed that competes with Company
(any  such  person or entity  being  herein  referred  to as an  "Operator")  by
providing  assisted  living care in a facility (i) whose primary  function is to
provide  assisted  living care and (ii) which is located within twenty five (25)
miles  from the  exterior  boundaries  of the  Project  subject to such Lease (a
"Competing  Facility");   provided,   however,  that  the  foregoing  terms  and
provisions shall not preclude any Restricted  Party from (1) providing  services
to or otherwise  doing business with an Operator in respect of any facility that
is not a Competing Facility or (2) providing financing (or assisting an Operator
in securing financing) for any facility, including any Competing Facility.


         B.  For a  period  of two  years  from the  date of  execution  of this
Agreement,  except incident to the performance of Developer's  duties under this
Agreement,  no Restricted Party shall disclose,  directly or indirectly,  to any
person outside of Company's employ, without the express written authorization of
Company,  any resident lists,  pricing  strategies,  resident files and records,
proprietary  data  or  trade  secrets  relating  to any of the  Projects  or any
financial or other information about the Projects not then in the public domain.
The foregoing  limitations shall not be applicable in respect of any disclosures
made to any  Registered  Financial  Institution  and  shall  be  subject  to and
superseded by any  conflicting or  inconsistent  provisions of the Leases or any
financing related documents  hereafter  executed by Company and/or any affiliate
of Company.

         C. For a period of three (3) years from the date of this Agreement,  no
Restricted  

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  18                                          
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>

Party  shall  solicit  any of the  physicians,  customers,  vendors,  suppliers,
associates,  employees,  independent  contractors,   residents  or  families  of
residents admitted to, or employed at a Project, or by Company or its affiliate,
as tenant  under the  respective  Leases,  to take any action or to refrain from
taking any action or inaction that would be  disadvantageous  to Company or such
tenant or the  Project,  including  (but not  limited  to) the  solicitation  of
theirrespective   physicians,   suppliers,   customers,   vendors,   associates,
employees, independent contractors,  residents or families of residents to cease
doing  business,  or their  association  or employment  with the Company or such
tenant or the  Project.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for  purposes of this
Section,  any  advertisement  prepared  for and  disseminated  to the  public in
general, which advertises the services of any facility of a Restricted Party not
otherwise in violation of this Section or advertises the need for services to be
supplied  to  such a  facility,  shall  not be  deemed  to be an  inducement  or
solicitation  with  respect  to any such  residents,  physicians,  suppliers  or
independent contractors.

         D.  Developer  acknowledges  that the  restrictions  contained  in this
Section  are  reasonable  and  necessary  to  protect  the  legitimate  business
interests  of Company and that any  violation  thereof by any of the  Restricted
Parties  would result in  irreparable  harm to Company.  Accordingly,  Developer
agrees that upon the  violation by any of the  Restricted  Parties of any of the
restrictions  contained in this clause, Company shall be entitled to obtain from
any court of competent  jurisdiction a preliminary  and permanent  injunction as
well as any other  relief  provided  at law,  equity,  under this  Agreement  or
otherwise (provided,  however that Developer shall in no event be liable for any
special,  consequential or punitive damages, and Company hereby waives any claim
or right  thereto  which it might  otherwise  enjoy).  In the  event  any of the
foregoing  restrictions  are adjudged  unreasonable in any proceeding,  then the
parties  agree  that the  period of time or the scope of such  restrictions  (or
both)  shall be  adjusted  to such a manner  or for such a time (or  both) as is
adjudged to be reasonable.

         E.  During  the  term  of  this  Agreement,  except  for  opportunities
presented  to Developer by any  Operator,  Developer  shall offer to Company the
opportunity to participage in the  acquisition  and development and operation of
any  additional  potential  site  identified by Developer for any personal care,
Alzheimer's disease care, or assisted living care facility prior to offering any
such opportunity to any Operator.

         F.  Developer  and  Company  recognize  and  acknowledge  that they may
hereafter  enter  into  one  or  more  written  agreements  including,   without
limitation,  the National Agreement and the Leases, and hereby agree that in the
event of any conflict or  inconsistency  between any of the  provisions  of this
Agreement and any such  subsequent  written  agreement,  the  provisions of such
subsequent  written  agreement  shall govern and  supersede any  conflicting  or
inconsistent provisions of this Agreement.

         17. Conditional  Limitation.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary
contained  in this  Agreement,  in the event that by June 30, 1996  Developer is
unable  to  obtain a line of  credit  or other  financing  to fund the costs and
expenses  that   Developer   will  be  incurring  in  

DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  19                                          
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>


the performance of its responsibilities  under this Agreement despite good faith
efforts on the part of  Developer  to obtain  such  financing,  Developer  shall
notify  Company  of its  inability  and shall have the right to  terminate  this
Agreement  upon  fifteen  days  notice to  Company,  and upon the giving of such
notice  this  Agreement  shall  automatically  terminate  unless  prior  to  the
expiration  of such fifteen day notice  period  Company or IHS agrees to provide
suchfunding  or  financing to  Developer,  in which event this  Agreement  shall
remain in full force and  effect and  Developer's  termination  notice  shall be
deemed nullified.

         18.  Miscellaneous  Provisions.  This  Agreement  sets forth the entire
agreement  of the  parties  hereto  and  supersedes  any prior  oral or  written
understanding or agreement, which shall be null and void. No purported amendment
or  modification  of this  Agreement  shall be  effective  unless and until such
amendment or  modification  is set forth in a writing  signed by each of Company
and  Developer.  This  Agreement  has been  jointly  negotiated  by Company  and
Developer with the assistance of their respective legal counsel and accordingly,
notwithstanding  any rule or principle of construction to the contrary,  no term
or provision of this Agreement  shall be construed in favor of or against either
party by virtue of the authorship or purported  authorship thereof. The headings
and captions of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are for convenient
reference  only and shall not be considered in construing or  interpreting  this
Agreement.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts,  each of
which  shall be deemed an  original  hereof and no party  shall be  required  to
account  for the  presence  or  absence  of any  other  such  counterpart.  This
Agreement  is  performable  in and shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Texas.  This  Agreement may not be assigned by Company except to an affiliate or
in connection with a merger,  consolidation or sale of all or substantially  all
of tenant's  assets  without the prior written  consent of Developer and neither
this  Agreement nor any duties or rights  hereunder may be delegated or assigned
or transferred by Developer;  provided,  however,  that Developer may assign its
rights to  payments  due  hereunder  to any party  providing a line of credit or
other  financial  accommodations  to  Developer.  All  the  provisions  of  this
Agreement are intended to bind and to benefit only the parties  hereto and their
permitted  successors and assigns.  It is not intended that any such  provisions
benefit,  and it shall not be  construed  that these  provisions  benefit or are
enforceable by, any creditors  (other than the  enforcement of Company's  and/or
IHS's payment  obligations  hereunder by any creditor providing a line of credit
to Developer), contractors or other third parties.


                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement  has been  executed  by
Company and Developer and IHS effective as of (although not necessarily on) June
3, 1996 on the attached Signature Page.


DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT - Page  20                                          
- ---------------------           

<PAGE>



                                 SIGNATURE PAGE

                                       to

                              DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT
                              ---------------------


COMPANY:
- --------

EXECUTED on June 12, 1996




INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
a  Delaware  corporation




By:      /s/ Edward J. Komp
         -------------------------------------
         Edward J. Komp,
         President and Chief Executive Officer

IHS:


The undersigned,  Integrated Health Services,  Inc., is executing this Agreement
for the purposes set forth in Section 6 (D) hereof.

INTEGRATED HEALTH SERVICES, INC.


By:      /s/ Edward J. Komp
         ------------------------
         Edward J. Komp,
         Executive Vice President


<PAGE>



DEVELOPER:
- ----------


EXECUTED on June 5, 1996




AGUIRRE, INC.,
a Texas corporation


By:      /s/ C. Earl Dedman
         ------------------------
         C. Earl Dedman,
         Executive Vice President




<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------




TEXAS                                         LOUISIANA
- -----                                         ---------

Bedford/Colleyville                           Baton Rouge-O'Neil        

Dallas                                        Baton Rouge-Audubon

Fort Worth                                     Alexandria

Grand Prairie                                 Bossier City

Henderson                                     Lafayette

New Brannfels        
                                        
Plano                                         

Southlake

San Antonio - Deerfield

San Antonio - Medical Center

San Antonio - Oakwell





Note: The development budget assumes that 16 sites will be
selected and implemented.


Executed on June 6, 1996                Executed on ____________, 1996
AGUIRRE, INC.                           INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES,INC.
A Texas Corporation                     A Delaware Corporation

By:   /s/ Earl Dedman                   By:   /s/ Edward Komp
   ------------------------------            -------------------------------
      L. Earl Dedman                           Edward T. Komp
      Executive Vice President                 President/Chief Executive Officer

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B
                                  ------------

                             [Intentionally Omitted]
                       















<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C
                                    ---------

                            CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT


                   














<PAGE>
                                 March 22, 1996

Mr. John R. Lanier
Aguirre, Inc.
12700 Park Central Drive
Dallas, Texas 75251

                    Re:  Confidentiality Agreement


Dear John:

          This  letter  will  serve to set forth our  mutual  understanding  and
agreement regarding certain information  ("Information") that we may disclose to
each other in the course of our discussions and negotiations with respect to the
Assisted Living Public Offering.

     1.   For  a  period  of two years from the date hereof, neither party shall
disclose  to any other  person,  firm,  corporation  or other  entity any of the
Information   received  from  the  other  party,  whether  such  Information  is
transmitted to the other party in written, verbal or other form, or use any such
Information in any way materially  detrimental to either party, except that such
Information  may  disclosed  by  the  parties  to  their  respective  employees,
attorneys  and  advisors  engaged  in  discussions  regarding  the  contemplated
business transactions.

     2.   Each  party  shall  use the same degree of care to avoid disclosure or
use of the Information provided by the other party as it employs with respect to
its own proprietary Information that is considered important to the operation of
its business.

     3.   The  parties  hereto  agree  that the Information shall not be deeemed
proprietary,  and neither  party shall have any  obligation  with respect to any
Information, which:

          a.   is or becomes publicly  known through no wrongful act  of  either
               party; or
<PAGE>
Mr. John R. Lanier
March 22, 1996
Page Two




          b.   is recieved on  a non-confidential basis from a third party with-
               out  a similar restricition and without breach of this Agreement;
               or

          c.   is approved for release by written authorization of the party
               providing the confidential Information.  Such authorization shall
               be signed by a corporate officer of the providing party.

     4.   All  written  Information  and  other  physical  forms  of Information
delivered  by either  party to the other  party  shall be and shall  remain  the
property of the providing  party.  Upon written request by the providing  party,
the receiving party shall promptly follow the providing party's  instructions to
either return or destroy such written or other  materials and any and all copies
thereof.

     5.   The  receiving party shall have no ownership rights in the Information
and agrees that it shall not print,  or copy, or permit to be printed or copied,
in whole or in part, the Information without the prior written permission of the
providing  party,   except  as  necessary  to  discuss  the  aforesaid  business
transactions.

     6.   Each  party  acknowledges  that  unauthorized disclosure or use of the
Information  provided  by the  other  party  may  cause  harm and  damage to the
business of the  providing  party which may be difficult to ascertain  and which
may not be adquately compensated in damages at law. Therefore, each party agrees
that it may be enjoined from disclosing or using the Information.

     7.   This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties' succesors in interest. This Agreement shall not be assignable by either
party  hereto  without  the written  consent of the other  party  hereto and any
purported  assignment  without  such  consent  shall  be  void.  This  Agreement
constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof, and shall supersede all previous communications, representations,
understandings,  and  agreements,  either oral or written between the parties or
any officials or representatives  thereof.  This Agreement may not be changed or
modified save by a written  agreement  signed by the parties  hereto or by their
successors  in interest.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland.

<PAGE>

Mr. John Lanier
March 22, 1996
Page Three




     Kindly inidicate your agreement with the foregoing by signing and returning
to us a copy of this letter.


                                           Sincerely,



                                           By:  /s/ Michael D. Drusano
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Michael D. Drusano
                                              Director Project Finance


ACCEPTED AND AGREED THIS  28th DAY OF March, 1996.

By:    /s/ Earl Dedman
       -----------------------------
Name:  EARL DEDMAN, P.E.
       -----------------------------

Title: EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
       -----------------------------


MARCELA ABADI    /s/ Marcela Abadi
                 --------------------------
KEN CROSBY       /S/ Ken Crosby
                 --------------------------
HENRY D'ELENA    /s/ Henry D'Elena
                 --------------------------
VINCE MILLER     /s/ Vince Miller
                 --------------------------



IHS
Integrated Health Services, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      March 18, 1996



VIA FEDERAL EXPRESS
- -------------------
The Homestead Company, L.C.
151 Whittier, Suite 2000
Wichita, KS 67207
Attention:  Mr. Jack West

Dear Mr. West:

     This letter of intent will serve to express our mutual  understandings with
respect  to the  proposed  development  agreement,  lease,  purchase  option and
working  capital  line of credit (the  "Transaction")  between a  subsidiary  of
Integrated Living Communities,  Inc., (such subsidiary  herinafter called "ILC")
and The  Homestead  Company,  L.C.,  a Kansas  limited  liability  company  (the
"Owner") for the construction  and development of assisted living  facilities in
the states of Kansas,  Missouri,  Nebraska, Iowa and other states in the midwest
(the  "Facilities").  It is contemplated  that a public offering of the stock of
Integrated Living Communities, Inc. (the "Parent") will be completed.

         Our intention to consummate the Transaction is subject to the following
terms and conditions:

         1. Line of Credit. ILC will make available to Owner a revolving line of
credit (the "Line of Credit") in the maximum  principal  amount of Eight Hundred
Thousand  ($800,000)  Dollars,  pursuant  to a  revolving  credit  and  security
agreement (the "Revolving  Credit and Security  Agreement").  The Line of Credit
shall be  evidenced  by a revolving  note (the "Note") and shall be secured by a
lien on the Owner's properties under development. The lien in favor of ILC shall
extend to all tangible and intangible assets now owned or hereafter  acquired by
Owner in connection  with the  construction  and  development of the Facilities,
including,  but not  limited  to,  land  contracts  and land  purchase  options,
architectural plans, licenses and permits.

         The Line of  Credit  shall  be  subject  to the  terms  and  conditions
outlined in the Note and the  Revolving  Credit and  Security  Agreement of even
date herewith.

         2.  Construction  of Facilities.  Owner shall develop and construct the
Facilities  pursuant to  architectural  and  engineering  plans submitted to and
approved by ILC so that the Facilities as constructed  will be suitable to ILC's
purposes,  and subject to all  applicable  health  facility  licensure and local
building code requirements.



              10065 Red Run Boulevard Owings Mills, Maryland 21117
                         410-998-8400 Fax: 410-998-8700
                      Hospital Care Without Hospital Costs

<PAGE>


ILC  and  Owner  will  enter  into a  development  agreement  (the  "Development
Agreement")   pursuant  to  which  Owner  will   guarantee   completion  of  the
construction of the  Facilities,  agree to submit all sites,  architectural  and
engineering  plans  to  ILC  for  its  approval,  which  approval  shall  not be
unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed,  and  provide  for ILC to  have  management
involvement in the facility set-up at least sixty (60) days prior to the opening
of each of the Facilities.  Owner shall provide a completely furnished "turnkey"
facility  containing all fixtures and equipment necessary to operate each of the
Facilities as an assisted  living  facility,  except for furniture,  furnishings
(including  carpet and  wallpaper),  telephone  equipment,  customary  supplies,
inventory and consumables, and office and computer equipment.

            3. Lease.  Upon completion of the  construction  and the issuance of
certificates  of occupancy  and licenses from all agencies  having  jurisdiction
over each  Facility,  ILC will  enter  into a lease of such  completed  Facility
(a"Lease")  for an initial  lease term of ten (10) years (the  "Initial  Term").
Each Lease will be renewable  at the option of the ILC for three (3)  successive
five (5) year terms (each term being hereafter referred to as a "Renewal Term").
Each Lease  will  commence  anytime  after the  receipt of the  above-referenced
items, except tht each Lease shall commence no later than five (5) business days
after the receipt of the above-referenced  items (the "Commencement  Date"). The
Commencement  Date  is  subject  to the  satisfaction  of all of the  conditions
contained  in  Paragraph   11  of  this  letter,   as  well  as  all   customary
representations and warranties.

         The annual rent in the first year of the Initial Term shall be $248,500
and shall be payable in equal monthly installments, in advance, on the first day
of each month.  The annual rent shall increase each year by the annual  increase
in the Consumer Price Index for the applicable statistical area.

         In  addition to the annual  rent as set forth  above,  each Lease shall
provide  that ILC  shall be  responsible  for  payment  of all  expenses  of the
Facilities,  such as real estate  taxes,  personal  property  taxes,  insurance,
utilities, maintenance systems, and repairs and expenses of operation, such that
the annual rent shall be net to Owner.  ILC shall not,  however,  be responsible
for any income taxes of Owner,  or for any  indebtedness  incurred by Owner.  It
will be the obligation of the Owner to make payments on any outstanding mortgage
on the Facilities; provided, that in the event the mortgagee under such mortgage
requires an escrow for real estate taxes,  ILC will reimburse Owner on a monthly
basis any escrowed  funds for real estate taxes placed with the mortgagee as the
same are paid to the mortgagee.

         The  property  to be  leased  shall  include  each  of the  Facilities,
including,  but not limited to, its premises  (including  all real  property and
improvements)  and all  furnishings,  fixed and moveable  equipment and tangible
personal  property  required to operate  each of the  Facilities  as an assisted
living facility or such other use as mutually agreed by the parties  (subject to
the  exclusions  contained in Paragraph 2 of this letter),  including  licenses,
permits  and other  intangible  assets  associated  with the  operations  of the
Facilities, which shall be assigned to ILC to the extent assignable.

<PAGE>

Mr. Jack West
March 18, 1996
Page 3


         At the end of the Initial  Term or, if  applicable,  any  Renewal  Term
thereof or upon the earlier  termination of the Lease,  ILC shall  surrender the
Facilities  and the leased  equipment  (including  additions,  replacements  and
accessories thereto) and fixtures to Owner.

         4. Guarantees.
            ----------

            (a) The annual rent under the Leases shall be  guaranteed  by Parent
and Integrated Health Services, Inc. ("IHS"); provided, however, that IHS's rent
guarantee  shall apply only to the first ten (10)  Facilities to be developed by
Owner.  In the event that IHS  successfully  completes a public  offering of the
stock of Parent,  IHS's  guarantee  will be released  upon the  satisfaction  of
certain financial covenants to be mutually agreed by the parties.

            (b) IHS shall provide a guarantee of the construction  financing for
first ten (10) Facilities to be developed by Owner.

         5. Facility Purchase Option.  Upon the Commencement Date of each Lease,
Owner shall grant to ILC the sole and exclusive  option (the "Facility  Purchase
Option") to purchase such Facility for a purchase price equal to the fair market
value of the Facility on the exercise  date of the Facility  Purchase  Option as
determined  by an MAI  appraiser,  which  purchase  price  shall be no less than
$2,100,000 (the "Option Price"),  less the amount of the Purchase Option Deposit
as defined below. If the parties cannot agree on an appraiser,  the Option price
shall be determined  by averaging  the results of appraisals  conducted by three
(3) MAI appraisers chosen according to the following  process:  ILC shall select
and pay for the first  appraiser,  Owner  shall  select  and pay for the  second
appraiser and the third  appraiser shall be selected by the first two appraisers
the cost of which shall be shared by the Owner and ILC.  The  Facility  Purchase
Option shall be exercisable by ILC at any time after the fifth  anniversary date
of the Initial  Term or any  Renewal  Term upon one  hundred  twenty  (120) days
notice to Owner. If ILC exercises the Facility  Purchase  Option,  ILC shall not
assume any indebtedness or other  liabilities of the Owner or the Facility,  all
of which will be  satisfied  in full by Owner at the closing of the  purchase of
such  Facility.  On the  Commencement  Date,  ILC and Owner  will  enter  into a
facility purchase option agreement (the "Purchase Option  Agreement") which will
set forth terms and conditions of the Facility Purchase Option.

         6.  Purchase  Option  Deposits.  ILC shall pay to Owner a cash purchase
option deposit in the amount of $100,000  (a"Purchase  Option Deposit") for each
Facility  which  ILC  leases  from  Owner  upon  the  Commencement  Date of each
applicable Lease.

<PAGE>


Mr. Jack West
March 18, 1996
Page 4

         7.  Closing.  The  execution  of the  Note,  the  Credit  and  Security
Agreement and the Development  Agreement shall take place on or before April 30,
1996,  unless extended by Owner for a period not to exceed 60 calendar days (the
"Execution Date").

         8.  Indemnification.  The Owner and Jack West shall  indemnify and hold
harmless ILC, Parent and IHS with respect to losses arising out of any breach of
the Owner's  representations  and warranties  with respect to its properties and
its  authority,  as well as with respect to all  representations  or  warranties
concerning the business,  operations,  or financial  condition or results of the
Facilities  prior to the applicable  Commencement  Date. ILC shall indemnify and
hold  harmless  the Owner with  respect to losses  arising  out of any breach of
ILC's representations and warranties contained in the definitive agreements.

         9.  Public  Announcements.  Subject to  requirements  of law,  any news
releases or other  announcements by Owner or ILC pertaining to this letter,  the
Transaction, or the negotiations concerning the Transaction shall be approved in
writing  by all  parties  prior to  release.  ILC and the Owner  shall  keep the
existence  of  this  letter  and its  contents  confidential,  except  as may be
necessary for ILC to comply with applicable law after  reasonable  notice to the
Owner.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the  Owner  understands  that IHS  is  a
publicly-traded  company  and,  as  such,  may  be  required  to  disclose  this
transaction  and the terms thereof by a filing with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission or by the issuance of a press release.  To the extent  possible , ILC
shall give Owner prior notice of, and an opportunity to review and approve,  any
such disclosure. The provisions of this Paragraph 9 will expire on the Execution
Date.

         10. Conditions to Execution of Definitive Agreements.  The execution of
the  Development  Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following
conditions:

            (a) Due Diligence.  The Owner acknowledges that, as of the execution
of this letter of intent,  ILC has not had the opportunity to inspect any of the
properties or to conduct any investigation of the Owner's business and financial
conditions.  Prior to the Execution Date, the Owner shall permit representatives
of ILC to enter its offices or visit the sites during  normal  working  hours to
observe and evaluate the daily  management and  operations of the Owner,  review
the budgets and projections  provided by the Owner and all other procedures that
it deems appropriate in its sole discretion (the "Due Diligence").

            (b) Documentation.  The negotiation of a definitive Note,  Revolving
Credit and Security Agreement and Development  Agreement setting forth all terms
and conditions, including all customary provisions, representations, warranties,
non-competition and other convenants.

            (c)  Consents.  ILC and  Owner  shall  have  received  all  required
consents and approvals from its respective lenders and boards of directors.


<PAGE>

Mr. Jack West
March 18, 1996
Page 5

            (d)  Construction  Financing.  Owner's  receipt of a commitment  for
construction  financing  for the first ten (10)  Facilities  to be  developed by
Owner,  as well as ILC's review and approval of the terms and conditions of such
commitment.


         11.   Conditions  to   Commencement   of  Leases.   The  execution  and
commencement of each Lease and Purchase Option Agreement shall be subject to the
fulfillment of the following conditions:

            (a) Due Diligence.  Further completion of the Due Diligence, as well
as the completion of  environmental  and engineering  studies,  survey and title
reports,  and any  other  procedures  that  ILC  deems  appropriate  in its sole
discretion.

            (b)  Documentation.  The negotiation,  execution,  and delivery of a
definitive  Lease and  Purchase  Option  Agreement  setting  forth all terms and
conditions,  including all customary  provisions,  representations,  warranties,
non-competition  and other  covenants,  and the  receipt by the  parties of such
ancillary   documents,   including  opinions  of  counsel  and   non-disturbance
agreements, as shall be acceptable to ILC and its counsel.

            (c) Title. ILC; at its own cost, shall have received and reviewed to
its  satisfaction  all recorded title  documents,  mortgages,  liens,  and other
matters affecting title to the Owner's  properties and shall have obtained title
insurance at regular rates, without additional premium.

            (d) Regulatory Matters.  ILC shall have received and reviewed to its
satisfaction  copies  of  all  licenses,   permits,   licensure  surveys,  other
regulatory materials,  structural and equipment  requirements,  building permits
and approval  requirements  pertaining  of the Owner's  properties.  The Owner's
properties  shall be in  material  compliance  with all  material  standards  of
licensure  and  other  applicable   legal   requirements,   including,   without
limitation, all building, zoning, occupational safety and health, environmental,
and residential care laws,  ordinances,  and regulations relating to the Owner's
properties.

            (e)  Non-Disturbance  Agreement.   Execution  of  a  Non-Disturbance
Agreement by any Facility  lender  associated  with  mortgage  obligations  with
respect to the Facilities in a form acceptable to ILC.

            (f)  Financing.  Owner's  receipt  of  a  commitment  for  permanent
mortgage  financing for each  Facility,  as well as ILC's review and approval of
the terms and  conditions  of such  commitment.  ILC  shall not be  required  to
guarantee any long-term or mortgage obligations of Owner.

<PAGE>
Mr. Jack West
March 18, 1996
Page 6

     12.  Exclusivity.  Until June 30,  1996,  or such  longer  period as may be
necessary to obtain any required regulatory approvals (unless, as of any earlier
date,  ILC  has  ended  its  active  efforts  to  consummate  the   transactions
contemplated  herein),  neither  the  Owner  nor  any  of its  affiliates  shall
negotiate directly or indirectly with any other party in respect of the lease or
sale of the Owner's  properties,  the development of assisted living  properties
for another party or the sale of a controlling interest in the Owner.

     13. Confidentiality. In the course of the discussions and negotiations each
party may  disclose  to the other  certain  proprietary,  confidential  or other
non-public  information  (collectively,   the  "Information")  relating  to  its
respective  business,  the proprietary,  confidential  and non-public  nature of
which  Information both parties desire to maintain.  Except as herein set forth,
neither party shall (a) reveal or make known to any person, firm, corporation or
entity,  other than its own  management  and advisors,  including its attorneys,
accountants  and lenders,  or (b) utilize in its own  business,  or (c) make any
other usage of, any Information  disclosed to it by the other in connection with
the discussions and negotiations above mentioned. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
(i) each party may disclose any Information received from the other party to any
governmental or regulatory  authority in connection  with obtaining  approval of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and (ii) if  required,  IHS or ILC may
disclose any  Information  received fron the Owner to their lender in connection
with obtaining their approval of the transactions contemplated hereby. A party's
obligations  with  respect  to any  item of  Information  disclosed  to it shall
terminate if that item of Information becomes disclosed in published  literature
or otherwise becomes generally available to the public; provided,  however, that
such public  disclosure did not result,  directly or  indirectly,  from any act,
omission,  or fault of such  party  with  respect  to that item of  Information.
Further, this Section 13 shall not apply to any item of Information which at the
time of disclosure was already generally available to the public or which at the
time of  disclosure  was already in the  possession  of the party  intending  to
utilize the item of Information and was not acquired by such party,  directly or
indirectly,  from the disclosing party under a  confidentiality  agreement.  The
parties agree that the  information  either has received or may receive from the
other has been and will be used by the  receiving  party  solely for the limited
purpose of its  investigation  and  evaluation  of the other party in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby.

     As soon as  possible  after  execution  and  delivery of this  letter,  the
parties will  cooperate in the  negotiation  and  preparation  of the definitive
agreements and other necessary documentation and will use all reasonable efforts
to satisfy the  conditions  set forth in  Paragraph 10 hereof which are in their
respective  control,  each party to bear its own expenses  with no liability for
such expenses to the other party, whether or not the proposed Acquisition or any
part thereof shall close.

<PAGE>
Mr. Jack West
March 18, 1996
Page 7


     It is  understood  that this letter  merely  constitutes a statement of the
mutual intentions of the parties with respect to the proposed transactions, does
not contain all matters  upon which  agreement  must be reached in order for the
proposed  transactions to be consummated  and, except as respects  Paragraphs 9,
12, and 13, above, creates no binding rights in favor of either party. A binding
commitment  with  respect to the  proposed  transactions  will result only after
execution  and  delivery  of  definitive  agreements,  subject  to the terms and
conditions contained therein.


                       [SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]
<PAGE>

Mr. Jack West
March 18, 1996
Page 8


     If the foregoing is acceptable to you, please so indicate by signing a copy
of this letter and  returning  it to the  undersigned.  This letter will be void
unless it is fully  executed  and returned to ILC by Owner by 5:00 P.M. on March
22, 1996.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             INTEGRATED LIVING
                                             COMMUNITIES, INC.
     

                                             By:  /s/ Elizabeth B. Kelly
                                                  ----------------------
                                                  Elizabeth B. Kelly
                                                  Senior Vice President
                                                  Corporate Development




ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

THE HOMESTEAD COMPANY, L.C.


By:  /s/ Jack West
     ----------------------
     Jack West,
     President





     /s/ Jack West
- ----------------------------
    Jack West, Individually



Date:  3-19-96
     -----------




                             REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

$800,000.00                                                Dated: March 18, 1996


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned,  THE HOMESTEAD COMPANY, L.C., a Kansas
limited liability company ("Borrower"),  hereby unconditionally  promises to pay
to the order of  INTEGRATED  HEALTH  SERVICES  RETIREMENT  MANAGEMENT,  INC.,  a
Delaware corporation  ("Lender"),  the principal amount of each loan made by the
Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Revolving Credit and Security  Agreement,
the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  which  loans  to  Borrower  at  any  time
outstanding  shall not exceed the sum of EIGHT  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  ($800,000.00)
DOLLARS,  provided  that the  entire  principal  balance  of such  loans and all
accrued and unpaid interest  thereon shall be fully due and payable one (1) year
after the date hereof.

     This Note shall bear interest from its date until maturity on the principal
amount  outstanding  from  time  time  hereunder  (calculated  on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day  months) at a rate of eleven and three quarters of
one  (11-3/4%) per cent per annum,  such interest to accrue on a monthly  basis.
Each payment made hereunder shall be applied first to the payment of all accrued
interest and the balance shall be applied to the principal.

     Notwithstanding  any provision  contained herein or in the Revolving Credit
and Security Agreement,  the total liability of Borrower for payment of interest
pursuant hereto,  including late charges, shall not exceed the maximum amount of
such  interest  permitted  by law to be charged,  collected,  or  received  from
Borrower,  and if any payments by Borrower  include interest in excess of such a
maximum  amount,  Lender shall apply such excess to the  reduction of the unpaid
principal  amount due pursuant  hereto,  or if none is due, such excess shall be
refunded to Borrower.

     This Note is the Loan Note referred to in the Revolving Credit and Security
Agreement of even date  herewith made by and between the Borrower and the Lender
(the "Revolving Credit and Security Agreement"). This Note is entitled to all of
the benefits  under the  Revolving  Credit and Security  Agreement and the other
agreements and documents  executed  pursuant thereto or in connection  therewith
(collectively, the "Loan Documents"). Borrower shall pay all costs of collection
of this Note, including reasonable attorney's fees.

     The Lender is authorized  but not required to record the date and amount of
each loan made, the date and amount of any principal and interest  payment,  and
the principal  balance hereof on any schedule  which may be attached  hereto and
made a part hereof,  and any such recordation  shall, in the absence of manifest
error,  constitute  prima facie  evidence of the accuracy of the  information so
recorded;  provided  however,  that the Lender's  failure to so record shall not
limit the obligations of the Borrower  hereunder and under the Revolving  Credit
and Security Agreement to pay the principal of and interest on the loans.

     Borrower  waives  notice of  demand,  presentment  for  payment,  notice of
protest,  and protest of this Note.  All rights and remedies given by this Note,
the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, the other Loan Documents and by law
are  cumulative  and not  exclusive  of any  thereof  or of any other  rights or
remedies  available to the Lender and no course of dealing between  Borrower and
the Lender,  or any delay or omission in exercising  any right or remedy,  shall
operate  as a waiver of any right or remedy,  and every  right and remedy may be
exercised  from  time to time and as often as  shall be  deemed  appropriate  by
Lender.

 <PAGE>

     Borrower  represents and warrants that the loans evidenced  hereby are made
for business purposes only and are therefore commercial loans.

     The Borrower may repay all or any part of the remaining  principal  balance
of this Note at any time without penalty or premium.

     This Note shall be governed,  interpreted,  and  enforceable  in accordance
with the laws of the State of Maryland.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has executed  this Note on the date
first above written.

                                                  THE HOMESTEAD COMPANY, L.C.

                                                  By: /S/ Jack West
                                                  Name: Jack West
                                                  Title:  CEO




                                        2

<PAGE>


                ALLONGE AND AMENDMENT OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

     Reference  is made to that  certain  Revolving  Credit Note in the original
principal amount of $800,000, dated March 18, 1996 (the "Original Note") made by
THE HOMESTEAD  COMPANY,  L.C., a Kansas limited liability company  ("Borrower"),
and  payable to  INTEGRATED  HEALTH  SERVICES  RETIREMENT  MANAGEMENT,  INC.,  a
Delaware  corporation  ("Lender").  This Allonge and Amendment (this  "Allonge")
shall be and remain  attached to and shall  constitute  an integral  part of the
above described  Original Note from and after the date hereof (the Original Note
as modified by this Allonge being hereinafter referred to as the "Note").  Terms
capitalized  but not otherwise  defined  herein shall have the meanings given to
them, respectively, in the Original Note.

     The Original Note is hereby amended by amending the first Paragraph thereof
in full to read as follows:

     "FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, THE HOMESTEAD COMPANY, L.C., a Kansas
limited liability company ("Borrower"),  hereby unconditionally  promises to pay
to the order of INTEGRATED  LIVING  COMMUNITIES  RETIREMENT  MANAGEMENT,INC.,  a
Delaware corporation  ("Lender"),  the principal amount of each loan made by the
Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Revolving Credit and Security  Agreement,
the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  which  loans  to  Borrower  at  any  time
outstanding  shall not exceed the sum of ONE  MILLION  ($1,000,000.00)  DOLLARS,
provided  that the entire  principal  balance of such loans and all  accrued and
unpaid  interest  thereon  shall be fully due and payable one (1) year after the
date hereof."

     The Original Note is further  amended by increasing the face amount thereof
to  $1,000,000.00,  and by reflecting the name change of Lender from "Integrated
Health Services Retirement Management, Inc." to "Integrated Living Communities
Retirement Management, Inc."

     Except as modified  hereby,  all the terms and  conditions  of the Original
Note are hereby  ratified  and  confirmed.  This Allonge may be signed in one or
more counterparts each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.


                       [SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]



<PAGE>

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  and  intending  to  be  legally  bound  hereby,  the
undersigned has caused this Allonge to be executed as of the 12th of July, 1996.


THE HOMESTEAD COMPANY, LLC




BY:   /s/ Jack West
      -----------------------
Name: Jack West
      -----------------------
Title: CEO
      -----------------------


ACCEPTED BY:
INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES
RETIREMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.



By:   /s/ Edward J. Komp
      --------------------------
Name: Edward J. Komp
      --------------------------
Title: Executive Vice President
      --------------------------      



                   REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

   AGREEMENT  made as of the 18th day of March ,  1996,  between  THE  HOMESTEAD
COMPANY,  L.C.,  a  Kansas  limited  liability  company  (the  "Borrower"),  and
INTEGRATED HEALTH SERVICES RETIREMENT  MANAGEMENT,  INC., a Delaware corporation
("Lender").

   WHEREAS,  Borrower is the holder of four (4) land contracts in Kansas and six
(6) land contracts in Nebraska (the "Sites") and any  additional  land contracts
entered  into by Borrower  with the  approval  of Lender,  all as  scheduled  on
Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively, the "Land Contracts"); and

   WHEREAS,  Borrower  wishes to obtain a loan to  finance  the  development  of
assisted living facilities ("Facilities") on the Sites; and

   WHEREAS,  Lender is willing to make available to Borrower a revolving line of
credit in the maximum amount of $800,000.00,  and Borrower wishes to obtain such
revolving line of credit, all upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

   NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises  hereinafter set
forth,  and for other good and value  consideration,  the parties  hereby  agree
that:

1. REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN.

   Subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   hereof  and   relying   upon  the
representations and warranties of Borrower herein set forth. Lender shall make a
revolving  credit  loan  ("Loan")  to  Borrower,  provided  that  the  aggregate
principal  amount of all Loans at any one time outstanding to the Borrower shall
not exceed the sum of EIGHT HUNDRED THOUSAND ($800,000.00) DOLLARS.  Within such
limits of amount and  subject to the other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  the
Borrower  may  borrow,  repay,  and  reborrow  pursuant  to this  Section 1. The
proceeds of the Loan shall only be used for the  development  of the  Facilities
pursuant to the Land  Contracts.  At any time when Borrower wishes to borrow any
amounts under the Loan,  Borrower will notify Lender of the amount requested and
proposed use of the proceeds, and, subject to Lender's approval, Lender will use
its best  efforts  to remit  the  amount  requested  to  Borrower  with five (5)
business days of the request.

2. LOAN NOTE.

   The obligation of the Borrower to repay the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of the Loans, together with interest thereon,  shall be evidenced by the certain
revolving  credit  note (the "Loan  Note") of  Borrower  of even date  herewith,
payable to the order of Lender in a face amount equal to the maximum loan amount
set forth in Section 1, above, and payable upon the demand of Lender

3. REPAYMENT OF THE LOAN.

   (a) Interest on the Loan shall  accrue  monthly at a rate per annum of eleven
and three quarter of on (11-3/4%) percent.

   (b) The  entire  outstanding  principal  balance  of the Loan  Note,  and all
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon,  shall be fully due and  payable by the
Borrower one (1) year after the date hereof.

4. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST.

   (a)   Borrower hereby grants to Lender a lien and security interest in all of
         the following described property (the "Collateral"):

   (i)   Borrower's  interest  in any  and all of the  documentation,  including
         architectural  plans,  of  the  development  and  construction  of  the
         Facilities;

   (ii)  an assignment of the Land Contracts;

   (iii) Borrower's  interest  in  any  and  all  licenses,  permits  and  other
         governmental approvals for the Facilities; and

                                        1


<PAGE>
   (iv)  any and all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

   (b) The  lien and  security  interest  granted  herein  is  given  to  secure
performance and payment of all obligations, fees and indebtedness of Borrower to
Lender or any of its  subsidiaries  of  whatever  kind and  whenever  or however
created or  incurred,  whether now existing or  hereafter  arising  (hereinafter
called the  "Obligations"),  including,  without  limiting the generality of the
foregoing, any such obligations or indebtedness arising under this Agreement.

   (c)  Borrower  will take any and all  action  requested  by Lender to perfect
Lender's  security  interest in the Collateral  granted pursuant to the terms of
this Section 4,  including,  without  limitation,  the  execution  and filing of
financing statements in any jurisdiction which Lender deems appropriate.

   (d) Jack West,  the Cheif  Executive  Officer  of  Borrower,  will  execute a
Personal  Guaranty  guaranteeing the payment to Lender of any and all amounts of
principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon of the Lease;  provided,  that
the maximum  liability of Jack West under the Personal  Guaranty will not exceed
$250,000.

5. PRIORITY OF LIEN.

   Borrower  represents,  warrants  and agrees that (i)  Borrower  owns good and
indefeasible title to the Collateral, (ii) no security interest or lien has been
created  by  Borrower,  or is known by  Borrower  to exist  with  respect to any
Collateral, (iii) no financing statement or other security instrument is on file
in any jurisdiction covering such Collateral,  (iv) Borrower will not create any
other security interest or lien and will ot file or permit to be filed any other
financing  statement or other security instrument with respect to the Collateral
other than required pursuant to Section 4 hereof, without the consent of Lender,
(v)  Borrower  will not incur any  additional  debt  without  the prior  wirtten
consent of Lender, and (vi) Borrower will not sell,  assign,  transfer or in any
other way alienate  Borrower's rights under the Land Contracts without the prior
written  consent  of  Lender.  Borrower  will  execute,  deliver  and file  such
financing  statements,  security  agreements  and  other  documents  as  may  be
requested  by Lender from time to time to  confirm,  perfect  and  preserve  the
security interest created hereby,  and in addition,  hereby authorizes Lender to
execute  on behalf of  Borrower,  deliver  and file such  financing  statements,
security agreements and other documents without the signatures of Borrower,  all
at the  expense of  Borrower.  The lien herein  referred to as security  for the
Obligations,  in favor of Lender,  is and shall be first,  prior and superior to
all other liens with respect to the Collateral.

6. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF BORROWER.

   (a) Until the Obligations are paid in full, and subject to the provisions
of Section 7, below, Borrower agrees that it will;

   (i)   furnish or cause to be furnished  to the Lender any  financial or other
         information that the Lender may reasonably deem necessary or desirable;

   (ii)  duly pay and discharge all taxes,  assessments and governmental charges
         owed by or against Borrower or any of its properties, prior to the date
         on which  penalty  will attach  thereto,  unless and only to the extent
         that  any  such  taxes  are  contested  in good  faith  by  appropriate
         proceedings by Borrower;

   (iii) take  whatever  actions are  necessary  to comply with all statutes and
         regulations governing the construction of the Facilities;

   (iv)  promptly  cure  any  defects  in the  execution  and  delivery  of this
         Agreement and all other  instruments  executed in connection  with this
         transaction;

   (v)   execute and deliver or causes to be executed  and  delivered  any other
         instruments or documents which the Lender may reasonably request;

   (vi)  promptly  notify  the  Lender of any  Event or  Default  discovered  by
         Borrower;

   (vii) provide Lender with monthly development reports regarding the status of
         the  Sites,  including,  without  limitation,  progress  updates on any
         relevant due diligence  dates and deadlines  under the Land  Contracts;
         and

                                       2

<PAGE>
   (viii) not incur any  pre-development  costs for the Sites  without the prior
          approval of Lender which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

7. REMEDIES.

   If all or any part of the  Obligations  shall become due and payable,  Lender
shall have in any jurisdiction  where enforcement  hereof is sought, in addition
to all other rights and  remedies  which Lender may have under law or in equity,
the following rights and remedies: to foreclose the liens and security interests
created under this agreement or under any other agreement relating to Collateral
by any available  judicial  procedure or without judicial process,  to enter any
premises  where  any  Collateral  may be  located  for  the  purpose  of  taking
possession or removing the same, to sell, assign, lease, or otherwise dispose of
the  Collateral or any part thereof,  either at public or private sale or at any
broker's  board,  in lots or in bulk, for cash, on credit or otherwise,  with or
without  representations  or  warranties,  and  upon  such  terms  as  shall  be
acceptable  to Lender,  all at  Lender's  sole  option and as Lender in its sole
discretion  may deem  advisable,  and  Lender  and  Borrower  may bid or  become
purchaser at any such sale if public, free from any right of redemption which is
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower,  and Lender shall have the right at its
option  to  apply  or be  credited  with  the  amount  of all or any part of the
Obligations owing to Lender against the purchase price bid by Lender at any such
sale. The net cash proceeds  resulting from the collection,  liquidation,  sale,
lease,  or other  disposition  of  Collateral  shall be  applied  first,  to the
expenses  (including  all  attorneys'  fees)  of  retaking,  holding,  storking,
processing and preparing for sale, selling, collecting liquidating and the like,
and then to the  satisfaction of all  Obligations,  application as to particular
Obligations  or  against  princpal  or  interest  to  be  in  Lender's  absolute
discretion.  The  Borrower  shall be liable to Lender and shall pay to Lender on
demand any deficiency which may remain after such sale, disposition,  collection
or  liquidatgion  of  Collateral,  and  Lender  in turn  agrees  to remit to the
Borrower any surplus remaining after all Obligations have been paid in full. The
Borrower  will,  at  Lender's  request,  assemble  all  Collateral  and  make it
available to Lender at places  which  Lender may select,  whehter at premises of
the Borrower or elsewhere,  and  will make  available to Lender all premises and
facilities  of the Borrower  for the purpose of Lender's  taking  possession  of
Collateral or of removing or putting the Collateral in saleable form.

8. WAIVERS

   With respect to both Obligations and Collateral,  the Borrower assents to any
extension or  prosponement  of the time of payment or other  indulgence,  to any
substitution,  exchange or relase of  Collateral,  to the addition or release of
any party or person  primarily  or  secondarily  liable,  to the  acceptance  of
partial  payments  thereon and the settlement,  compromising or adjusting of any
thereof,  all in such  manner  and at such time or times as the  Lender may deem
advisable. The Lender may exercise its rights with respect to Collateral without
resorting  or  regard  to other  Collateral  or  sources  of  reimbursement  for
Obligations.  The  Lender  shall not be deemed to have  waived any of its rights
upoon or under  Obligations  or Collateral  unless such waiver be in writing and
signed by the  Lender.  No  delay  or  omisssion  on the  part of the  Lender on
Obligations or Collateral,  whether  evidenced hereby or by any other instrument
or paper, shall be cumulative and may be exercised spearately or concurrently.

9. TRANSFERS BY LENDER.

   Lender may transfer any or all of the Obligations,  and upon any such tranfer
Lender may transfer any or all of the  Collateral  to an affiliate of Lender and
shall be fully  discharged  thereafter  from all  liability  with respect to the
Collateral so transferred,  and the transferee  shall be vested with all rights,
powers  and  remedies  of  Lender   hereunder  with  respect  to  Collateral  so
transferred;  but with respect to any Collateral not so transferred Lender shall
retain all rights,  powers and  remedies  hereby  given.  Lender may at any time
deliver any or all of the  Collateral  to  Borrower,  whose  receipt  shall be a
complete and full acquittance for the Collateral so delivered,  and Lender shall
thereafter be discharged from any liability therefor.

10. DEFINITION OF BORROWER.

   The term  "Borrower" as used  throughout this Agreement shall include (a) the
successors  and assigns of Borrower;  (b) any  individual,  association,  trust,
partnership,  corporation,  or other entity to which all or substantially all of
the business or assets of Borrower shall have been transferred or with or

                                        3

<PAGE>
into  which the  business  of  Borrower  shall have been  merged,  consolidated,
reorganized or absorbed;  and (c) in the case of a partnership or joint venture,
any  general or  limited  partnership  or joint  venture  which  shall have been
created by reason of, or continued in existence  after, the admission of any new
partner,  partners or joint venturers therein or the dissolution of the existing
partnership or joint venture by the death,  resignation  or other  withdrawal of
any partner or joint venturer.

11. CONTINUTING AGREEMENT.

   This is a  continuing  agreement  and all the rights,  powers and remedies of
Lender  hereunder shall continue to exist unless (a) all Obligations  shall have
been paid in full,  or (b) Lender,  upon  request of  Borrower,  has  executed a
termination  statement.  Otherwise this Agreement shall continue irrespective of
the fact that any or all of the Obligations may have become barred by any statue
of  limitations  or  that  the  liability  of  Borrower  may  have  ceased,  and
notwithstanding  the death,  incapacity  or  bankruptcy of Borrower or any other
event or  proceeding  affecting  Borrower.  The rights,  powers and  remedies of
Lender  hereunder shall be in addition to all rights,  powers and remedies given
by  statute  or  rule of law  and,  regardless  of  whether  or not the  Uniform
Commercial Code is in effect in the jurisdiction  where such rights,  powers and
remedies are  asserted,  Lender shall have the rights,  powers and remedies of a
Lender under the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended. No forbearance or delay by
Lender in exercising any right, power or remedy shall be deemed a waiver thereof
or  preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof;  and no single or partial
exercise  of any  right,  power or remedy  shall  preclude  any other or further
exercise thereof, or the exercise of any right, power or remedy.

12. MAXIMUM INTEREST.

   All agreements  between Borrower and Lender are hereby  expressly  limited so
that in no  contingency or event  whatsoever,  whether by reason of deferment in
accordance with this Agreement or advancement of the loan proceeds, acceleration
of maturity of the Obligations, or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to
be paid to  Lender  for the use,  forbearance  or  detention  of the money to be
loaned hereunder exceed the maximum  permissible  under applicable law. If, from
any circumstance  whatsoever,  fulfillment of any provision  hereof, at the time
performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve transcending the limit
of validity  prescribed by law, then ipso facto,  the obligation to be fulfilled
shall be reduced  to the limit of such  validity,  and if from any  circumstance
Lender  should ever  receive as interest an amount which would exeed the highest
lawful rate,  such amount which would be excessive  interest shall be applied to
the  reduction  of the  principal of the  Obligations  and not to the payment of
interest.

13. BORROWER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

   To induce the  Lender to enter into the  transactions  provided  for  herein,
Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that:

   (a) Borrower is duly  authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement ant to
perform all of its obligations  under this  Agreement,  including the execution,
delivery  and  performance  of whatever  addtional  documents  are  necessary or
required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein;

   (b)  the  execution  and  delivery  by  Borrower  of this  Agreement  and the
performance by Borrower of its obligations  under this Agreement do not and will
not conflict with any provision of law, or of any other  agreement  affecting or
binding upon Borrower;

   (c) this Agreement,  when duly executed and delivered,  will be the valid and
binding obligation of Borrower  enforceable in accordance with its terms, except
as  limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  laws of  general  application
relating to the  enforcement of creditors'  rights and except to the extent that
the availabilty of specific  performance thereof may be limited by principles of
equity; and

   (d) the proceeds of the Loan will be used for business purposes, and the Loan
constitutes a commercial loan.

                                        4

<PAGE>
14. NOTICES.

   Any notice or other  communication  by either  party to the other shall be in
writing and shall be given and be deemed to have been duly given,  upon the date
delivered if delivered  personally or upon the date  received if mailed  postage
pre-paid, registered, or certified mail, addressed as follows:

   To the Borrower:The Homestead Company, L.C.
155 North Market Street, Suite 910
Wichita, KS 67207
Attention: Jack West

   To the Lender:Integrated Helath Services Retirement Management, Inc.
10065 Red Run Boulevard
Owings Mills, MD 21117
Attention: Daniel J. Booth

   With copies to:Integrated Health Services Retirement Management, Inc.
10065 Red Run Boulevard
Owings Mills, MD 21117
Attention: Marshall A. Elkins, Esq.
Blass & Driggs
461 Fifth Avenue, 19th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Michael S. Blass, Esq.

or to such other  address,a nd to the  attention of such other person or officer
as either party may designate in writing by notice.

15. APPLICABLE LAW.

   The  substantive  laws of the State of Maryland  shall  govern the  validity,
construction,  enforcement  and  interpretation  of this Agreement and all other
documents  and  instruments  referred  to  herein,  unless  otherwise  specified
therein.

                       [SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this Agreement on the date
first above written.

BORROWER:                                     LENDER:

THE HOMESTEAD COMPANY, L.C.                   INTEGRATED HEALTH
                                              SERVICES RETIREMENT
                                              MANAGEMENT, INC.

By:    /s/ Jack West                          By:    /s/ 
       -------------------------------            -----------------------------
Name:  Jack West                              Name: 
       -------------------------------             ----------------------------
Title: CEO
                                        5

<PAGE>
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                     REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

   THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO REVOLVING  CREDIT AND SECURITY  AGREEMENT (the "First
Amendment")  is made as of the  12th  day of  July,  1996,  by and  between  THE
HOMESTEAD  COMPANY,  L.C.,  a  Kansas  limited  company  (the  "Borrower"),  and
INTEGRATED  LIVING   COMMUNITIES   RETIREMENT   MANAGEMENT,   INC.,  a  Delaware
corporation ("Lender").

   WHEREAS,  Borrower and Lender have entered into that certain revolving credit
and security  agreement dated March 18, 1996 (the "Rvolving  Credit and Security
Agreement"); and

   WHEREAS, pursuant to the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, Lender made
available  to  Borrower  a  revolving  line of credit in the  maximum  amount of
$800,000, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth therein; and

   WHEREAS,  Lender was formerly known as "Integrated Health Services Retirement
management, Inc."; and

   WHEREAS,  the  parties  wish to  amend  the  Revolving  Credit  and  Security
Agreement to increase the maximum amount of the line of credit to $1,000,000.

   NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth,
and for other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  parties  hereby  agree as
follows:

   Section 1 of the Revolving Credit and Security  Agreement shall be amended to
read in its entirety as follows:

   "Subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   hereof  and  relying   upon  the
representations and warranties of Borrower herein set forth, Lender shall make a
revolving  credit  loan  ("Loan")  to  Borrower,  provided  that  the  aggregate
principal amount of all Loans at any onte time outstanding to the Borrower shall
not exceed the sum of ONE MILLION ($1,000,000.00) DOLLARS. Within such limits of
amount, and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement,  the Borrower may
borrow, repay, and reborrow pursuant to this Section 1. The proceeds of the Loan
shall only be used for the  development of the  Facilities  pursuant to the Land
Contracts. At any time when Borrower wishes to burrow any amounts unde the Loan.
Borrower will notify Lender of the amount  requested and the proposed use of the
proceeds,  and, subject to Lenders's approval,  Lender will use its best efforts
to remit the amount  requested to borrower  with five (5)  business  days of the
request."

   2. Except as expressly  amended  hereby,  the  Revolving  Credit and Security
Agreement  shall remain  unchanged  in all  respects and shall  continue in full
force and effect.

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this First Amendment on the
date first above written.


BORROWER:                                    LENDER:

THE HOMESTEAD COMPANY, L.C.                  INTEGRATED HEALTH
                                             SERVICES RETIREMENT
                                             MANAGEMENT, INC.

By:  /s/ Jack West                           By:   /s/ Edward Komp
     ------------------------------                ---------------------------
Name: Jack West                              Name: Edward J. Komp
     ------------------------------                ---------------------------
Title: CEO                                   Title: Executive Vice President
     ------------------------------                ---------------------------

                                       6




                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

                  Indemnification  Agreement,  dated  as of  this  15th  day  of
August,  1996,  by and between  Integrated  Health  Services,  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation  ("IHS"),  and  Integrated  Living  Communities,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation ("ILC").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :
                              ---------------------

                  WHEREAS,  ILC is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of IHS formed in
November 1995 to operate the assisted living and other senior housing facilities
owned, leased and managed by IHS;

                  WHEREAS, IHS had entered into negotiations and an agreement in
principle  to acquire The  Standish  Care Company  ("Standish")  (the  "Standish
Negotiations");

                  WHEREAS,  IHS had  entered  into  discussions  with Oak  Care,
L.L.C. ("Oak Care") relating to the possible  engagement of Oak Care to develop,
on behalf of IHS and ILC, 15-20 assisted  living  projects in Arizona,  Colorado
and Nevada (the "Oak Care Negotiations");

                  WHEREAS,  IHS  subsequently   determined  not  to  pursue  the
transactions  contemplated  by  the  Standish  Negotiations  and  the  Oak  Care
Negotiations;

                  WHEREAS,  Standish  has  indicated to IHS that it believes IHS
and/or its affiliates, including ILC, has, any liability to Standish as a result
of the termination of the Standish Negotiations;

                  WHEREAS,  Oak Care has  indicated  to IHS that it believes IHS
and/or its affiliates, including ILC, has, any liability to Oak Care as a result
of the termination of the Oak Care Negotiations;

                  WHEREAS,  IHS believes that it does not have,  and none of its
affiliates, including ILC, has liability to Standish as a result of the Standish
Negotiations or to Oak Care as a result of the Oak Care Negotiations; and

                  WHEREAS,  IHS has agreed,  at ILC's request,  to indemnify and
hold ILC harmless  from and against any and all  liabilities  arising out of the
Standish Negotiations and the Oak Care Negotiations.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and mutual
covenants and agreements of the parties as set forth herein and other good and




<PAGE>



valuable  consideration,   the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  1. IHS  shall  indemnify  ILC  and  hold ILC harmless from and
against  any and all  actions,  suits,  proceedings,  hearings,  investigations,
charges, complaints,  claims, demands, injunctions,  judgments, orders, decrees,
rulings,  damages,  dues,  penalties,  fines, costs, amounts paid in settlement,
liabilities,  obligations,  taxes, liens,  losses,  expenses and fees, including
court  costs  and  reasonable   attorneys'  fees  and  expenses,   (collectively
"Liabilities")  incurred  or  suffered  by ILC  arising  out of,  based  upon or
resulting from the Standish Negotiations or the Oak Care Negotiations.

                  2. (a)  In  the  event  ILC  becomes  aware  of  any action by
Standish or Oak Care, or any of their  respective  successors  and assigns (such
action being referred to as a "Third Party  Claim"),  with respect to any matter
which may give rise to a claim by ILC for indemnification against IHS under this
Agreement, then the ILC shall promptly notify IHS thereof in writing;  provided,
however,  that no delay on the part of ILC in  notifying  IHS shall  relieve IHS
from any obligation hereunder unless (and then solely to the extent) IHS thereby
is prejudiced.

                     (b) IHS will have the right to defend ILC against the Third
Party Claim with counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to ILC so long as
(i) IHS  notifies  ILC in writing  within  fifteen (15) days after ILC has given
notice of the Third Party Claim that IHS will indemnify ILC from and against the
entirety  of any  Liabilities  ILC may suffer  resulting  from,  arising out of,
relating to, in the nature of or caused by the Third Party Claim, (ii) the Third
Party Claim involves only money damages and does not seek an injunction or other
equitable  relief,  (iii) settlement of, or an adverse judgment with respect to,
the Third  Party  Claim is not,  in the good faith  judgment  of ILC,  likely to
establish a precedential  custom or practice adverse to the continuing  business
interests  of ILC,  and (iv) IHS  conducts  the defense of the Third Party Claim
actively and diligently.

                    (c) So long as IHS is conducting the  defense  of the  Third
Party Claim in  accordance  with clause (b) above,  (i) ILC may retain  separate
co-counsel  at its sole cost and expense and  participate  in the defense of the
Third Party  Claim,  (ii) ILC will not  consent to the entry of any  judgment or
enter into any  settlement  with  respect to the Third Party  Claim  without the
prior  written  consent  of IHS  (not to be  withheld,  delayed  or  conditioned
unreasonably),  and (iii) IHS will not  consent to the entry of any  judgment or
enter into any  settlement  with  respect to the Third Party  Claim  without the
prior  written  consent  of ILC  (not to be  withheld,  delayed  or  conditioned
unreasonably).

                  (d) In the event any of the  conditions in clause (b) above is
or becomes unsatisfied,  however, or in the event the named parties to any Third
Party Claim  (including any impleaded  parties) include both IHS and ILC and IHS
and ILC shall have been advised by counsel that representation of IHS and ILC by
the  same  counsel  would  be  inappropriate   under  applicable   standards  of
professional conduct due to actual

                                       -2-




<PAGE>



or potential  differing interests between them, then (i) ILC may defend against,
and  consent  to the entry of any  judgment  or enter into any  settlement  with
respect  to,  the  Third  Party  Claim  in any  manner  it  reasonably  may deem
appropriate  (and ILC need not consult with, or obtain any consent from,  IHS in
connection therewith), (ii) IHS will reimburse ILC promptly and periodically for
the costs of  defending  against  the Third Party  Claim  (including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees and expenses),  and (iii) IHS will remain  responsible  for any
Liabilities ILC may suffer  resulting from,  arising out of, relating to, in the
nature of, or caused by the Third Party Claim to the fullest extent  provided in
this Agreement.

                  3. This  Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the parties hereto and their respective  successors and permitted  assigns.
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder
shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent
of the other parties hereto.

                  4. This  Agreement  contains the entire agreement between  the
parties  hereto with  respect to the subject  matter  hereof,  and  controls and
supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between
the parties,  written or oral, which conflicts with, or may have related to, the
subject matter hereof or thereof in any way.

                  5. All  notices or  other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered  personally  or
sent by telex,  telefax or telegraphic  communication,  by recognized  overnight
courier  marked for overnight  delivery,  or by  registered  or certified  mail,
postage  prepaid,  addressed (a) if to IHS, at 10065 Red Run  Boulevard,  Owings
Mills, Maryland 21117, Attention:  Chief Executive Officer and (b) if to ILC, at
Bernwood Centre,  24850 Old 41 Road, Bonita Springs,  Florida 34135,  Attention:
Chief Executive  Officer;  or such other addresses as shall be furnished by like
notice by such party. All such notices and  communications  shall,  when telexed
(provided the correct  answerback has been  received) or telefaxed  (immediately
thereafter  confirmed by telephone) or  telegraphed,  be effective when telexed,
telefaxed or delivered to the  telegraph  company,  respectively,  or if sent by
nationally  recognized  overnight courier service, be effective one business day
after the same has been  delivered to such courier  service marked for overnight
delivery, or, if mailed, be effective five days after being mailed by registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.

                  6. This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by,  and construed in
accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware,  without  reference
to or application of any conflicts of laws principles.

                  7. Whenever  possible, each  provision of this Agreement shall
be interpreted  in such manner so as to be effective and valid under  applicable
law, but if any  provision of this  Agreement is held to be invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable   in  any  respect  under  any  applicable  law  or  rule  in  any
jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality

                                       -3-


<PAGE>


or unenforceability  shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement.  If
any provision  contained in this Agreement is determined to be invalid,  illegal
or unenforceable  as written,  a court of competent  jurisdiction  shall, at any
party's  request,  reform the terms of this Agreement to the extent necessary to
cause such otherwise invalid provisions to be enforceable under applicable law.

                  8. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts,
each of which  shall be  deemed an  original,  but all of which  together  shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Agreement on the day, month and year first written above.

                                     INTEGRATED HEALTH SERVICES, INC.

                                     By:/s/ Marshall A. Elkins
                                        -----------------------------
                                     Name: Marshall A. Elkins
                                     Title: Executive Vice President and General
                                                 Counsel

                                     INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.

                                     By: /s/ Edward J. Komp
                                         -----------------------------
                                     Name: Edward J. Komp
                                     Title: President

                                       -4-






                          ANCILLARY SERVICES AGREEMENT
                          ----------------------------

         THIS  ANCILLARY  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (this  "Agreement")  is made  and
entered  into as of  (although  not  necessarily  on) June 3,  1996 by and among
INTEGRATED  LIVING  COMMUNITIES,   INC.  a  Delaware  corporation   ("Company"),
INTEGRATED HEALTH SERVICES,  INC., a Delaware  corporation ("IHS"), and AGUIRRE,
INC., a Texas Corporation ("Developer").

         WHEREAS,  the parties hereto have entered into that certain Development
Services Agreement of even date herewith; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire to further memorialize agreements regarding
the provision of certain services and the guarantee of payment thereof;

         Now,  therefore,  for good and  valuable  consideration  of the  mutual
covenants contained herein and in the Development  Services  Agreement,  and for
other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, Company, IHS and Developer hereby agree as follows:

                  1. Developer has anticipated  costs and expenses to be paid to
         Developer pursuant to the Development  Services Agreement.  These costs
         and  expenses  are  ancillary  to those  contained in Section 6 (A) and
         Exhibit B of the Development  Services  Agreement.  The following costs
         and expenses  are to be paid by Company to Developer  contemporaneously
         upon  execution  of  this  Agreement  and  the   Development   Services
         Agreement:

                        A.   Prototype Design Fee for            $501,000.00
                             services as more fully described
                             in section (a) of the Development
                             Services Agreement; and

                        B.   Fees for Legal Services             $160,000.00

                             TOTAL                               $661,000.00

                  2. By  signature  below,  to induce  Developer  to enter  this
         Agreement and the Development  Services Agreement with the Company, IHS
         hereby unconditionally  guarantees to Developer the payment of the fees
         referenced in Section 1 above.






ANCILLARY SERVICES AGREEMENT - Page 1

<PAGE>


                  3. As a material  inducement for the entry into this Agreement
         and the  Development  Services  Agreement,  the  Company and IHS hereby
         represent and warrant to Developer as follows:

                           a. That the  Company  and IHS each  possess  full and
                  complete  authority  to enter  into  this  Agreement  and when
                  executed and delivered this Agreement  will  constitute  valid
                  and binding obligations of each enforceable in accordance with
                  its terms;

                           b. That the existence of this Agreement and the terms
                  contained  herein  shall,  to the extent  required  by law, be
                  recorded in all disclosure  materials necessary for compliance
                  with all applicable state and federal securities laws;

                           c.  That the entry by the  Company  and IHS into this
                  Agreement is not in violation of any agreement,  instrument or
                  applicable law nor will the entry into this Agreement  cause a
                  default in any Agreement to which either is a party.


COMPANY:
- --------

EXECUTED on June 7, 1996


INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
a  Delaware  corporation



By: /s/ Edward J. Komp
    -------------------------------------
    Edward J. Komp,
    President and Chief Executive Officer

IHS:
- ----

INTEGRATED HEALTH SERVICES, INC.


By: /s/ Edward J. Komp
    -------------------------------------
    Edward J. Komp,
    Executive Vice President


DEVELOPER:
- ----------

ANCILLARY SERVICES AGREEMENT - Page 2

<PAGE>




EXECUTED on  June 7, 1996.



AGUIRRE, INC.,
a Texas corporation


By: /s/ Earl Dedman
    ------------------------
    C. Earl Dedman,
    Executive Vice President







                                                                    EXHIBIT 21

                     INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES, INC.
                                 SUBSIDIARIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Name Under Which
Company                                                       State of Incorporation     Subsidiary Does Business
- -------                                                       ----------------------     ------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                        <C> 
Integrated Living Communities Retirement Managment, Inc. ...  Delaware                   *
Integrated Living Communities of Maryland (Denton), Inc. ...  Delaware                   The Homestead
Integrated Management-Carrington Pointe, Inc................  Delaware                   Carrington Pointe
Integrated Living Communities of Colorado Springs, Inc. ....  Delaware                   *
Integrated Living Communities of Bradenton, Inc. ...........  Delaware                   *
Integrated Living Communities of Sarasota, Inc..............  Florida                    Waterside Retirement Estates
Integrated Living Communities of West Palm Beach, Inc. .....  Delaware                   *
Integrated Living Communities of Dallas, Inc................  Delaware                   *
Integrated Living Communities of Denton (Texas), Inc. ......  Delaware                   *
Integrated Living Communities at Wichita, Inc...............  Delaware                   *
Integrated Living Communities at Garden City, Inc. .........  Delaware                   *
Integrated Living Communities at Terrace Gardens, Inc.  ....  Delaware                   *
Integrated Living Communities at Cabot Pointe, Inc. ........  Delaware                   Cabot Pointe
Integrated Living Communities at Beth Avot, Inc.............  Delaware 
Integrated Living Communities of Kearney, Inc...............  Delaware 
Integrated Living Communities of Grand Island, Inc..........  Delaware 
Integrated Living Communities of Hastings, Inc..............  Delaware
Integrated Living Communities of Norfolk, Inc...............  Delaware
Integrated Living Communities of Columbus, Inc..............  Delaware 
Integrated Living Communities of Fremont, Inc...............  Delaware
Integrated Living Communities of Manhattan, Inc.............  Delaware    
</TABLE>

   * Subsidiary does business under its corporate name






                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1


              CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Integrated Living Communities, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

Our  report  on the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Integrated  Living
Communities,  Inc. and subsidiaries dated June 5, 1996 refers to the adoption of
Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  121,  "Accounting  for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of".


                                                       /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Baltimore, Maryland
August 23, 1996






                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


We consent to the use in Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-05877
of Integrated Living  Communities,  Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated May 15,
1995, on the financial statements of F.I.C.  Lakehouse Inc., Don Blivas,  Janice
Blivas,  Fred  Fiala,  and  John  Rowe  d/b/a  Lakehouse  East (a  Partnership),
appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also  consent to the  reference  to us under the  heading  "Experts"  in such
Prospectus.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
- --------------------------
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Tampa, Florida

August 23, 1996

                                



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission